CLAVIS

LINGUARUM SEMITICARUM
EDIDIT

HERMANN L STRACK
PARS
III

THE ARAMAIC LANGUAGE OF THE BABYLONIAN TALMUD

BY

MAX
I.

L.

MARGOLIS

GRAMMAR
CHRESTOMATHY AND GLOSSARIES
ENGLISH EDITION

II.

MONCHEN
C.

H.

KECK'SCHE VERLAGSBUCHHANDLUXG
OSKAR BECK
1910.

ENGLAND:

AMERICA:

DAVID NUTT, LONDON.

G.E.STECHEET &

Co.

NEW YORK.

A MANUAL
OF THE

ARAMAIC LANGUAGE
OF THE

BABYLONIAN TALMUD

BY

MAX

L.

MARGOLIS,

PH. D.

PEOFESSOR OF BIBLICAL PHILOLOGY IN THE DROPSIE COLLEGE PHILADELPHIA, PA.

MfJNCHEN
C.

H.

BECK'SCHE VERLAGSBUCHHANDLUNG
OSKAR BECK
1910:

ENGLAND DAVID NUTT, LONDON.

:

AMERICA
G. E.

STECBERT &

Co.,

NEW YORK.

PJ
5301

Printed by Fischer

&

Wittig in Leipzig.

TO MY WIFE
IN LOVE AND GRATITUDE

PREFACE
As
of
far

the

University
of the
to

suggested to me the writing and purposes similar- to the The plan was elaborated in detail, and present one. I actually commenced work on a number of larger texts. Soon, however, I realized that with the means at my disposal it was impossible for me to arrive at a satisfactory form of the text. Moreover, my professional work lying in other directions, I was forced to abandon for the time being

ray first criticism

back as 1894, Professor HERMANN L. STRACK, of Berlin, who had favorably noticed two publications, both dealing with the textual

Talmud,

of a

work

all

intents

When in the autumn Germany, Prof. STRACK urged me to let go for a while my Septuagint studies and to resume that long neglected piece of Talmudic work. With the aid of JUDAH SENI'S n^JP rnirp ISRAEL
all

thought of prosecuting this plan.

I

of

1907

visited

Moi'SE SCHUHL'S Sentences et MICHELSTADT'S "pSTT "p^Q proverbes du Talmud, and MOSES LEWIN'S Aramdische Sprichrvorter und Volksspruche, and a manuscript collection of a
,

similar character compiled by ed a large number of short

,

my

sainted father, I transcrib-

and pithy Aramaic sentences

from the Talmud noting the variants from RABBINOVICZ' work. I then copied a large number of connected Aramaic texts from all parts of the Talmud with the variants I once more realized that unless I belonging thereto. secured manuscript evidence at first hand, my texts as well as the grammar that I had constructed from them would be unreliable. 1 therefore proceeded to Munich where,
,

VIII

PREFACE
was
privileged to collate

beside the famous cod. Hebr. 95, I the

manuscripts and early prints enumerated on p. XV. Only when the grammar, as far as based on my own texts, had been completely worked up, did I proceed to an examination of the grammatical works of my predecessors (see p. 98). I found that there were two points which placed my work on a footing entirely its own. In the first place, my own examples were marked by that certainty which comes only from a personal perusal of
the sources, the otherwise scholarly work of the author of the Variae Lectiones being entirely unreliable in the province
linguistic point of view differed predecessors in a number of vital questions. I say all this with no intent to criticize the labors of others. I merely wish to point out the independent character of my own work. In the Syntax I had no predecessors at all.

of grammar. from that of

Then again my

my

guidance of NOLDEKE in his exGrammars as closely as feasible. The examples, of course, are my own. In the first part of the Chrestomathy, the sources of each form, phrase, or sentence, were indicated in my manuBut in order to reduce the bulk and cost of the script. volume, it was deemed advisable to drop them in all but a few cases. As for the Connected Texts, not only are the sources noted, but also a certain amount of variants. Here again economy was imperative. I therefore chose for each
I

therefore

followed the

cellent

Mandaic

and

Syriac

piece that witness of the text, which seemed to merit distinction because of its correctness or originality, giving the
authority for all deviations therefrom in the margin, where are likewise registered not only important variants bearing on grammar, lexicon, or meaning, but also scribal errors of

the

codex chosen
as
in
to

(for silence

would have led

to

a false

impression

the

Both

the

actual contents of the manuscript). Grammar and in the Chrestomathy I

refrained from adding vowel points. Only in the Connected Texts did I here and there deviate from this rule
;

PREFACE

IX
found
to

P
be obvious. the reasons The first part of the Chrestomathy, the "Forms and Sentences", being arranged according to a graded system, with references to the paragraphs of the Grammar, the 2 5 and a moderate knowstudent, with the aid of ledge of Hebrew and Biblical Aramaic, will be able to accurately vocalize every form occurring in the Grammar
in

each

case will

be

and in the corresponding portions of the Chrestornathy. Moreover, he may look up every form in the Glossary under the proper root, where he will find the forms occurring in Grammar and Chrestomathy recorded, defined, There is also another reason why the and vocalized. vocalization was on the whole sedulously kept out of

Grammar and Chrestomathy.

The orthography

of

the

sources being adjusted to unpointed texts, the introduction of vowel-points would have created naught but confusion,
latter presupposes an entirely different system of orthography (such as we find in Biblical Aramaic). With each system is allowed to the method adopted by me

since the

exhibit

Moreover, whatever subjective features may attend the vocalization are thus kept out of the texts themselves which are presented with utmost fidelity and accuracy exactly in the form in which they have come down.
its

own

characteristics without confusion.

As for the choice of material, the texts naturally come But the Halakah also is not largely from the Haggadah.
only
I believe, represented by a few specimens which meet the requirements of beginners, but also in the first part of the Chrestomathy by phrases and sentences judiciously culled from the large frame-work and thus exhibit,

ing

the

methodological

terminology

of

the

halakic

dis-

Additional cussions, concisely explained in the Glossary. information is to be found in MIELZINER'S Introduction and
p. 97. 98). In writing the Glossary, I naturally availed myself of the great Talmudic lexica and of the lexicographical in

BACKER'S Terminologie (see

PREFACE

works concerned with the cognate Ai'amaic dialects. My aim was not so much to discover new identifications, as to give that which was tenable and most adequately supported. I have followed tradition as far as it is embodied in the <ARUK, in HANANEL, RASHI, and others, both with a conservative bias and with criticism. The discerning critic will find that the lexicographical material has been thoroughly consulted and just as accurately weighed. The student may confidently feel that he is everywhere treading upon safe ground.
It is a pleasant duty for me to acknowledge my indebtedness to the directors of the Libraries of Gottingeu, Hamburg, Karlsruhe, for the readiness with which they conveyed their Talmudic manuscripts to Munich for my use but above all to Dr. VON LAUBMANN, the director of the Royal State and Court Library at Munich (whose recent demise is a source of deep regret), and his able assistant, Dr. LEIDINGER, for the uniform courtesy extended to me for five full I am also beholden to the National Library at months. Florence for the permission to have certain pages of its Talmudic manuscripts photographed, and to Chief Rabbi Dr. S. H. MARGULIES for securing and forwarding those
;

Above all others, my sincere gratitude is photographs. herewith expressed to Professor STRACK who not only suggested this work but also read a number of proofs and was untiring in his efforts, in which he was aided by his
wide experience, to enhance the accuracy of the contents, the economic arrangement of the details, and the appearance of the whole. Nor would I be derelict in acknowledging the kindness of Commercial Councillor Herr OSCAR BECK, head of the publishing firm of C. H. BECK in Munich,

who most

readily of this work.

consented to undertake the publication

Philadelphia,

Pa., February 1910.

Max

L. Margolis.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Grammar.
Introduction
1.
(

3).

Page

The Aramaic Idiom of the Babylonian Talmud. Place in General Aramaic

Script

Its
1

2.
3.

and Orthography
of Fixing the Vocalization

3
7

Means

I.

Phonology

47).
8 10
15 15

4.
5.

The Consonants and their Changes The Vowels and their Changes
Syllabic Loss. Loss of Sounds through Collocation of Words in the Sentence

6.

7.

The Accent
II.

A.
8.

Morphology The Pronoun

841).
811).
16
17 18

9.

10.

Personal Pronoun Demonstrative Pronoun Relative Pronoun

Interrogative Pronoun
B. The Noun ( 1223). The Nominal Stems ( 1218). (a). Preliminary Remarks Nouns with Shortened Stem

11.

18

12.

19 19

13.

XH
14.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page

15. 16. 17.

Triconsonantal Nominal Stems with Vowel Gradation With the Middle Radical Geminate

22 22
25

With Prefixes
Pluriconsonantal Stems

25
.

18.

Denominatives formed by means of Afformatives

Inflection

26

(b).

1922).
27

19.

Inflectional

Endings
in

20.

Modification
flection
PI. fern,

the Stem

occasioned

by the

In-

29

21.
22.

from Masculines and conversely The Noun with Pronominal Suffixes

....

30
32 32

23.

Numerals

C.
24.

Particles

2426).
34 34
35

Adverb
Prepositions

25.

26.

Conjunctions

D.
27. 28.
29.

The Verb
of the

2741).
35

The Modification
Inflectional

Stem

Elements

36
37

Perfect
Imperfect, Imperative, and Infinitive

30. 31.
32.

38 40
41

The

Participles

Itpe'el

33.
34.

Pa"el
Itpa"al

43 45 46
47

35.
36.

AFel
IttaFal

37.
38.
39.

Verbs y"s Verbs i"ns Verbs V'-^

Pluriconsonantals The Verb with Objective Suffixes

48
50 56
56 57

40.
41.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
III.

XIII

Syntax

4274).

A.

.............. ............ ...... Coordination ............... ^D Construction ............ The Joining together Nouns. Repetition ................
The Neuter St. absol. and determ St. constr. and Periphrastic Genitive
of
. .

TheNoun(

4254).

Pftge

62 62 63 65

66
67

of several

Distributive

Pronoun
Personal Pronoun Demonstrative Pronoun Interrogative Pronouns Relative Pronoun
52.
53. 54..

............. ........... ........... ............. Numerals ................ Adverbial Expression ........... ...............
Prepositions
B.

4852)

68
70
71

72 73 74
74

The Verb

55.

Person and Gender

Perfect

56.
57. 58. 59. 60. 61.

62.

............ ............... The The Imperfect .............. .............. The The Imperative .............. The .............. .... Verb ..... Government n^K ..................
Participle
Infinitive

5562).

75 76
77

79 82
83

of the

84
86

C.
63.

64.
65. 66. 67.
68.

............... ............ ....... Concord Speech Words ............ The Order Negative Sentences ............
The Copula The Casus Pendens
of of the Parts of

The Simple Sentence

6368).

87

88 89 89 90
91

Interrogative Sentences

..........

XIV
D.
69.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Compound Sentences

6973)

Page

70. 71.

72.
73.

Copulative Sentences Attributive Relative Sentences Conjunctional Relative Sentences Indirect Interrogative Sentences Conditional Sentences
.

92 94
95 96 96
97

Literature

Chrestomathy and Glossaries.

Chrestomathy.
I.

Forms and Sentences

Connected Texts
A. Earlier Language
B. Later

1*

II.

Language

34* 34* 37*

of the Saints" p. 58*. WonderHalakic texts p. 74*.)

(From the "Chapter

stories p. 70*.

Glossaries.
A. Aramaic Glossary B. Hebrew Glossary
.

84* 180*

Abbreviations and Signs.

= Florenz (Florence), Biblioteca Nazionale codd. 79. G = Gottingen, Universitats-Bibliothek cod. hebr. 3 saec. XIII). H = Hamburg, Stadtbibliothek cod. hebr. 165 (1184 K = Karlsruhe, Hof- und Landes-Bibliothek cod. 9 (14001450). M = Munchen (Munich), Hof- und Staats-Bibliothek, cod. hebr. 95 (1343 140. 141. Mi = Munchen, codd. hebr. B = ed. Bomberg. Venetiae 152023. ArM = *Aruk cod. hebr. 142 Munchen (1285 Chr.) contains only the second part, not made use of by Kohut ArVflV = <Aruk cod. Wien (Vienna), ed. Pesaro, ed. Veneta Kohut). Han M = Hanan cod. hebr. 227, Munchen. RaM = RSbMM = RSemu'el ben Meir. Cod. hebr. 21C, Munchen. En = En Ia akob, ed. princ. (Saloniki 1516). Hal-ged = Halakot gedolot, Ven. 1548. Tes-geon = Tesubot ha-ge onim, Ed. Harkavy, Berlin 1887. Ar = Arakin A.z. = Aboda zara. B.b. = Baba Ba, ba = Biblisch-Aramaisch (Biblical Aramaic). B. k = Baba kamma batra Ber(akot) Bes(a). B. m. = Baba mesi
1.

II,

1,

(init.

p. Chr.).

orient.

p. Chr.).

6.

1,

p.

\\

(cf.

el

liasi;

c.

2.

||

l|

||

||

||

||

a.

XVI
Chr.

ABBREVIATIONS

= Chronik (Chronicles). 98. 99. Dal(man), De(uteronomium). Erub = 'Erubin. Ex(odus) Ez(echiel).
cf. p.
|| ||
||

Ge(nesis).

||

Gers(om)ms (MS apud Kohut)

Hul(lin).
(Job}.
||

||

Git(tin).

Hag(iga).

Jb

= Hiob
||
|| ||

Je(remias)
||

||

leb(amot).

||

Jo(sua).

||

Is(aias).

Ker(itot). Meg(illa).

Ket(ubot).
p.
||

Kid(dusin).

Men(ahot).
97.
||

cf.

mend(um), mend(osum) M. K. Mo^ed Katon

||

||

Miel(ziner),

||

Ne(henrias).
p(luralis).
||

Ned(arim).
||

||

No(ldeke),
||

cf.

p.

Pr(overbia). Pes(ahim). mittunt. Ps(almus).

prm

= praemittit
||

99.

Nu(meri).
,

prae-

Reg(um

liber)

||

Konige, Kings.

rell
\\

= reliqui
||
||

R.
||

h.

= Ros

ha-sana.
Sab(bat), Sanh(edrin) st. a. == status absolutus st. d. determinatus. Str(ack), cf. p. 97 Suk(ka).
||

= status

Taan

= Ta anit = transfert. = prima manus ^> = omittunt. = margo A = textus. corrector. = hebraice. = nomen proprium.
||

||

tr

_*_

||

omittit,
||

2_

||

_^

||

P_

Grammar.
Introduction
1.

3).
1.

The Aramaic Idiom of the Babylonian Talmud.

Its

Place in General Aramaic.

the
inter-

By Talmud (Gemara) we understand

pretation of the Mishna, which usually takes the form or discussion; hence, the large framework. The language
of this

framework
of

is

there
tions

is

Hebrew from Hebrew

in the

throughout Aramaic. Whatever Talmud is confined to quotaor to certain expressions

sources,

which had become part of the spoken language and But even within certainly of the scholastic speech. the framework there is a considerable amount of Aramaic consisting of sayings of scholars whose vernacular

was Aramaic,
people,
or of

or

of

the conversation of

the

common

the

mass

legends, and the like, non- Jewish origin.

of popular proverbs, stories, some of which are even of a

which belongs to the editors b (redactors) Talmud, is on the whole uniform and did not vary greatly from the vernacular employed by the Babylonian teachers (Amora'6, Sabora'e) in their daily life. This language had as its area Upper
This

framework,
of

the

Margolis,

Gr. Bub. Talm.

1.

The Aramaic Idiom

of the Babylonian Talmud, etc.

Babylonia, the seat of Babylonian Jewry, with the towns Neharde'a, Sora, Pumbeditha and others in which it was scholastic institutions were found spoken during
;

the 4 th ,

and 6 th post - Christian centuries, during which period the accumulated Talmudic material was
5 th ,

subjected to frequent redaction,

final form.
c

until

it

reached

its

The language did not really die out until the ninth century when it was supplanted by Arabic. Its nearest relative is Mandaic, the language of Lower Babylonia.
There certainly existed between the two dialectal differences; but it may be doubted whether there was a noticeable Jewish coloring to the popular speech of Upper Babylonia as handled by the Jews. Whatever
there

may be

of

rather in the syntax.

of
in

Hebrew influence, should be looked for The phonetic decay characteristic

Mandaic may be witnessed on Talmudic ground only its beginnings; at any rate the spelling of the Talmudic Aramaic is more archaic. Both dialects are
closely related to Syriac ; compare for instance the form of the st. d. of the masc. pi. in the noun and the prefix of the 3. person masc. of the imperf. in the verb.

Much more
MeUla,

ancient

is

the Aramaic which

we

find

in certain tractates

Tamid)

apparently

(Nedarim, Nazir, Te"mura, Keritot, belonging to an earlier

redactional

stratum.

Elsewhere "we find remnants of

the earlier language in (a) quotations from the Targum, and paraphrastic usually jn the name of R. Joseph expositions of biblical passages after the fashion of
,

the

Targum,

cf.

Ber 38 a
(c)

Sanh 95 a

a. e.;

(b)

fragments
II.,

of Megillat Ta<anit;

the pastoral letter of Gamaliel

2.

Script

and Orthography.

Sanh

(d) fragments of formulas for public docu; ments (contracts, deeds, etc.); (e) the sayings of the

ll

scholars (Hillel, Samuel the Little, Bar Kappara, Johanan, etc.); (/) old Meir, Hiyya, Of course, popular texts, particularly incantations. there exist also mixed texts combining elements of the earlier and the later language. It is interesting to note
older Palestinian
that
in

there

is

a tendency towards reducing the

earlier

language

to the level of the later

and common

speech.
the later,
In the present work the earlier language no less than e is the subject of grammatical treatment ancient and
,

modern forms, however, are clearly distinguished. Thus in the grammar, the archaic forms have a f prefixed; in the chrestomafthy A designates the essentially earlier and B the essentially
later or

common

speech.

2.

Script and Orthography.

2.

The

letters

are

the

same as

in biblical

and

tar-

gumic Aramaic.

Vowel

signs as well as diacritic points

are wanting in the printed editions and, barring sporadic cases, also in the manuscripts.

In contrast with BA.,

it

is

to

be noted that

tP

has

been replaced by D in MD, D'D, xlt^D, ^3nDX. & is kept in xny, yap, x^xotf, xns^, pt?. The two are used
indiscriminately in the
fllg.

instances: N1B>3
etc.
;

and KIDM;
;

wy, mtpy, nwy, v"iff V but ID in,

Hnt? and

and XJttty; ao and TnnnPa; and n"iyo. n als a vowel letter is the rule exactly as
*JD

nno and VJn^K;

ih

BA. c

after X:

nx,

nx"?pn, nxrj, nxois, etc.

In the absol.
i*

2.

Script

and Orthography.

of the f. sg. n is rare: n^D (but also x^p), nyznx, ntFDn, mtyy; more frequently it occurs in 3 sg. f. of the perf. (TOD, n*?pB>, ny&B>, m^, npi, nap, rrn nrpix, rteanx, npsx, nnnx) and in the pt. sg. f.
st.

ruato)

and

pi. f. (ra'.iP);

but even there N will be met

with ordinarily.
d.

In verbs n

^h we
is

(occasionally also xin).

find n only in extremely rare in the

mn
st.

nmix, nyix, Occasionally X represents a quiescent n (4j): ntrn x"i:u ni3j ntfn; x^o, etc. rrpj;
:

m. sg.

mi

xiax

xn =

<?

though always expressed in the words "jnxia, Elsewhere X may and may not be written; thus we find XJXDO and XJDB, ^JXO and ^, n^xy and xjy, nn(i)is and NTIIS. The same holds good of X taking the place of V (4): XJX^n
quiescent, is ^XD, X^XDtr.

In

the

middle of a word a radical x,

and

xj^in.

x as a vowel
in Occidental prints
;

letter in the
is

middle of a word for a

only occasionally found

(after the fashion of Arabic)

and MSS.; thus universally: IB: 'pxp IWIDD, xnx^>y, nx'3i; G: xnxnx; H: (r. *tstDi3), xnxja, xnxyix, xnxi^x, xnx m2; M: '2D, ixun, xnx^o, nxt^; M^ xnxjip, xnxin, xnx^^D, nxnx, IXH^, uxx Universally for a in IXD ,,who?" (rarely p); there is, on the other hand, no fixed rule when the vowel is followed by (and preceded by i or ixyiff, but liw H; ixi^a H, but nw(>)n; IX>D JB, but 1"D HM; ixn^n ffi, XJI'H; otherwise l^x, ino, etc., where the absence of ', as in D" p^u^, etc., sufficiently indicates the pronunciation) cf also xnxs B, 'nxD fflM, 'IXD M, "jxnx ib. The common and incorrect pronunciation
s

"i

"!)!,
.

2.

Script

and Orthography.
in '3KB H, 'tPKB

with kames

is

indicated

by x

i;

XJXn

of Semitic

and designate universally the long vowels (whether ^ or Aramaic origin) u, o, e, i. In contrast

with BA., it is worthy of note that the historical orthography has been replaced by the phonetic in cases like
for

Kt?n, IB", etc. (BA.xtP'xn, IDK-'., etc.). Cf. also inn, etc., BA. xinn. Note, however, X,T (also TP), xnn X.T,

ro3 cf. BA. nnx, etc. xnn; ro3 Consonantal 1 und * are written n , " e. g., XTiU, A KJ'H, vim. PPM, xmn, XD^J == xna, xjn. vnn, n^j, TT-' TT -i IT;/ T :' xnn, XD^. Before or after x as vowel letter the repe;

tition is
is

unnecessary

(cf

/).

Defective writing in general

the rule in the older

MSS^GHMJ
T
..

and frequently
T
.

also

in 16 (particularly in Ber); e. g., 07, KM, xniD, *w, ID^JO, . n^j 13>30. rnn, nj. i op. xiia. xn-o. / -/ / .-/ .-./ _../

nm.

-|>l

-pi-

When

immediately preceded or followed by % only one of the two is written twice; thus 'n, xnu, *pi^, n^i^,
is

nw^ = ^, K^T^> ^> a ?.^l

Similarly,
letter (^;')

is

expressed but once after

nvn, ivn

Less frequently: xn"lU.) as a vowel

^

xn^n,

tin.
'""i^

At the end
formation
fcfial,

of certain forms of

roots (nominal

15&; 1 sg. and 3 sg. f. perf. and 39) as well as in the pronominal suffix imptv. sg. f., of the 1 sg. with the noun (226) -ai is expressed by
^x, e. g.,

wa = ^2,
n?#;
but
1>!

^3,
B. k.

?iz

= ^n, ^xnn = nn, 'x:n = "yi occasionafly also by = nJ3 = Observe that
wri
ja,
'",

e. g.

"l>

*fes,

""rjs.

17

vocalizes

""XJty';

word was pronounced

appears
to

^Xjtr.

very likely, however, the In the fcfial formations x

cf.

have crept

in

from the plural;

2Q/.

6
1
>

2.

Script

and Orthography.
i

resp.

for the short vowels u,

(e)

is

employed

with utmost economy by B in Ber, and on the other hand with utmost extravagance by throughout. (unless inb Examples of extreme cases: ir6a in^D

was

intended),
KttVn.

^3
In

rib

- -

xnn,

GHM
is

XllTn, XD^'n apparently may be said to be exxiDin,

<(

pressed almost universally;

defective writing
to

e. g.,

"iou

= xnpn,

HBS; xpm, xrv^n, perhaps be read xgrn, Nn^Vn. Before a geminated consonant the vowel letter is predominantly expressed, e. g., G: XI:PX runx (but xnax, T^X *q:x, mrvx nruno nu^ pmno), nyrvx "ii?nx, aaV, ^yn^D

rare:

= =

= =

720, KT^HD (by the side

,

(by the side of

''Jm) = ajlan, n^j'D =

<!?o

(by the

= = in^^o xry = = VH^V M side of V nB = ^ta, x!?uy = x!?v., xynn

etc.;

of

sn^D)

= =

n^o

H:

XTPPI

Ptip,

liTao,

etc.;

XV-13T,

etc.

After the preposition D

letter (even in

we

find as a

rule no

I5p,

vowel HD'B
(in

M)

note, however, irtt

(for

apparently
closed

nao
not

Elsewhere
gemination)

syllables defective writing is favored in particular

iynt&>x

nap), etc. formed through

nts^j

by H,

= neja,

e. g.,

iynate,

NJOI (and xjts^)

x,

n^aTa

= xyn, (and = XJD;, xntro = xn^'D.; = n^ana, xj^ = X36,

xyn
etc.

hand, writing occasionally also in as (in other parts than Ber), even in M. By means of vowel letters the fixing of grammatical
of

On

the

other

defective

is

met with

forms

is

facilitated.

Hence the unique value

e

MS. M. The long

vowels

0,

originating

in

certain

3.

Means

for Fixing the Vocalisation.

accentual
ception of
1

and

syllabic

conditions

are,

with the ex-

in

Ber, almost universally expressed by

indicates

resp. \
1

very
it

frequently

a
:

After x
:?\rx
i.

= twx,
in

may

represent __ (or

i^rx

_) twx

reduced vowel. twx (#JN),

^TK.'

Once

I find in

gemination (50), whether the same kind of gemination

e.

with

artificial

M,
I

ft?*!?,

\-oV.
is

doubt

to

supposed
iT'T'y

all

other

cases,

e.

g. in

T^y

be prefor "cy,

Perhaps the vowel letter merely indicates __, in other words the reduced vowel. Of with: BOX, iT2y. course, defective writing is also met Word-division. The compound numerals for 1 1 19 m are written indifferently as one or two words; cf. 23.
for
i~ay.

xp

38)

is

very frequently joined

to the

next following

word

(x then drops out), so esp. in

M.

are Abbreviations, particularly frequent in In the older MSS., a point indicated by a stroke ('). over the last letter of the abbreviated word serves the

BM,

same purpose: is

= "iix; 7tM = ^H*VpX

,% represents

the tetragrammaton.
3.

Means for Fixing the Vocalization.

to

3.

In

addition
texts

the

vowel
the

letters

(2c

),

the

vocalized

of

BA. and

Targums,
furnish

esp. those

supplied

with

superlinear

signs,

means
(cf.

for

fixing linear vocalization 79f.); the inserted in

the vocalization.

To be

sure, even the superDal,

must be used with caution

same holds good

the
is

MSS.
of

of the vowels sporadically the Talmud. The traditional of

pronunciation

subordinate value

and may lead,

4.

The Consonants and

their Changes.

it

For uncritically used, to the worst aberrations. not uniform, and, moreover, it rests itself on the vowel letters. Criticism everywhere aims at the better
is

when

and older form of

tradition.

ambiguous orthography (No

Mandaic with its less 12) and Syriac with its

fixed Masora offer invaluable aid, occasionally also the other Semitic languages. Many doubts naturally remain.

I.
4.
1.

Phonology

47).
n
g,
h,

4.

The Consonants and their Changes.

a
b

(a)

Laryngeals: X
t,

>,

h,
3

<.

(b)

The
;

other consonants:

k (Palatals); p k
tf
s,

(Velar)

n d, n

o
;

(Lingual Fricatives)
")

n
;

(Dentals) ; D(fr) s, b, s p (Labials);

l
*>

s,

z
I,

m,

J n,

r (Sonorous Sounds)
2.

n, S(p),

i(t),

n,

cs

(Non-syllabic Vowels). correspond each to two distinct

u,
i

Semitic sounds.

and the like in Earliest Aramaic. change is nx^pn from *x^pn. e The laryngeals are still kept distinct in Talmud.
1

X replaces

resp.

in D'Xp

late

Aram. Nevertheless, a tendency in the direction of reducing n to n and y to X is discernible; e. g., mn, hy nra, "nn, etc. xnx, mix, xoax, nox ,,dive", x
;

(, tx=ny, etc/ Intervocalic x appears as = TD, D^D = nn^t^ =

(y)
FjT^B/,

*:

"h**V

^\w,

"IX'D

D^D, etc., for

*^X!T,

*nnxt^, *iy.D, *DXD.

g
(cf.

may become

e. g.,

xnns by

the side of

also %h).

4.

The Consonants and

*VJn) and XSDID
of dissimilation.

their Changes.

inn
Aram.:

(orig.

early examples

(orig. *xasaD, g) are A Other exx. in Talmud.

XDnV; the reduplicated 'pm by the side of xnpnpl; xann (for xmn) orig. *xaW?, *xanai; XJQB>IB> xa'^, by the side of XJBB>DIB> (5A); xn^antf for xn^'B^B*, xn^p7 by the side of xn^p^p. The simplification may take place at the end: xnp^p, Trip")" Metathesis takes place in the Itpe. and Itpa. in the i groups *B> n, *on, *sn, *in, which are transformed to "it nB*', no, tos, (in the last two examples at the same
formations

xru by

the

side

of

Vpnjn and

time partial assimilation).

Exx. of

total

assimilation:

= atfo =

(a)

progressive:

-ity]x

for nxBto (but ^eto), Tnn^x nnnx, * * for nnxnx, loxnx (but xiONnD), nip

for nx;p, na,

xrira

= xn>a
=

but *vra, xp^B

nip.

X|?B

by

the side* of xyp^s, xn^Dt? ifor xninDD; as in the other Aramaic dialects pD" for pVp^ and in the Ittaf., pis'
1

e. g.,

iJlno for *iiixnt>, Q^n for *Dp.xnp; (&) regressive: nnts^x ='*TIBX for '* paints, *"nton 7
TJ^IDX

pa^p, but

v^
etc.

nq; IUD% ao^n

= aon but =

for aa-^i? (e); xsj, xs? by the side of XBT.a, XJ15 for xjjnu, xnao for XJX xia^o, xjix

by

the side of

xmx,

Contraction:
'p-n for
"i"ix
?

^pn^x ^>pnx and the like for *^j?rjnx, k *'nmn, ^SD (p^sa) for *PJBD (29); "ix for

etc.
(y),

x
a^^a for

when preceded by a reduced vowel

or

by a /

vowelless consonant,

may

be ignored in pronunciation:

*B"xa,

'qD^o.

for ^s^x.o, yyo for

:

^XD,
:

18o for

1rusxB, :

'IT

:'

xnitr' for xniya'. T T :'

XJ(X)DO for*x:xoo T^ ' T T r

10
x:(x)Vin

5-

The Vowels and

of xj^in.

their

Changes.
at the

by the side

Loss of x

end of a

syllable is old in xj(x)^, 'J(x)B, xtfn, X3'3, X^PB, 10" X3X2 and the like. secondary development is XiTXD

for

X3X3 T

..

(cf. \

Hebr. nxtr by the side of nxfe^). ..-('

..
;

Inter-

vocalic X

was

lost in early times in ix"ij? lost at the

is

always

end of

and the a word: ^D

be
left

like (5rf).
pi.

VX'-JD.
;

n at the end of a word r&3 (^3), xtfn for

VIJTI

may

unpronounced
serve

aV.3, ntr'n.

^:n

(for

*'3n

^n)

may

as an

example
o

of a consonantal insertion for the purpose of

resolving gemination.

Closing consonants have disappeared in x^p,

XTX,

XD*X for

"IJD,

atfj

^)x,

^X;

comp. also
ij?n,

-IP

XE>:,
3-1

and the forms

j9

of the verb Dip:

s,

'ipJ,

'pix.
full or

3,

:,

1,

3,

n are spirantized after

etc.

reduced

vowels,
5.

e. g.

"^x, xcns,

5. 1.
1

The Towels and their Changes.

a
b
,

u}

u, o, o;

_ o;

">

I,

e, e, e; (X)

_;_;
,

_ d.

e. g.

These vowels proceed from the Semitic vowels t, a; a and the diphthongs a n', at. a appears sporadically as o. . jwita, but commonly as
2.

The production
*XJx:;
;

of the

*^xo) X at the end of the syllable (4/) comes to stand in an opened syllable, belongs to Early Aram.; of somewhat
^(x)^
later date (observe the assimilated vowel,
i)

(=

of the orig. short vowel in XJ(x)^, which in consequence of the loss

x^s,
d

^OTI, "ID^ for *x^'xi, etc.; xa^s for

*xax3

are XK?n, is of

course perfectly regular. In consequence of the loss of an intervocalic x (4/) there arises a (falling) diphthong, e. g. karau for k

5.

The Vowels and

their Changes.

1 1

Diphthongs, both coming from Early Aram, and those originating later, may be monophthongized: au becomes

But iip, x^n, wvin, HUTT need not take place, e. g. xnm xc'3, xj"jn x^:n; the diphthong xnn, XD"; remains when the non-syllabic vowel is situated always on the border-line between two syllables, in other words,
o, at
e
(7),

e. g.,

xov,

the monophthongization

i-so. when it is geminated, e. g., in"m irnp, but wo The monophthongization of ai may take place also e in such a manner that the non-syllabic vowel is com* pletely lost, so esp. before n, e. g. iy_3 for p.y.n, ^D for *]\yD, fy for *V.^ (in the two last exx. am represents a

contraction fromamz); Xjnnijx, ^ai, Vn:3 for*xr>__, *V. (and accordingly VTi.**, "pny.1, 22); before n a becomes

e:

xn:o
(^jf.

Ar).

Elsewhere
T]^_

ae is also

found contracted

to a:

"3D,
is

T)or,

"rp.2 for

(and accordingly ^"i.x,

Tj^nnx).
1

the laryngeals n, n, y or i,/ sounded as a; thus in primitive times in forms like

(u?)
i,

when followed by

yirn, at a later period in forms like

naj, ino,

yott{,

nyotp,

npyn^x, "nty, i-nt?, ynio, n;pio, etc. At the same time we find x^yn, X"nn, xjn'tr, T'no,
x:i>xn (by the side of XJTH),
etc.

The same
'X

effect appears to be

produced by other^
cf.,

consonants (emphatic and sonorous sounds),

''p.n'ix by the side of p'QTO. When followed by a labial, a or i becomes u:

e. g.,

e. g., h is

xnmw, xt^an;
early example

xjsij; XJO^OIB', of this transformation.

i

etc.

DW
e:

an

When
xo^n,
e. g.,

preceded by a laryngeal,
etc.

becomes

e. g.,

*'

^ipisfX,

The

xo^n, ^pB^x,

writing with a vowel letter, need not necessarily point to a

full

12

5.

The Vowels and

their

Changes.
f

pronunciation ND^n, hptPK (3/)(cf.

/*)

1W = "Wfr

I n ^ ront
c).

a laryngeal

(cf.

also

followed by a gemmate consonant, though preceded by a laryngeal, /remains; thus xt^x, xncyx, etc. k So-called compensative production takes place for the
/

When

of laryngeals
e

purpose of making up for the loss of gemination in front and the sonorous sound "I, i (over e) becoming

and a

a.

The

rule is

by no means a fixed one; but

compensative production Hence point "prrp, B^isa

in general the possibility of rises in the order Pi, n, y, X, "I.

),

l\T,

etc.

innn (inrvn), but xt^yo (xiy), etc.; 'inx (lin^x), iy.es; but niyx, ^nnj, Before n, a is transformed into e (at least
;

according to the Tiberian system

cf.

<?):

xins. Note pil \

The following
syllabic conditions:

table illustrates the modification of

it

the vowels in as far as

is

effected

by accentual and
Tab.
I.

5.

The Vowels and

:

their

Changes.

13

Explanations and exx.

.

Otherwise the ,,so!" T^Bp T P When not in the syllable immedivowel might be shortened. ately preceding the accented syllable. Otherwise the vowel might 7 xa be reduced after the manner of short vowels. ir&3(in^i2); biipFi (l=iBpin), iab (ixa^); ao^a, xea.
|| ||

The meteg stroke means:

ins, -bs; xabn.' Note XPJ^S^J (xn^xm), 'iift^ap. the meleg signifies: ,,so, against expectation". ^bpri (bnopipi), ^ss (i^is); a-in (a"nn), lass* (vwK),
\\

(na'rn), para (p"ouj),

? sians

^snnx (-psnrpx),
SV^s,
11

tnbap.
||

(n^ap), xlbs
^

(ianna), XTUiab,

dbtti,

(inia'sJ),

may take the (ds !!*), 'in&t. With N, of _; it is just as correct to read ^ts. Cf. also xnaaia. place After emphatic consonants and sonorous sounds we find occaibix
(iVi^TiK),' iyas

x^4

^O^'

""i

vowels X37i5, "jlP.^B^ (^"JpVWb), ^^.3? in deference to the system; very likely, Blpa '^. I write however, the words were pronounced lifrukinnan, ninkutu. & tans (lai'na); *iias (ii^as), -isVex (la^s^x), X^B (x^i^pB),
sionally semi-reduced
1 :

\\

siil-ips'

(lliriDX).

* n-nk (fi^ix);

K15H^; pSsBCpll^^j sfina (jnniu), Ti^a.

||

'

or

ti'irok),

p;

xaqx

||

Note
i in

1.

In the place of a

we
e. g.

find frequently in
xspi'i (Hebr. ',7),

unaccented closed syllables,

side of x^'-i, xns^s,

Aram, n X3"ni

by the

biap^n

for *taktul, etc.; in the case

are perhaps dealing with ancient by-forms. In the Talmud, idiom note Af el forms like p^OB^X by the side of
of the nouns
;

we

p^bBX, IS'HB'VK, l^S^,

etc.

Note 2. By means of artificial gemination a vowel in an o open unaccented syllable may escape reduction, e.g.,X5^ (fcOttJiV)
(Arab, lisan), xp !sn (xpbin), ",33^ (Tia' ^), etc. Artificial pror duction is found in'xj'iaa, K 'ina, etc., and in the imperf. and T T infin. Pe al of i"is verbs (cf. 38).
1 !

Note

3.

syllables, the following

In using the table for words of more than two/? should be had in mind. The vowel of

reduction.

the open syllable next preceding the accented syllable suffers When then further back an open syllable with a long vowel precedes, a closed syllable is the result, in which the long

14

&

The Vowels and

their

Changes.

vowel

is

when a

protected by a mcteg: fiFh*aa. On the other hand, closed syllable with a short vowel precedes, two con-

sonants come to stand together: then either /fc^/Y>-pronunciation or lento- pronunciation with an inserted parasitic vowel is

The Tbsp.x, xrjino and xrts'ro (xrWTa), xn"!?. stroke serves to protect the vowel now in an opened meteg syllable. Still the vowel may succumb to the pressure exerted
possible:

by the accented syllable in the front; hence forms like 'iDS'ix., xniia*!, xn^ia by the side of xn^izj (xm^ia), xnBsiaia (Kn^we). When an open syllable with a short vowel precedes, a closed When two open syllables with short syllable results: xsn?. vowels precede, double forms are possible xnp'ix and xnp'isc. When two syllables precede, of which the one immediately ad:

is open with a short vowel, while the other is closed with a short vowel or open with a long vowel, there is but one

joining

possibility:

xnbbiitt,

xwnp,

xnij.no, xn^ssn, XPHUJX,

Note
has
not

4.

aj,n

at the end of a
i:

word becomes through the

insertion of a parasitic

aim, provided of course the diphthong been removed through monophthongization (e); so

5. Two consonants without an intervening vowel are possible at the beginning of a word: X72RD stdmd for *satdmd. In such a case very frequently a vowel is placed in

Note

also

front of the first consonant: thus pnsJx (p^nu^x) for **slek by the side of pnia (pinas), toiax by the side of -ima. All three

also

examples show the same consonantal combination cf., however, isax (isax) and nsn^x (nain^x), sn. h x (a^nix) by the
;

side of

ton% ~
i :

an^.
:

:'

Even long vowels may be completely lost in an unaccented syllable at the end of a word. Thus n(:)x for
^;2 (#) by the side of the older form "O^, IJK (at the same time the laryngeal disappears) for XJ!i:x. From l^BP resulted the form *^ttp, which, how"' T ;" ever, in the Talmud, idiom has been transformed into
'anta, 'anfi,
"'
:

;'

6.

Syllabic Loss. Loss of Sounds etc.

7.

The Accent. 15

for

Forms like "D (T3), nx, etc. (vocalic epenthesis). *'dh1 are to be explained as due to the *ben,

recession of the accent to the penultimate.

6.

Syllabic Loss.

Loss of Sounds through Collocation

6.

of

Words

in the Sentence.

Syllabic loss is to be registered in in for *inx. a In consequence of the collocation of words in theft

sentence contractions (loss of sounds, syllabic ellipses) arise through the force of the sentence-accent. Thus

n^ (5d) VO
..

for PPN vh, xs>x, XD I!? (xsV) for JO PPX. rvV V T T 7 T :' I"
.

'

\-

-t

'B,('XB) for H. N!?; tw 12 by the side of t?JX 13; especially in the combination of an adjective or participle with the personal pronoun forming a complete sentence,

XD,

a sort of a new inflectional form arising thereby (cf 8a). But elsewhere, likewise, a pronoun pleonastically joined to a verb may coalesce with the latter so as to constitute and in all one form; thus ]?$? (P"V^) for "]JX probability xiaon by the side of nx "iaqn.
.

7.

The Accent.

7.

There is no reason whatsoever why different rules from those in force in BA. (which are here presupposed) should be formulated for the accentuation of Talmud. Aram. It is quite possible that a shifting of the accent did take place but it has exercised no influence on the vocalization which is wholly rooted in the older system.
;

16

8.

Personal Pronoun.

II,

Morphology
The Pronoun
8.

41).

A.
s.

811).

Personal Pronoun.

The personal pronoun appears either as an independent subject-form or as a suffixed form indicating possession (with nouns) or the object (with verbs). But even the subject-form coalesces in the 1. and 2. person
with the adjectival or participial predicate to such an extent that the pronoun may assume the form of a

mere
b

suffix.

Table:

Tab.

II.

9.

Demonstrative Pronoun.

17
||

5
^
e

s.
||

As a resumptive form

$ For "(insx no reference is available. t 4j. 48 b; 63 c) also in the later language. (

\\

||

irhx (in Targumic) may be meant for inx; opinions are divid? ed on the explanation of the form. "pn -\- "px ( 4,;); "px n With unassimilated rt and loss probably a deictic element. of Copula -forms (63a); the 3 in front has been explained as a pronominal deictic element. Pronominal suffixes joined to adjectival predicates: Xi2i"ip, c
||

||

"j.

[|

|3' "ia'iT,

wa^sfi rb^sa,

wa'on;

to participial predicates

cf.

the
suf-

Verb ( 31-40). For the manner in which the possessive and objective fixes are joined to nouns and verbs cf. 22; 41.

9.

Demonstrative Pronoun.

0.

1. Tor the designation of the proximate (,,this"): Early forms sg. m. V"J Cp*0, f. *n, pi. V^K; with pre- a fixed deictic element (K)n: sg. m. inn, f- x"in, pi. \hr\.
:

Sporadic forms:

sg.

m. HV,

f.

xiy (my),

pi.

ny.ft

These forms
Babylonian.
n

still

requiring explanation are specifically

: sg. m. (incorrectly also f .) c in a neuter sense) xn, pi. '11. xn, (esp. These forms are contracted from inn, *nn, "p^n ; in d

Late (common) forms

f.

the last instance, h has been transformed into J. Through combination of "p""1 and Kin arise in the same manner
(but with retention of
is";
f.

J)

im

(w>n) ^c<?

//

^,

,,that

^^n.

e H>x, formed from "JH with 'X (86 ?) in front, ise found only in the expression ^TXi 'TX with correlative

force, ,,this
2.

and

that", ,,both".

series

For the designation of the distant (,,that") two/ of forms are employed, of which one results
Or. Bab. Talm.

Margolis,

18

10.

Relative Pronoun.
cf. '3

11. Interrogative

Pronoun.

from the addition

3.

or

"|

to the deinonstr.

mentioned, while the second

person plus a prefixed (x)n.
sg.

= the

forms just pers. pron. of the

(1) sporadically
.

Hence:

m.

3'1, pi. "J^N,

(2) sg.

m. sinn,
*
")T

#
'

From
(),

commonly sg. m. -pxri, f "jn, pi. -pn f. NTH, pi. irun. m. and "p f )> through prefixing (= "pi
m. -jTN,
f.

arise sg.

-|TX, ,,that", ,,the other".

In a similar manner (at the same time with transition of h into J) the plural "j^N ,,those" ,,the others", is formed.
7

10.

10. Belatire

Pronoun.
"i.

a
b

1"!, usually shortened to

By combining the relative pronoun fH with the preposition h, in the common language with the noun T, an independent possessive pronoun is formed, 'V'n, T T, etc.
<I

11.

11.

Interrogative Pronoun.

1.

In a substantive function: INB of persons,

fo,
b

D (66) of things.

UD
(whence
2.

(4;')
D),

by

cf.

side of xin ^xo; '3D no. Hebr.

= xvi IKD.
a subst.

In an adjectival function (cf. Hebr. 'X). function), fV

:

Ti (but also in

For the employment of the

pers. pron. ',xn,

cf.

XB

in front of

the relat. pron. as an indefinite pron.

the Syntax

12.

13.

Nouns with Shortened Stem.

19

(a).

B. The Noun ( 1223). The Nominal Stems 1218).

(

12.

Preliminary Remarks.

12.

There are but few compound nouns, i. e. nouns a standing to one another in the genitive relation and forming a unit. In addition to the compound numerals
for 11

19 (23a)

cf.:

xzm

*^yn,

Tim ^D,

pi.

mm VID;

(= *xyTt in), pi. In the case of the simple nouns we distinguish between the nominal stem and the inflectional endings. The nominal
11 ('"ira);

nn

NITO

'nra.

stems are of Semitic origin or formed after the pattern of Semitic types. The genetic origin of the Aram, nominal stems must hence be looked for in the parent language;
at all events the original status has been so obscured in historical Aram, through semasiological development as well

as by the forces of analogy that only sporadically may we succeed in cleanly dividing J;he nominal forms according to functional categories (atfuns of the agent and adjectives, nouns of action and abstract nouns, etc.); in all probability such a clear distinction was felt by the speaker only in a few particularly specific types. Even the formal classification

capable of being carried out only with triconsonantal stems; and even there it breaks down in part in "iy and **& roots. The following survey of the most important nominal formations subserves in the main practical ends.
is
>/r

13. I.

Nouns with Shortened Stem.

13.

Some

of the nouns mentioned here

may have been a

orig. biconsonantal.

With feminine b -in, D"!, act pi. ^3t, -n, pi. joa, Die, Dim. ending: xrrax, wna, xnmp, xne^to, &OIB. (in)i3K, (n)inx, (n)lafi; with feminine ending p()n, (-j)nsn. n()a n city" comes probably from the Assyrian.
|| ||

2*

20
14.

14.

Triconsonantal Nominal Stems.

14. a.

With vowel gradation:

ii

Tab. in.

in
med. sive
5>

IV
ult.

stirpis sanae
1.

Sive

fa'al,
fi'al

xnps

3.

fa ul
5

4. fa'l

xip

5. fiU

Xp^B,

6.

fuU

7.

fa

al, fa'il

xnna
8. fa*al,
fi'al,

fu'al

9.

10. fu j ul

11. fa 5 ul

12. fu 5 ail

14.

Triconsonantal Nominal Stems.

21

14. a.

With vowel gradation:

IX

Tab.m.
XI

VI

VII

VIII

y'y

31
pi.

SMI
=>

sasn
strain
vii.
i

XBI;
strain
pi.

22
II.

14.

15.

Triconsonantal Nominal Stems.

Triconsonantal Nominal Stems

14. a.

1416).

14.

With vowel gradation

(s.

Tab.

Ill, p. 20.
3.

21).

The nouns adduced under

forms
7.

(act. partic.)

and

9.

are not quite certain. The (pass, partic.) will be treated at

length under the Verb.

To

the eleventh formation belong several

denominatives (nouns indicating an occupation or trade).

I.

It is questionable whether the i originates in a parallel form or is to be explained on a phonetic basis (5n). Pximin and xnaisa after 5A. v By the side of KBHD also NED (4;). xsa by the side of XB15 (4/); sosia (5A). e KB (5m*). # %bmn. ? K31K by the side of KSIIK (4;). "n 50.
||

j|

<*

||

mi

|j

||

||

II.

Cf.

6.
4/7;
4;Y.
4/.

III. Cf.

be.

IV. Cf.

Note the

transition into the "<"lb class.

V. Cf.
VI.

form of the infin. xro^m with geminate n; brought into conformity with column VII. VII. a With stnj^a (5n); in addition with the gemination n (4). resolved pi. VI11 IX. o 5^. ^ xs^D has replaced XS1& (which is met with occasionally in theMSS.) almost entirely; through analogy with its opposite KW>~\. In the table are wanting i'"iy forms like &O1, f. xnps (1. or 8.) and xmi; D^p (pass, part.)

*w

||

corresponds to the 9. form. X. XT. With shortened stem.

15. 15. b.

||

P Cf.

5p.

With the middle radical geminate

(s.

Tab. IV,

p. 23).

seems to come from the Hebrew. 1 5. forms denominatives. Some nouns of this formation betray an affinity with the Intensive Stem (Q^p D*pE xnspn nomen actionis}; the same holds good of 20. (for the most part nomina actionis ; from the Hebr.?). 16. 18. form adjectives; 16. and 17. adjectives of color. In 18. and prob. also in 19., the gemination seems to be unorganic.
14.

Continued on p. 25.

15.

Nouns with the middle

radical geminate.

23

Tab. IV.

24

16.

Nouns with

prefixes.

-r r

1 6.

Nouns with prefixes.

7.

Pluriconsonantal Stems. 2 5

I.

The
Cf.
4/.

fern, of

XIB^S

is

II.

5Ar.

III. Cf.

V.

sni^a after the manner of Hebrew.

||

P Belongs perhaps

originally to 17. VII. Probably

a re-formate from the

st. d. (cf.

16.

c.
(s.

With prefixes
Tab. V,
p. 24).

16.

21.

24.

nomina

actionis,

actionis of the Intensive

from the Hebrew; 28. 21. (mif al) is the form of the
!

loci and instrument; 25. nomen a Stem and its Keflexive; 26. and 27. come is formed from the Causative Stem.
infin.

of the Simple Stem.

17.

III.

Plnriconsonantal Stems.

17.

a.

x>i:i; xT:m; f. xWtt, With dissimilation (4A): vpnyn and 7"m, pV'p. pv and Kn^tB^W (5rfp); the simplification may also take place at the end in front of the fern, ending:
b. flfl:

v),

xnp^p.
ing to
this

From stems with 2 as second radical (accordAn old form of 4ft; 5d): X3D1D, *yhh, X3T"l.
is
f.
I

category
c.
l f<l l:

^.
the

(with simplification at the end)

at

d.
f.

With

end:

x^Biy,

xVns,

xn^oix.
e.

Other nouns X1X1S, xmpy, xi^Dy,

:

XDIW (Assyrian c

loan-word); f. xntFirD, etc.; also the adjective in shortened form xtsn.

26
18. IS.

18.

Denominatives formed by means of Afformatives.

IV.

Denominatives formed by means of Afformatives.

serves to form abstract nouns from

The afformative
adjectives nouns; or

and
it

participles,

is

and adjectives from abstract added pleonastically, without effecting

1.

a change in the meaning.

fc

an

-1

-an (-en, -in): the nature of

4.

2.

XJtW,

f.

(with the addition of

which has been differently explained)

(VIL),

xrp^w;
frx

xno

wmo

(VIIL);

5.
f.

p*y

(VII.),

(IX.),

xj'jzi

(XL);
f.

6.

IB^, xjnnx

>mnx
8. f.

(4/)

iVs (IV.) d. 21. XJpSD (IV.),

x^s

xrvj^s,
(}/
;

xj>m

(VIIL);

KTM&-J
:

XJpDB
J^in,

j?Vo),

4J)

xjVy& (VI.) ; from yVin: from a pluriconsonantal stem

(5A; 4A); from the partic. of the Intensive KJiano and, with loss of the prefix, JO&m. From (33) fem. nouns: 5-iniM (IX. and X.); tunm; with loss of the fern, ending: 23. JO"1SS (V. -|- VIIL).
c 2.

-at

(-aij:

1.

'H-D (VII.);

4.

for
5.

^xnnn

(4,
4.

x^y (XL with shortened stem); vila 'xnn ), nN^pn, nxonp, xop (4>; I5c nxio (VIL), f. pi. n^w (VIIL -f VIL);
s

6. nxiDU; pleonastically after the affornx^PiT; from the fem. with loss of the fem. ending: 4. nxr; (VIL); rixun (and nxjun, with a double afformative) from xnun (rf). Gentilic nouns:

n"l^ (VIL);
-in:

mative

nxoix, nx^Vj,
^
-S^

etc.

(properly *uat) the absol. st. cf. 44c): 2.

)

(for the

xnmn,

dropping of the t in xniD^B (with spirantic

k; hence from the original malik-, not malk-\ (VIL; the underlying *"i' n has probably been transformed from
"in pi. '"in in

wn

conformity with

>/x<

iV

formations like

j?'1

and

the like), xnvjy (XL);

4. 13'tD (IX.),

xnn'D (by

the side

19.

Inflectional Endings.

27

xnno, from 3D); 7. xnipj', IDX (X.), similarly xnun, xmtDD, xmutP; the in xrnTB> has not been satisfactorily explained; 8. (')nn^tr; 9. xniynj; from rvo: xmrvo, similarly from ^l (analogical formation from
of

pluriconsonantals the pass, partic. of the Intensive (33): xmpJBB, XITP^?B. From a noun with the afformative -an: ^. The foreign word nxiso^
:

niH;

18.

p)nrpny.

From

(40),

Kmsrw.

From

xnm

(with the afform. -at) furnishes xrvPBD^.

-ai (-e)\ 10.

x^nn, K^BI; x^Dio(from DID); IOJTD, etc. e

Inflection
19.

(b)

1922).
19.

Inflectional Endings.

1.

Preliminary Remarks.

We

distinguish

in

the a

Aramaic noun two genders (masculine and feminine), two numbers (singular and plural) and three states (the absolute, construct, and determined). The gender of a noun is properly recognizable & through the construction in the sentence. Feminine are not only nouns designating female beings (XB'X, x^m, etc.),
but also certain other categories, as the names of the members of the body (XT, XJT.X, xyn, etc.), of instruments

and

utensils, the

words ,,earth" (xytx) ,,sun" (x&'B'tP),

fern,

etc.;

though not always uniformly.

nouns without a
ending

In the morphology, all are regarded as masc.

s
.

Remnants of the dual are the numerals C|) "iri f c Oi)'rnn and "jnKO (23a); but traces may also be found in forms like ."P3T3, etc., where the third radical is
not spirantized.

28
d

19-

Inflectional Endings.

2.

Table of inflectional endings:

Tab. VI.

20. Modification in the

Stem occasioned by the

Inflection.

29

Modification in the Stem occasioned by the Inflection. 20.

The stem

is

shortened in the sg.

d.

X3X and

pi.

Tix a

(13c); the artificial gemination (in the latter instance, owing to the n, it is only virtual (5)) serves as compensation.

The stem may furthermore be shortened in

tions of the types 1
'jp (sg. d. N'jp),

' //%

6 forma-

&

6 (14&c); thus

pi. >3tD (gg. d. K'ltt),

(pi.

by

the side of
J

wot?; f. sg.d. xrnp xrp^ff (xrpte).

xrvn[']p),

xn^o

may be assimilated to the n of the c hence xna> (abs. x:ts>, 13&). sg. (4/); The plural endings in the forms 4 6 (14c) arerf joined to the expanded stems of the type fetal-, fial-,
as last radical
st. d. fern.

fu'al-.

Hence,
thirfa

in the place of the explosive,

we

find

in

the

radical

the

corresponding
is

spirant

(4p).

E. g., '3t?B, *B^X, inon, xnx^o. The plural of xnnx (13c)

plural

xniinx; i.e., thee

ending

identifying
sing.

affixed to the form >ahau-, language therewith the stem 'aha- underlying the
is

Similarly, a. sing.

*xnDJ

is

presupposed by the

pi. xrmsx The shortened nouns xnox and xns^ (13&) form/" a plural derived from a stem expanded by means of

n or

The
ig

and assuming the type /""///-: xnnox, xrmB'ff. pi. xnnax from xn&x (4VII.) rests on analogy.
i

The stem
expanded xnrax (note

as

it

in

the

appears in the shortened sg. n (type: pi. by means of

ending).

d.

xnx^

/?'/-):

the
1

fern,

The

pi.

xnn^x from

xt^x (5VII.) rests on analogy. >/xt h ? (orig. Y' ?) stems of the form 7. may resume the l-sound in the pi.; thus xmiDX from x"^ stems may

30

21.

PL

fern,

from Masculines and conversely.

be raised to the same level: thus xrnno from the sg. ^(K)^, xmiJD from the sg. *JD. xnvunn (from x:nn 1.) is properly
a double plural presupposing the intermediate *Nrv]Jnn.
Similarly the pi. of K>V'V (176) is vmkb x'Dio ( 1 Se) srviDiD; on the other hand JCJTD
/

O^);

of

xnxvniD.

The pi. of stems of the type 11. are expanded by means of X: 'XTIBX, 'xriSD. k Stems of the types 4 6 may receive in the pi. a
pleonastic -an (itself an afformative with pluralic function) ; thus X'JD^X, (D'JBD, 'nra (from xim, 12a). But also

'numm
/

from

mm

(17*).

The

inflectional

ending

may be
pi. abs.

pleonastically
d.

repeated; thus sg. d. xnnyDB>;

pyos,

xnnyBP.

The simple forms, however,

variants.
21.
21.

are met with as textual

Fl. fern,

from Masculines and conversely.

20#/>we have met with plurals possessing femin. endings, from masculines. & Of a different character are fern, plurals of nouns
In

which, though lacking a fern, ending, are nevertheless syntactically construed as feminine (19&); thus imx

from mix.
dual) in

tuip forms both xnJlp and Q)^"lp, the former being used in a metaphorical sense, the latter (prop, a
its proper sense. Masc. plurals go with fern, nouns in the sg. serving as nomina unitatis. Thus (D'Jtf, >^3, 'VDT, noli, vyh,

The
is

pi. of

xnrPN

is

(X)^J.

The underlying form

is

nisai-

(in

itself

a plural) which

then shortened

22.

The Noun with Pronominal

Suffixes.

31

32

22.

The Noun with Pron.

Suffixes.

23.

Numerals.

22.

22.

The Noun with Pronominal

(s.

Suffixes

Tab. VII,

p. 31).

a
c

For the form of the suffixes

Explanations.
is
I.

cf.

8&.

Cf.

13c.

to the shortened stem(20a):

XSN

The suff. of the 1 sg. is joined *^nx shortened to nx. ,,My father"

st. d.

An orthographic variant. ft The diphthong monor The same pronunciation as in phthongized (5de). 6 e The Defective writing. 5q. diphthong remains. IB>. The is mute. Analogical form after the pi. m. ft Defective writing.
o
|| || ||
||

IK

">

||

||

Hcd.
graphic.
III.
ft
||

The

st. d. appears to be the basis. Defective writing.

||

The

only

Shortened form.

ft
||

The n quiesces

"*

and x graphic

means.

23.

23.

Numerals.

Cardinal numbers:
1

in (*nn);

f.

stn (6a).
t-prnn,

2 t-p-in,

nn;
f.

f.

mn

(n^>n) (19c);

nn

4 yaiK
5

f. f. f.

njmx
x^^n

^an;

6 n s tr;
7 tyntr,

xn^
f.

a;
f.
f.
f.

8 'J&n

yn

10 iffy;

23.

Numerals.

33

1 1

ID in, iD'in

f.

no in nn
n^n,

12 tipy nn, ionn; f. no *mn, no 13 titgfy n^n, iD^n; f.trrwy n^n,

ID,

tny

no^n
14 iD()aiN; f.trrwy yaix, no()aix 15 iD(')n; f.tnitry tron, t^io on, no()on 16 ID n^, iDrvtp (iDn); f.tmtyy n^, no
17 iD30)t^ (iD>ntr); f.tmy 18 "iD>jon; f.tmtjfy 'jon, no

19 iDB'n;

f.tniy yen, tno

I | |

yt^n,
|

30 vnVn 40 t^yaix, ^yaix 50 70 vva^ 80 lO)Jn [90 60 f vnO)^, 'n^ 100 nxD 200 inxo 300 nxo n^n 400

20 in^V

700 HND ynr

1000 xs^x

800 nxo 'JDn

|

2000 's^x
|

nn

eooo^x

xn>^
|

10000

xnm, Knam

pi.

ixnn, pnn, xnnaO)i.

Ordinal numbers:
,

xop; f.txn^ip,
a multiplicative sense)

2 3 8

wn
nxrn

(also in

,,Last" xinn;

f.

xn""ina.

Fractions

-i-

xn^n, xn^n

xyan

xmntr,

xn^n (xn^n, xnVin)

Margolis,
Gr. Bab. Talm.

multiplicative.

34

24.

Adverb.

25.

Prepositions.

C.

Particles
24.

(
(s.

24-26).
Glossary).

24.

Adverb

1.

Adjectives in the adverbial case; thus TSB>,

^p,

pn,
b c

^tsiy, 'SB, etc.

2. 3.

Feminines in

-ut (18tf):

rwa, my"U.
xmu.
st. a.

Nouns

in the adverbial case; e. g.

-f-

4.

Preposition

Noun

(Adjective) (the

very

frequently preserved): chwh,

KO^>&O, Knp'yo, etc.
e
/"
i7

b^h

ttno, xinD, Tir6 (with

s

suffixes "pinV, nmn^>, in(')mr6), ^X-QX,

5.

x'^y,

from Tin (Imptv.). petrified Imptv. Tin. 7. Compositions like xn&>n (= xnytp
in shortened
6.

The

(=

xJT-y xn), XJQ (for

cf.

wp

= IK-JO
ixi?

xn),
;

cf

Hebr. V.XD
x^>)

for

an explanation
side of
/<

5e;

4/0),

(for Kin

by

the

tih,

etc.

8.

Other adverbs originating in pronominal roots,

as Kan, XD>n, etc.

25.
25.

Prepositions.

Prepositions are properly nouns in the st. c., either in the adverbial case simply or in conjunction with other
prepositions
(2, D,

h } p).
:

Note ^itt&x with the closing

consonant dropped

= IIVOK.

Some
;

of

by the side of lux these nouns were originally

ittDX
'"

= * "pux
plurals

(or duals)

hence the endings

e (at), rr at; in the case

of others, the

same endings are due

stem
;

at (e) is naturally part of the

In ^y, to analogy. but in the expanded

form >l^y

it is

a late increment.

regarded as the final part of the stem, a

In rniD, nil^ ; rr is to be f emin. ending t.

25. Prepositions.

27.

The Modifications

of the Stem.

35

Prepositions with Suffixes.

orig. in

Tab. vni.

a
in -af
in -at

short vowel

fifriaip,

The preposition h may take on in Talm. Aram, before suffixes also the form tTPJ; hence
26.

Conjunctions

(s.

Glossary).

26.

D.
27.

The Verb

27-41).
27.

The Modifications of the Stem.

a (1) Simple stem (Pe<al); (2) Reflexive-passive thereof (Itpe'el, abbreviated IlpeJ; (3) Intensive (Pcfiel, abbr. Pa.);
(4)
(5)

The Reflexive -passive

Causative
(Afiel,

abbr.

^/".^;

thereof (Jtpa"al, abbr. Itpa.); (6) the Reflexive-passive

thereof (Ittapal, abbr. //:;. In the remnants of the earlier language, the initial b consonants of the Causative, and also of the Reflexivepassives,
is

n.

Exx.

nynn, rqipn, xuDJnn.

3*

36
c

28.

Inflectional Elements.

}Wr\ is borrowed from the Hebrew (as in Syriac). Rarer stems (esp. from roots V"y and iy): Pa(<el)
<l//

and
28.

Itpa(<al)\ Palp(el)

and

Itpalp(al)

Saf<el.

28.
1.
1

Inflectional Elements.

Perfect.
sg.
t

Tab. IX.

n -, trv-,

'-

pi.

tjo_, fp_, i_

2 sg.m. 2 sg. f.

nnn-(x-)

2 pl.m.tTin-, 3

in-

3 sg.m. 3 sg.f.tn-,
b

pl.m.'hf.

3 pi.

t-j-j

N-

Note 1. In the common form of the 3 pi. m. the ending dropped and a new form is created by the insertion of u in front of the last radical, which thus takes the place of the stem vowel (5s). c Note 2. In front of the endings (p, in) we find occasionally the vowel I which appears to have been imported from the partiis

cipial inflection (31), e. g.,

'p'^ by the side of -pap, inipistt) (but The forms are to be regarded as less correct.
Tab. X.
1

d
1

2.

Imperfect.

sg.

-X
'-n
?

pi.

-3

-n 2 sg.m. 2 sg.f. f V-n,

3 sg.m. 3 sg. f.
e

plm/'iT-n, i-n
pl.m.t'p-',t'p_^i_^i_t> f. i-V
1 pi.

-t
-n

_j,_^

3 pi.

In a few examples,

we

find in the

-h

for -J,

incorrectly (by false analogy) imported from the 3 person.

f
g

3. Imperative. The same endings as in the 2 person of the imperf., but without the prefixes. 4.

Participle
For
the

-j-

Personal Pronoun
s.

(vgl.

8).

Tables of the Pe'al

2931.

29.

Perfect.

37

X
*
EH

38
30.

30.

Imperfect, Imperative, and Infinitive.

30. Imperfect, Imperative,

and

Infinitive.

Tab. XII.

sanae

X"t

4/;

sg,

mux
31 pn

pi.

28g.m
2sg.f.
2 pi.

m
f.

2 pi.

Ssg.m
3 sg.
f,

Spl.m
3 pi.
f.

sg.

m.
f.

513K

sg.
pi.

m.

lams,

inns

pit
<"S

4/

a The accent shifted to the inflectional element is the cause of the reduction of the second stem vowel, cf. the corresponding forms of the imperf.

30.

Imperfect, Imperative, and Infinitive.

39

30. Imperfect,

Imperative, and Infinitive.

3"B (pits)

4;

pima

tptji

oip^a

Blpa, plB

an

po

pa^a,

5m.

r
||

5r.
||

SPin

the gemination for the purpose

||

of artificially increasing the

pensative production (5#).

||

volume of the form. ? A mixed form from

With com-,r3

and an^.

40

31.

The

Participles.

31.

31.

The

Participles.

Tab. XIII.

active

passive

sg.

m.

pi.

m.

^aaa,

8g.

2sg.
2 pi.

nbrap,
,

irrnasw

a
P

The ending imported from the

perf.

By

its

side the form

is

wbop,

which however

is

not so

well attested and

f 6
e

met with only sporadically.

Sporadically ir&iTN.

Forms

like

iro'nx are not well attested.

Femin. forms

mas,

r\

32.

Itpe'el.

41

C05

f-

p n
Fk JS

~x

r a n r r

COP
C r C r C r

a C
ft

w
c
O^

ix -

r"

t-

y\

a
n D n
-

IX
^x

ft
*

?b.
X.

if t r C -^-

rT>.

ix

" D n r a

'

-K*

O n n

}-

42

32.

Itpe'el.

a
V

33.

Pa"el.

43
33.
a.

33. Pa"el.

Tab.

XV

44

S3.

Pa"el.

Tab.

XV b.

34.

Itpa"al.

45
Tab. XVI.
prim. prim.

34. Itpa-'al.
in cii.

34.

prim.

laryng.
et

1
4i

5Ar

nposnix,
pitx,

.m

f.

xnnn&a

nsanta

46

36.

Ittaf'al.

47

48
37.

37.

Verbs

$"9.

37.

Verbs

3>"3>.

Forms without prefixes (Perf., Imptv. Pe.) are made by geminating the second radical (before consonantal
aff ormatives we find occasionally for the sake of protecting the gemination the vowel -e imported from verbs '"iV: rpxo, inBn ; otherwise the gemination must naturally be

given up: niz&, etc.); on the other hand, in forms lacking a prefix, the first radical is geminated.

Forms occur which are made exactly as in the strong verb: xwtfp, imn, T\rh. c Through analogical force, '"iy formations have
b

penetrated into the participles of the Pe. and into the Pa. (Itpa.).

dj
k

s.

Table

p. 49.

Itpe.:

Perf.
1

cum
the
/

suff.

sg.

tppp-nn<; Infin. 'pipirx; XJp7nip)> 1 pi. P77""0), hence

1

pi.

Part.
after

manner
Pcfiel:

of strong verbs.

strong
Infin.

forms:
'JUil;

Perf.

sg.

^y;
^no,
.

Imptv.
'jriB;

sg.

m. Tin;

Part. act. pi. m.

Part. pass. sg. m. *]sy&, pi. f. fpnno. After the fashion of '"iy : Perf. 2 sg. m. 3 sg. m. *?"V ; f xty)tf ; ; 3 pi. m. f^^y, *?1"y; Impf. 2 sg. m. ^"yn; 3 sg. m. V"y^; 3 pi. m. l^y^J, l^"y^; Imptv. sg. m. ?y; Part.

rhV
m.

act.

sg.

m. U"nD;
||

pi.

f^"yB; cum

suff.

pi.

m
n

Itpa.: Perf. 3 sg. f. xjjn^x. lJ'!?0)'y Pa' el: Part. act. sg. m. BtDPitx Itpa.:

Perf. 3 pi.

m. lSSpn"x (the form

c.

may however be Itpe.}. Perf. 3 sg. m. "imri; Infin. ^l^l; Part. Palp.: suff. 1 sg. XJ^^tO. Itpalp.: Impf. 3 sg. m. Part. sg. f x
;
.

act.

37.

Verbs

s"y.

49
Tab. XVIII.

Table:

50
o
Ittaf.
:

38-

Verbs Vis.

of

<l//

iy)

Perf. 3 sg. m. yirvx, ^pn'X (after the fashion Impf. 3 sg. m. ^njvV (and after the manner of 3 pi. m. !^ir6; Part. sg. m.

38.

38.

Yerbs i"w.
are conformed

to
b

''"is

In the ^/"W the forms, as a rule, verbs.

The
proceed

parallel forms in the pass, partic. of the Pe. from the same basic form. In the one case

*kanm appears

as ktm\ in the second, the same form has been turned into * kaim (cf. 5<?) which of course

became kaiim (5#). Forms like "pnQ^,

force of verbs y"y.

etc.,

are due to the analogical

Dip loses occasionally its closing conthus ip^x, ip'J, ip*n, <xp (whence xp, 7, 58/), sonant; yiN by the side of resp. for Dip^x, Dip-'J, Dip'n, o^xp, 071*. A: Table p. 51. Pa. (Itpa.) as a rule with
1
"

The verb

as middle radical
1

Perf.
etc.;

sg.
:

tn'B"P,

w*,

pl.fP^^V; Impf.

sg.

D"px,

Perf. 3 sg. m. 3"nivx, 3"!TN, etc. With 1 as middle radical from the root I'D: Impf. 3 sg. m. "|13^; Part. pass. sg. f. 1JO)13; Itpa. Perf. 1 sg. v\\yx.
Itpa.

Part. act. sg. m. DJJ ; pass. pi. m. 3 sg. m. xyiyn^). '!?B!?tDD; n Ittaf. (Ilpe.): Perf. 3 sg. m. amrpx, nyn^x; f. xmn^X; 3 pi. m. f lyc^nx, inn^)x; Impf. 3 sg. m. nyrv!?, 3 pi. m.
Palp.
:

Inf.

^lU^U

Itpalp.: Perf.

f.

rmn^>;
D,

Infin.
f.

<)

-nsn( )x;
pi.

Part. sg. m.

xnn^D,

m.

38.

Verbs

51
Tab. XIX.

Pe
II

52

39.

Verbs

i"ib.

Table:
Pe'al

Tab.

XX

a.

Itpe

el

a,

fmm,
,

ipl.
2 sg.

"|2>a

m. n^ap
f.

2 pi.
3 sg.

m.

s<^s,

nin,

f.

3 pi.

m.

f.

sg.

ipl.
2 sg. m.
,

itn(i)n,

xnn

f.

2 pi. 3 sg. m,
3,
f,

iinn

x
ins,

3 pi. m,

% ^in(i)n, 11331, fpsa ^, isaV,

1

39.

Verbs *"&.
Tab.

53

Table:
Pa"el
Itpa"al
Af^el

XX

a.

Ittaf 5 al

fnx^nx,

ins

IEOX, inx

Man, xspn,

imnn

rann
in ':
1

54

39.

Verbs v".
Tab.

Table:

XX

b.

39.

Verbs
Tab.

55

Table:
Pa"el
Itpa"al

XX b.
!

AFel

Ittaf al

to,

lips,

tr^eni
loa
f,nia,
,

56

39.

Verbs

i"-^.

40.

Pluriconsonantals.

39.

39.

Verbs fft.
-p"3XTi, }X"n~\,

Forms
resemble
In the
resp.
t

like
all

V^nBx,
intents

n"D3,

etc.

to

and purposes the strong verb.

non- syllabic character of u

other forms,
5de. to
5s,

the

appears clearly.
hi

The diphthongs
is

are

treated

according to
b

According

easily explained (by-form

of ^-i, Imptv. Pa.).

c

side

In the imperf. of the verb mn we find by the of the regular forms v)iT, virp r, etc., shortened
!

forms like TP, 'nj, etc. In the table, forms from doubly weak verbs are included, since with the aid of the rules given in the
strong verb they admit of easy explanation.
s.

el
40.

Table

p.

5255.

40. Plnriconsonantals.

Exx. of pluriconsonantal verbal forms (including the Sapel and the verb ?wn 27cd): Perf. 1 sg. 'JBVi; 3 sg. m. 10)3D; 3 pl.tionn; Impf. 3 sg. m.TU:PJ; Inf. Part. act. sg. m. Tnytro; c. suff. 1 pi.
Sg.

m.pMt3,
:

\1^;

C. SUff.

Sg.

Reflexive forms
;

Perf. 3 sg.

m. uuis^x

33"int8"N,

Inf.

t5ltsiO(*)K, nisinty^x; Part. sg. m.

TD^O,

f.

41.

The Verb with Objective

Suffixes.

57

The Verb with Objective

Suffixes.

41.

141.
For
In
the.

form of the suffixes

1

cf.

8b.

the

sg. the

suffixes
<l

shortened form,
less frequent.

e. g., lPti

^X#

may be joined to the& such forms, however, are

iJ"

The ending NJ" in the 1 pi. appears as remnants of the older language. The stem
means
of
into the perf.

in thec

of the
;

imperf.

may

be expanded by d
itself

JP' -inn-

this

element intrudes

then also

we meet
ivx

Concerning ^vp stems s. the Table. Occasionally e with transitions into the ^"h class also in other
treated as an imperf.

verbal classes.
is

The

suffices

]W,

in:" ',
1

TTP' coalesce with the verbal ^

forms to a less degree than the other suffixes.

we

find

Hence them occasionally written as separate words

(so esp.

V^x).

They

also

influence

to

a less extent

the vocalic modification of the verbal form.

Table

s.

p.

5861.

58

41.

The Verb with Objective

Suffixes.

Table:
lag.
1

Tab.

XXI a.

pi.

2 8g.

ipl.

2sg.

2 pi.

3 sg.

m. ppa,

3 pi.

41.

The Verb with Objective

Suffixes.

59
Tab.

Table:
3

XXI a.
f.

s.

f.

3 pi. m.

3 pi.

nnsnt,

timsaro,

tnis-iax,

mssnp, mjipin
instn,

nin^sn

T1333

nmox, xnsi

rranix,

60

41.

The Verb with Objective

Suffixes.

Table:
1
1

Tab.

XXI b.

pi.

2 sg.

2 pi.

sine
aff.

m.

c. aff.

m.

pi.

Inf.

Part.

psxa

Part,
c.

aff.

41.

The Verb with Objective

Suffixes.

61
Tab.

Table:
3 sg.

XXI b.
f.

m.

3 sg. f

3 pi.

m.

3 pi.

miasnn

minx

mini

62

42.

The Neuter.

43.

St. absol.

and detenu.

III.

Syntax
The Noun
42.

4274).
(

A.
42.

42-54).

The Neuter.

With adjectives used as nouns, both the niasc. and may be employed in order to express the neuter. Thus trn^ 3tt V 3 ,,between good and evil"; W2 Tuy ,,a doer of evil"; xnp'ny ,,the old", xmn ,,the new".
the fern,

The

fern,

of the demonstr. pron.

:

for the neuter

ITS xV"O ITU XYT

,,in

may be whom

equally used
this is,

every-

where neither this nor that is". thing is"; b the speaker may have in mind the noun Frequently xn^D (cf. 55tf) to which then a pronom. suffix may be

xn x^i xn x^i

made

to refer; thus

nra

V& ,,learn therefrom";

]h

nra in

,,conclude

therefrom"; nro

xpBJ *xo ,,what follows

for us therefrom?"

43.

43.

SI. absol.

and determ.

a clear distinction between the two in the language; thus x^im 1^ xin ,,he is a man in everything"; "QJ <in pn in: n^T inxa ,,where there is no

There

is

earlier

man, there be a man"; but Vpljn Know VD^I x^nJ ,,the pigeons are tender, and the lambs small". b In the common language of the Talm. this distinction
ground, the st. a. being almost entirely replaced by the st. d. As a textual variant, the st. d. penetrates even into archaic texts; thus in the second reads xi3i rv^i "inxzi, of the examples cited in a,
falls to the

44.

St. constr.

and Periphrastic Genitive.

l3Ji

63
as

but

characteristically

'in

pn

(after

mn
,,a

predicate noun).

Elsewhere the
I I

st. a. is

retained in:

]hs>

certain c

one" (thus ^s Ber 18 b Sab 66 b

;.

nan
IB

B.

b.

73 b ttH

[rv^s M] and ^D in

mark
I

reads rv^D -Q, but the abbreviation "Q merely appears to be missing, read with

man", ,,some one" (hence in a worn signification), and in certain compositions with prepositions constituting an adverbial phrase 2*2^ ,,in peace", ^y^B ,,above", y&o ,,below",
KPI^B;
precedes),
,,a
:

N^B

wx

,,soon",
,,finally,

"ino^

to -morrow",

pna
d.

,,at

first",
like-

at last", etc.;

the

st.

may, however,

,,gently", ,,merely", xip^yo ,,at first (opp.: ^10^^ in the end)", etc. ov ^D ,,every After ^D we find usually the st. d.
:

wise be used:

mrvJ2

wna

,,rightly", xo!?y2

every hour", N"ny nn ^D ,,every single one". ,,every slave", etc.; The st. a. is of course indispensable as a predicative d adjective: xats KB^PIB *py NB"3 SD^n ,,an evil dream
day",

Knyvi xnyty

!?a(n)

,,at

but

"irn

is

better than a

MM
,,a

wo
A

good dream"; Xlpo 215 xrxn Suk 56 is therefore an incorrect reading) (X2tD t young gourd is better than an old one"; Tins NTSBH ,,my sister who is more beautiful than I", etc.

Ar

ffl

seeming exception: 'in^ JOU1 Kin X2U; but supply NB^TI and render: ,,a good dream it is, and a good

dream

it

shall be".
St. constr.

44.

and Periphrastic Genitive.

44.

The
i

st. c.

frequent

in

Knun 23X

for expressing the genitive relation is a the older language and in proverbs; thus ^p ,,the ,,at the door of the shop",

man

64

44.

St. constr.

and Periphrastic Genitive.

voice of his neighbor"; iODtP ""atpa ,,in the heavens of rua heaven"; mnx nrvx ,,his brother's wife"; t>XT
b

,,daughters of Israel". But also in the

common language

the

st.

c.

is

preserved

not

JO^D "IHJ, etc., have become quasi-compounds, as: XJSU

xnT> B>n, ,,new moon",
xntJ>

only in proper names like x?^B TIB, but also in certain combinations which
"iDy ,,cotton",

t?n ,,new year", xrvn

no

,,housemaster, landlord", xyix mix ,,custom". Cf. also 12. Esp. in combinations with "Q, ra, which are very numerous. c Exx. of a partic. in the st. c.: ffM "pay (42a),
xt3t

of

,,shedder of blood", ^hn ityso ,,interpreter dreams", etc. The fern. end. n is dropped in US

l^x

nn3
d

loma 87 a JB

,,the

needs of his house",

xpu

i:^s

B. k. 18*

,,half the
is

damage".
nouns turned into
1

The
of",

st. c.

also maintained in

prepositions.

DW
manner

Thus and 3JX

of,

DID ? ,,according to",

,,on

^n
U2

,,instead
,,after

account of",

"pys, 1^3

the
in",

like",

TfQ ,,behind,
'i^y ,,on,

after",

,,within,

0)mnn
In
all

,,under",

over",

*op ,,before",

mnx
<?

,,behind", etc.

other cases,
genitive
st. d.;

express
is

the

relation:
(2)
it

two constructions are used to (f) the governing noun

is

put in the

given a pronominal suffix

which agrees with the noun governed in number and gender in both cases the noun governed is introduced by the relative t. Exx.: (/) ^xiaen xinx ,,Samuel's place" >twin 'B'VJ ,,people's garments" X'BBH xmD^D ,the kingdom of Heaven; 'pUH xnno^x ,,the mothers
;
; ;
7

of

the

little

children";

similarly

after

demonstr.

45.

Coordination.
,,that of

65
(2)

pron.

XJUn

xn

R.

Hamnuna;

nnx

,,Sanmel's father"; BW*n rprn ,,a man's Tinnmx,,the fathers of the little children";
,,R.

m rvma
xnw

money";

Hisda's daughter"; xrvim HB>SJ etc. Instances of the latter construction are exceedingly frequent.

The

genitive designated

by means

of 1

by itself, noun is easily supplied from the context, thus

rpo\>n ix

without an antecedent noun.

ix xpitsa

Of

stand/* course,, the

may

nnx<)

xpun

,,a

child's

talk in the

market-place is either that of its father or that of its mother"; ^rrn y^DX,,the middle belongs to the orphans". But also xim xsny XUXT ,,that of the father is better than that of the son"; xnsj i:nQ xnsn xnu ,,that of
:

the smith

is

better than that of the smith's son".

I

45. Coordination.

45.
its

The

attributive

adjective agrees with

noun

in a

gender and number,

and accordingly
:

in the st. a. or in the st. d.

placed either xnp^oy XT3^> 01 "tt^xv

is

Hag
n:n

5b
,,a

,,from

a high roof

to the

deepest pit"; X"13J

great

incorrect)

Ber 56 a ,,another woman"; xn^op xn^'D

man"

winx xnnx
,,a

(xjnnx

,,the

former

status";
,,small

xnsnn XJOD
bones";
,,a
!

sharp

xmrn non
eye",
latter
(last)

knife"; 'J^p ^DIJ she -asses". ,,white

,,an
evil

||

xi'iy

x^y

blind

XB:I xry

eye",

xira x:cy ? and as a

,,the

ception to the rule, since

fern.,

x^y
1

expression" are no exis used both as a inasc.

while XJB" ?
b

is

always masc.

But note

KXW
fflH

vwx Meg 27
,,an

,,a

small man",

x4y

B^J'X B. m. 101 b

excellent

man".

Ex. of an attributive
,,a curtailed

participle: xny^ttp xrna^B

Margolis,
Gr. Bab. Talin.

kingdom".
5

66
b

46.

Construction of bs.

As may be seen from

tive

the above exx., the attribu-

Ordinal numbers may adj. however precede: T2 nxTtpy ,,my tenth son". c In 'nm 'tw'x ,,cheerers", 1-m naa ,,carpenters", the second noun is an appositive the first noun is
follows
its

noun.

best

omitted in the translation

(cf.

The object measured is as an apposition; nevertheless textual variants are found

presenting the more

Hebr. Q'nx D'twx). a rule construed as

mm

xrvtrp xnp
xrvtrp"!)

nn

common genitive expression. Thus b np nn loma 79 MM x (JB reads

/cabs

nam,
kab
of

,,two

of

dates are equal to one

"Q"U

kernels
b.

xntPB B.
oil"; JOB (ffl reads
46.

73 b

and iBH

something over";
(but
ib.

rtXB

nVn

'nty^oi

M)

,,300
(sic)

pitchers of

^IB

nn

H, xion ^IB

^nin

ib.

xiDm)

,,two cups of wine".

46.

Construction of

The independent st. d. XPID ,,all, everything" is found only in the older language (cf. the ex. 43a); but also in a saying by Rab Judah (Str. 103; Mielz. 46). b ^3 (st. c.) followed by a noun in the sg. means ,,every"; thus "im in VD ,,every single one", x"Qy ^D

XBV ^D xn^o ^D ,,every thing", ,,every sabbath". 1 hi ,,every one who". When followed by a noun in the pi., hi ,,every" (in a distributive ' e very thirty days". Vn^n may be sense): V
,,every slave",

xmBH

"

followed by a preposition (cf. BA. ^np *?:>, Hebr. nay ^D; it is not necessary to emend it into hzphl, nayt'D): hi

"JJ."I

'D

Ber 18 b M
s

,,exactly the
*i

xn"'^yB

^o ^n

hi

same number of years"; Bes 28 a ,,just like these

excellent things".

47.

The Joining together

of several Nouns.

67
^*B ^Dc

^3 followed
,,all
"t

,,all things", ^D with the suffix of the 3 sg. whole, entire", d Its relation to the with that of the 3 pi. ,,all".

by a

pi.

usually means

,,all":

who".

noun

is

appositional,
,,the ,,the

xip rp^D Sab 63 a M

le

and it usually precedes the noun whole Scriptural verse", XTi&^n whole Talmud", xo^y ^ID (4w) tout
:

^h

monde; xn whole way";

r6w

,,the entire city";

xrnix X^ID
'xn

,,the

DDJ

^^

3 ?>all

thy goods",

.T^o

Ber7 b B (M reads ^13) ,,so much". It may, however, follow the noun: XD^n x^i n^ia o^po xnts xo^n x^ n^is D^po xtP'3 ,,neither a good dream nor a bad dream is wholly fulfilled".
,,on

In independent position, without a noun: account of all of them", T^lD ,,all of them".

47.

The Joining together of several Nouns.

Distributive Repetition.

47.

When more
the
1

thus

than two nouns are joined together, a omitted in front of the middle nouns; usually rrn^xi rpDffO rpain ,,its fat, its skin, and its
is

xion x^njnn ,,a cock, an ass, and a In enumerations, the nouns may all be placed in juxtaposition without a conjunction (asyndetically) xrsanxa xmsn xroDOZi *^D n^n >jna ,,concerning
fat tail"; x:nttn

candle".

the following three things

their treatise, couch, and lodgings" (note however the variant xrstPixm). When the connection is a close one, the governing part of speech referring to all is put only once:
. . .

xnm

,,all

gold and silver".

The

objective pronoun

68

48.

Personal Pronoun.

in the sg.: rpnHty ,,she

threw it", which follows, proves that both nouns are conceived as a unit. Similarly a
preposition
is

put only once:

Moses and the 600000".

On

"pinn "prrtt'i ntPDD ,,than the other hand: 'pwa

xn""mi

,,in the market-places and streets"; so also in a negative sentence: on xh nTnnxi maxi ,,who spared neither his son nor his daughter". The sign of the

"a equally be placed but once: '"IT '"ii ""OX ,,the court of justice of R. Ami and (or) that of R. Asi u ; but it is repeated when both nouns are

genit.
S

"I

may

xn

DX

separated from each other by a word and in addition

form

opposites

of

one
,,a

irpTir6

^Jii in*nn!?

another, e. g. """on xron separate place for men and

women".
'

Distributive
after the other";

repetition:

KW3^ xnm!?

,,one

brick

ypa 'yra

,,all sorts of holes";

lp>H ,,one

basket of fat after the other".

Pronoun
8.

4851).

48.

Personal Pronoun.
pron. of the or a partic.
1.

The independent
the
side
of

or 2. person, by

a verb

emphasis: nox water that has remained over night"; VPSO jnyo urn irp^no pnx ia"mia ^in^D ,,we
suffix, signifies

with a subjective irvm xnsn XJX / meant:

x^>
. .
.

px

cannot

become
b

like you, but you circumcise yourselves

and be
n:x
the

like unto us".

On

cases
etc.,

like
cf.

prv

rvp^sxn

xin

XJX,

xin
is

63c.

Of a

different character

48.

Personal Pronoun.

59

,,enclitic" xin for the

purpose of strengthening individual

parts of speech; thus arise the

compounds ma,

1X^>.

A
means

determined noun

is

of a pronom. suffix. genitive relation (44<?, 2) ;

frequently anticipated bye Such is the case (1) with the

(2)

||

with prepositions,
of 1
:

(a)

as

in the case of the genitive,

by means

,,into the house"; O^Kl pp^y ,,on a determined by itself); pin >Bp rratsn n^Dp ,,before one who associates with scholars"; lot nTD ,,from you"; (b) by repeating the preposition: X'lTQ n^ ,,in the

xrvm rPtth man" (t^rx is

snake"; xt^trpV

n^

,,to

the elder";

xnrvxyiV

n^> ,,to

that

woman

noyV n^

,,to

Caesar";

to

the righteous"; 'rma }^r\h in^ ,,his s 1H3 ,,in the scholars"; ^J x"|J n:i xjni
j|

me"; 'pnxV two sons";

pm

in^ ,,for inn

,,do not

nan x^

provoke death against us{'; (3) with the objective relation, by means of objective suffixes joined to the verb (61c).

The independent possessive pronoun t-^n, "Tirf (106) is found (1) by itself: "pH ,,is thine, belongs to thee"; XD^p iT-n ,,it stands in thine (= thy
book)"; ")1H XD^VT -pn nat ,,Rabba is thine, and the world is thine"; (2) in conjunction with nouns in the place of the personal suffix: xami XSDD
||

n^H
sion",

,,his

gold

and

silver";
after

HH

xnsx

,,my man-

etc.,

esp. after
||

a Hebrew phrase:
(3)

rWDBM ^3
with suf-

1HH
fixes

,,thy twilight".

prepositions

add emphasis: nn 4y ,,over me"; ^xnna HH ,,with me"; (4) in the place of a suffix, with x ,,if he listens to me"; prepositions: *^*r!? n^xs *h Mn nn^ ,,I saw"; pn^ ,,for us", inT"6 ,,for them";
to
||

OTT2

,,with
(cf.

you";
616).

so

also

'T"6,

etc.,

as

objective

pronouns

70
e

49.

Demonstrative Pronoun.

The

reflexive
,

pronoun

is

expressed by means of
:

ffBJa ('XBJ3) -f- personal suffix "ptPsn ,,in ourselves" ,,for herself" ; ,,in myself", rrtpBJ hv ,,for the sake of himself"; rpffw ,,himself".

XffBJ ,,soul

person"

rw&

The
according

ethical dative (^ with a personal suffix

to the sense is reflexive) is
49.

which

exceedingly frequent.

49.

Demonstrative Pronoun.

that which is distant, in conof a shifting of the meaning which is easily sequence explained, are employed also as indefinite pronouns.

The forms denoting

Thus X"DJ Xinn vir quidam, xnrPX X^nn femina quaedam, X3D xinn ,,a certain old man", xinx xinn ,,a certain
place", X&-P xinn ,,upon a certain day", TV p n ,,goats" In a peculiar (the pronoun is best left untranslated). manner, these pronouns are used in a mysterious sense
in connection with the

nouns

xnn:i,

xnrvx,

^rx

to in-

dicate the person of the speaker or the person addressed. Exx.: niB3^ jni n*nn nnnV *SD xin -jna xtrmp

mT

xini xinnn ,,God wishes to destroy His house, and would then wipe His hands with me!" n:pn X^>1 innKO pis *WK iJnn xjniD inn ,,go forth from our place, lest thou

provoke death against ws"; rpan V^3 xinj xinn nao XDn rpyn <o xin X13J xinm ,,since thou art wy enemy, xnrvx -jri what doest thou here?" ?nn x'rx maio n^> n^i xnn^x ~\r\h nh n^x
,,why art thou not secretive in sin ? and only one from my husband".
b

/ have ten

sons,

ively with a noun, Exx. for the latter

All demonstr. pronouns may be employed attributor by themselves without a noun.

:

V"13

W*

~&

,,a

man

like

50.

Interrogative Pronouns.

71

one"; "}TX ,,the other one"; married this one"; ^nxi XB^>y "in ^xn ,,this one is ,,I a son of the world to come" irtPJ 'nxn XD"?y '33 *BJ rjn
this
;

these also are sons, etc."; 'xm 'DDJ in^D ,,the whole property belongs to this one". In a neuter sense: 'XD *KH

,,what

is

this?"

^xn

^13

,,all

this";

xnns

-|^>

So esp. ,,except this"; XT hv ,,on account of this". at the beginning of a sentence as predicate: poy IH ,,this is a bad business"; 1*3 nionpjn KOta V"

B3

,,this

is

the bone of

he".

The

my tenth son"; xin 'xn ,,that is demonstr. pronouns are used also nominally
'1

as the antecedent of a relative pronoun: pnv ,,that which R. Johanan said".

10X1 xr6

When serving as an adjectival attribute, thec demonstr. pron. may either precede or follow its noun:
xn>3 V"n ,,this hou*se"; xn^D xnn ,,this word"; x^DX^o i^x ,,these angels" V&r ^4ro ,,in these ten days"; tr^x 'xn ,,this man"; xnrvx xn ,,this
(a)
;

my

woman";
^J>x
"jjn
;

V*B 'JH ,,these words"; xn^n

,,those
(6)

"jn ,,that

men";
,,this

n^
land;

-[vvh

,,for
;

corner"; another dead

person"

pi

X113B> ,,this

document"

inn

xy

,,this

people"; xt(n) xyix

V^

^^

these years".

On
the

the whole,

noun;

the pronoun more frequently precedes do not know of an example where ^xn

follows the noun.

50. Interrogative

Pronouns.

50.

IXB IXD

is

used of persons, no,

used

-jB> no, -jot? >xo ,,what is thy

is

xo of name?"
s

things;
therefore

thusa be
b

It may nominally. a preposition: "ntw IXB dependent upon

Hn3

,,through

72

'51.

Relative Pronoun.

whom

shall

we

send'?"

In the

ex.

xm
testifies for

,,see, what a great man ixa apparently has adjectival force.

rrVy TTIDO

him",

IXD is not inflected; number and gender are, however, indicated in the construction. Thus ^xin "JXD xtn-JB ivan XJTXH Ket 65 a ,,who (which woman) was

rfto-day in the 'XD

IPQ

academy?"
R.
h.

may be accompanied by
xniznu 'X

nay

20 a

a noun in apposition ,,what favor they have

:

conferred
51.

upon them"; xoyti ^XB

51.

,,for

what reason?"

Relative Pronoun.

The

relative

antecedent:

pronoun may be inclusive of its ^tfD -pnpx x^ n^np l"lpXT ,,whosoever

(^

thee Proverbs"; there one who

he who) taught thee Ecclesiastes , did not teach 'Nn ^ID x^tr ^Dp muoi XD>X >o ,,is
molests
hateful

God
to

so

much?"
So also

^D
after

"]VyT
!?3:

,,whatsoever

is

thee".

insn
b

is expressed by a demonstr. or interrog. pron. (or H^D): ^PIO xpT s xn NOT 7? he who desecrates the holiday"; *pn "[XO ison zpnsi no ,,he who lends the sabbath";

,every one who is needy". Just as frequently the antecedent

^D
?

xn^lix

Law";
to

bwEb
5

M that which is written in the Book of the 113^ rvxi no ^>D ^whatsoever you have

ask"; xlp^ytD V n V"l

P^Dl

^xo^i

,,and concerning

that which first

came

to

our mind";

pxn

no

XD'X '0

p^yT

xt

,,is

double

there anything that we do not antecedent: THH IXQ ^xn ,,he

know?" who is

arrogant".

52.

Numerals.

73

52.

Numerals.

52.

The cardinal numbers may stand nominally by themselves: P"n "pntrai in ,,one (a single one), who is more capable than sixty"; nVrift *mn JOB ,,two are
better

than

three".

Of course, the numbered objects

(45&) properly b
,,one

are easily supplied from the context. in, X"in as an adjectival attribute follows the object numbered: in N^y
(x)tn

people",

xor

,,one

numeral
,,one
,,on

may

But the day", xin xj&>t ,,once". as well precede the noun: xnvin just

zuz; X"mn "inn ,,with one beating"; rpsns "inx xin ,,one benediction". the one shoulder";

xnm

The other numerals almost without exception precede

the

noun,
;

e.

g.,

rap

nn

,,two kabs";

'tw
;

women"

"prua

yy

,,thy se*ven

daughters"
10 are
still

w no ^mn
i.

T\ir\

,,two

,,twelve years".

The numerals from

accordance with the well
masc. forms go with

construed inc
e.

known
st.

Semitic rule,
a.

fern, objects

and conversely. The

appositionally, construction:

numeral
in

is
st. c.

put either in the

or

the

Exx. of the

latter

nV^nyaan V O<P ,,7 days and 7 nights"; *s^x nJH ,,7000 denarii". The circumstance that, where
is not specifically mentioned (a), numeral nevertheless appears in the correct form, proves that the Semitic (Early Aram.) principle is still alive. Thus xn^n ^sxn ,,before three (sc. men)" vwn XD\J 'xn^> ,,9 (cubits) on the one side". To be sure,

the

numbered object

the

incorrect readings

occur, but

they are proportionately

infrequent.

74
d
the

53.

Adverbial Expression.

54.

Prepositions.

On

wane

the other hand, the fern, form seems to be on in the numerals from 11 19. As far as my

observation goes,

we have no
It
is

miscuous use.

right to speak of a proalso to be observed that, where

the numbers are used absolutely, even when the numbered object is easily supplied from the context, the numeral

may be taken
c

in a neuter sense
fern,

in

which case of course

both the masc. and

Beginning with 2,

the pi. of the numbered 31, etc., the sg. may likewise be used
Jrt&

are proper (42). the numerals are followed by object; after the numbers 21,
:

im in^V PHO
1

,,201 logs"

(variant NJl ?); xnB>

im

\fiwy ,,21 years".

"in,

Ordinals
S2trn
1-

may

in,

etc.,

be replaced by cardinals: JOttO ,,first, second day in the week",

etc.

Cardinals are of course indispensable for those numbers which possess no ordinals of their own. "^ ^V nas a multiplicative force ,,twice as large". g "p"
"
11
1

mn
53.

mn signifies ,,one another"; with prepositions mns,

one another"
1

n"Q. ,,To the phrase by

may

also be expressed

man
53.

in.

Adverbial Expression.
in specifications of place

The adverbial accusative

and time
is

uncommonly
is

frequent.
adj.

An
X"DJ|

adverb modifying an
the
54.

precedes

it

c^SJ HDD

,,how great

man!"
Prepositions.
:

54.

^ to introduce a point of time

,,soon", ^ID ? ,,at last".
1

"ino^ ,,to-morrow",

Also in general adverbial

expressions: chwh

,,in

peace", Tir6 ,,separately".

55.

Person and Gender with the Verb.

75
:

h to
cf.

introduce

the

logical subject with passives

58*.

p
grief";
cf.

(1}

in

a causal sense: "p^n xnsiyo ,,because of c

"p'^n

xnna
(3)

,,because of

joy";

(2) partitively,

^3S

comparatively,

e. g.,

*py XB^a xo^n

xaa

xo^HB ,,an evil dream is better than a good dream"; frequently with ^sti superadded, cf. 'SB plD
redder ("pam

,,is

xn& than the blood of thy fellow-man)".

^po, 'mna and the
like.

pleonastically in

the place of 3 both in a locale and in an instrumental sense. 3 has orig. a local force in "am nosno ,,thou wilt be caught into the thieves

U3 and Hra take

(among the

thieves, as

thief)".

B.

The Verb
V).

5562).
55.

Person and Gender.

the

With a
pressed
the
3.

finite

verb,
the

personal
of

pronoun

is

ex- a

solely

for

purpose
latter

Nevertheless,

even in the

emphasis (48). case, the pronoun of

person may be wanting: .T3 x^prvNi ^pivx n^o: ,,he stumbled, and his camel stumbled over him"
(so

HM*;
The

M8UP
3.

erscr

adds
is

irpx).
b

often omitted with the participle as predicate, both when the subject is indefinite serving (,,they", ,,one") and when the definite subject is easily

person

supplied from the context.

KBIT

Exx.

(a)

n*oa ,,they say";

I<>

else they ,,to everybody " 2n measure with a small measure"; xV ^ptPB V 3| but they do not take back"; ,,they give,

xnpn n^ ^"D NB^y

^ID

76
(V)

55.

Person and Gender with the Verb.

iTJ'B

'TO

p^B>

>D

,,does

he

(sc.

the

tenant)

leave aught thereof for

c

me?"
;

An
,,it

indefinite

expressed with the

personal subject may remain unfinite verb as predicate thus p^lpx

(by God or by an angel)"; 'OHX xh ,,they have not benefited thee". When the "]h subject is a human person, B"^x or ^J'X is usually added. d On the other hand, when the indefinite subject is

was

recited

to

me

to be conceived as an impersonal, neutral one, the mere verbal (or participial) form is sufficient, the fern, and masc. being equally permissible (42): xV

mam
does

XJIB^X

n^>

ns^x
him";

,,his

fellow-man's
^x
,,if

not

concern

^ wn

property
I

had

it

(=

means)";
it

n^V

x^inp ^XD

fares

with

nothing";

him)?" ^ xn:rn& B>n 'in^n ID^

,,is

,,how does he fare (how XJPOB> xV ,,I have heard

n^
to

xn^j

epexegetical infin.)

it

acceptable

(with the you, that you

,,it

become the head

dark"; xm thou heard
neutral
if?

of

the

college?"

"ptPPPX

V^
in

^^

grew

aught

(H'D in the accus. !) ,,hast this matter?" The indefinite

however, also be expressed by means of xnV'O, x&Vy and the like; thus ^ xmtt xn ?^ ,,it is troublesome for me"; xn^D in ? xp'm about them , they were in straitened ,,it was straitened
subject may,
1

circumstances"; XD^y n^ pVM him." Incorrect readings: Xtt^y

well";
56.

,,it

is

straitened about

n^

'Xin^x ,,he

became

56.

The Perfect.

historical tense; exx. uncommonly frequent the participle is used likewise, 58/). (though

As

56.

The

Perfect.

57.

The

Imperfect.

77
b

As a
struck

perfect proper:
;

me"

"'Xm }X"no ,,my master has xraTio^ p^D ,,he is gone up to the rp"n

heavenly college".
Occasionally in a subordinate clause to coincidence in the past (the partic., however,
frequent,
fect

express
is

more

586); the main clause, of course, has the perlikewise: 'mn if?v p^ia *\wm nra ,,when we

saw thee, we pronounced over thee two benedictions". 'no ^>XIOB> xnxn ny To designate the pluperfect: ru rpffBJ mnxi ,,before S. had come from school, his father died"; "?sn xnsx wri ,,I saw, that the house So also after the conjunction "O had fallen in".

So also rwo ^pt^T ixoa taken from him".

In cases like

In conditional clauses to designate unreality (73c). d ^NB'SJ s Nity ,,I acted as if I had

whsh

mo

n^

SIB'

the

perf.

de-

signates a fact (npt a wish).

57.

The Imperfect.
then I shall to tne one
?

57.

For the future proper only few exx. are available a

NJX pp^x
cut off

Tim inn
t
;

yip

,,cut

off
1

thine,

mine"

-JH mp' ID V" ^

1>1<1

woe ??

when

the other will arise".

Usually a modal force attaches to the impf.; then use the auxiliaries ,,be able, may, shall":

web

rayK ,,what shall I do?" ^rvn ^rxa i^o^i and take counsel with my family"; ,,let me go nn soy ? I^ID ,,let us all be one people"; xVi "isrvn ,,thou shalt sow, but not reap"; "pnni worn So also in ,,God reiuember thee for peace".
1

78
indirect

57.

The Imperfect.
'DTI

know what you

getically
to slay

questions: are

myn
to
. .

uvyT

x^?

,,you

do not

do"
.

-prh injiVepn
all
. .

(it continues then epexein^ro irm^tspn ,,if you are

them

.,

if

on the other hand you are

to

slay only those").

c

The
after

impf. has a modal force in subordinate clauses

conjunction 'X ,,when" and esp. after final conjunctions like i, T 3*n O: 'in^> XD^B nx^>pn ^x ,,when a rustic becomes king"; mtsxn N^so xh ,,I do
the
to trouble myself (prop. ,,I have not the that I should trouble myself"); 13"J'B xniuon strength niton x ?"! nan >ova xVi }QV ^ora xV ^xop nnn x^n xnB' n!?l3 iD"Jn3 ! pray you that you be not with

not

like

me either in Nisan or in Tishri, in order that you may not be concerned about your sustenance the entire year"; nnyrvm 3*n '3 ID^J n^pix ,,honor your wives, in order that you may become rich". d On a line with the Hebr. perf with consecutive or the voluntative with weak we find in Talmud.
.

"I,

Aram, the imperf. with

(or

partic. replacing

^X'Vl mffy "10^ rrh

lord

continuing an imperf. (imptv.) an impf.) with modal force: B33^ ,,let them assemble for my
1

ten persons, that he may pray"; HH^ 'DJ ppix VsK1 ,,cause me to arise likewise, in order that I may

pray"; rpaoVx XJX1 -pD rhv ,,take off thy garment, in order that I may put it on" 1D1JJ1 ID"^ nojx
,,teach your sons the Torah, that they may study therein"; DU'Ji 'ov mx xntyn ,,soon days are comwhen we shall sleep" ; x^nst njj ^ 3.T IXQ ing .,
. . . . .

mm

IJ'yDtrJi

might be able

,,would that we had to hear thee".

feet

of

iron,

that

we

58.

The

Participle.

79

58.

The Participle.

58

I.

As

in

Hebrew, the
,

partic. denotes: (/) duration a

in

simple or real present thou stand with hy back 'p nop ,,dost in the presence of thy Lord?" xiys <xna pax yT xa'n xjorm ,,does our father know of this grief?"
present
:

the

but also

the

TID

nana

aw

,,and

where does God dwell?"

(2)

a continuous state in the past,

:

ordinate clauses
sitting

wax

esp. in sub- b

aviH ^V?

rt"in ,,he

saw Levi

outside"; 'au 'mna Httn J^DEH join rra na^x ,,he found therein a snake which was cut through and
in

lay

two pieces".

So also

after

the

conjunctions

nna: xnxi ^N ^nnx Awhile they were sitting he went and returned"; inn ^sj ir6 nnntsn nna there, xrn ,,while they were cleaning them (the fish), an
TK, n

odor arose in them".

(5)

you are wise; tell am going to see in

imminent or certain futurity: ,,you say thatc me then, ^xa^ra win o what I
<l

my

ino^ K^nxn xn^j^s

N. N.

dream"; JTin xn^^sn Ta

X3JJ

,,thou wilt see"; ,,by the hand of

who
are

days

coming coming";

is

to
'in

morrow"; ^"P

mx

xntrn ,,soon

~n2

,,thy

son will
,,both of

(is

destined to) be a thief"; irmn will be scholars".

II.

pm wnn

you
iud

The
in

partic. is

met with very frequently

It is

(as

Hebrew)
to

gnomic sentences.

furthermore used

designate a habitual action in the present as well as in the past: "p^-no ]#&? ,,whom are we in the
habit of blessing?";

x^n n^

nt^so

XTII

n^ a^nn

IXD

80

58.

The

Participle.

his
e

whoever gave him a zuz, he would interpret dream favorably". The partic. denotes a future action after the con'3,

junctions is,

i inn, i iy; thus iOTay iih xjp'BB 13

1:6 when I cause you to go forth, I shall do you a miracle"; xn^o yoew ^r JOJJ ^ "pnvm iy ,,until you prepare for me the bridal chamber, I will The partic. has replaced go and hear something". the iinpf. even in conditional and final clauses: IXD }h 3M' ,,would that we had" (Hebr. in' B); Wynne x&Vn

xn^D

,;

for

,,lest

am

sought";

irpyTl ('3M
find

'3)

,,in

order that

ye may know".
62*0 in the ex.
,,he is
is

We
57rf.

wVxBl
:

as

a variant for
XJX1

The
to

partic. shares likewise in

the modal nuances of the impf.

eating,

NJ^D

and

am

wash myself!"
the

^3X xin The partic.

:

particularly

employed

inn?

nm MV?no pnx
The

sense of the iinptv. ,,rather you circumcise yourselves

in

and be

like unto us".

partic. is frequently

used in the narrative as

present in continuation of a perf. Through this device, the style ceases to be monotonous, and the narrative becomes more vivid, description taking the
historical

The retarding tempo serves place of mere narration. in particular to describe concomitant conditions, or to emphasize a marked event with which the narrative is
rounded off at a certain point: XJ11B "1DTPN "ino ? x:r6 "posm inxi XD^BI (wpn 1.) ,,on the following day the royal customs house was broken into, -- then they nt&ni came and arrested Raba"; NB^y ^pB> inxi irpaxn ,,he discoursed on it then rP3J& ., everybody took his pitcher and came to him"; "ah
1

58.

The

Participle.

81

ins -mp >XD >yv ,,they did not know what he meant; so they came to R. Banna a".
?

The
xp
(p)
:

partic. is frequently strengthened

by a prefixed g
;

'XQX ,,why art thou weeping ?" toxpt yotr fcvan!? yitn in nh ,,he heard a godless person say to his wife"; mjo XIDD VDJ p^D xpn ,,as he was he dropped a book"; xpi xtwxa \\rf? 'DTX departing,
rrohj?

nm

xaax np ,,he appeared to them in the guise of a man, and called at the door"; Np mV HKmnxV nr,x pm rh in~o ,,she came to show herself to him; but
the disciples pushed her

away"; sp xj"y& xinnK 3 n

i

<)

NOHJ Vox
bread".

,,he seated himself beside a spring and ate In a conative sense: rp^ ''Vtsp xp ,,they were

about to

about to

him"; xn^soV ny^n xpi ,,and swallow the ship".

kill

it

was

Very frequently the ^dea

conveyed by the
flected, e. g.,

partic. is
|

made more

of duration in the past A precise by the

addition of the verb mn.

TH

*n;in

= habitabam;
:

Occasionally

!"6 B'^aVo nin xnn'X ,,whenever a he would have her put on". Almost universally,

mn also is inwh X'nx nnn O woman came to him,

Tin

the partic.

Vixp =

is

placed in the pi.

''iirp

= sedebant,
The

when
Tin

ibant.

As a

rule,

however,

mn
etc.

remains un-

inflected:

wn) =
with

xjo^xp mn stabam; X2P'

Suk 44 b

mn

= sedebat,

(M, however, reads

partic.

and the simple partic. are frequently found the side of each other, e. g., '31 lytDXB xp mn by xn^o xy^noo xp xVi mascot ,,Rabbi endeavored (on various occasions) to ordain him, but he never succeed-

mn

For the use of the partic. ed in bringing it about". with mn in conditional clauses cf. 73c.
Margolis,
Gr. Bab. Talm.

82

58.

The
the

Participle.

59.

The Imperative.
to the functions

Just
of

as

act. partic.

succeeds

the
.

perf

impf., pass, partic. takes the place of the e. g., a'ro ,,it is written" ; y'T yTB ,,it is well

the

known"; msiti l^pt?

,,its

imnD
,,his

"in

3*3ff

,,one

of

claws have been taken away"; them died"; rpma n^> *yiv

daughter died". The pass, partic. with mn takes on the sense of a pluperf., e. g., 3TD 3in xin ,,he

saw again that it was written"; 'yT 3 s 3tP ,,they did not know where he had died".
j

mn

mm wn

Tin

xV

Quite popular is the construction: Pass, partic. with h introducing the agent, with the connotation of
perf., e. g., ^ you? ,,I have heard"; N^> "wn; sy^B' ,,I have never heard it" ^ m nn^ With a logical object: s^ns ^ m HH^ ,,I saw a

an active

gazelle"; with no attempt at concord:

.T^ y'Dfin

*jD

Kn^O ,,any one who has heard anything"; snpnpx x'nn ,,I saw a frog".
A

'm 'T1^

The (pass.) partic. of the form V'ys in an active sense occurs with doubly transitive verbs and elsewhere, e. g., yyv ,,(laden with,) bearing"; traV ,,(clothed in,)
having on";
n^oa ,,they say";
hold";
"jrp'Dy

p^7J
pied".

,,we

XJTm ,,I remember"; and l^poy ,,we are occu-

59.

59.

The Imperative.
the
2.

The imptv.

is

really

person of the impf.

minus the prefix. With a negative, the impf. is used; hence ^iup ,,kill" ViBp'n xV ; do not kill, thou shalt
;

not kill".

60.

The

Infinitive.

83
60.

60.

The

Infinitive.

when corresponding to the infin. constr. a usually preceded by the preposition b, particularly when an aim or a purpose is to be expressed: aDTB^J ton ,,an ass for riding"; "jor nnp
The
infin.,
is

in

Hebrew,

noo^

,,thy

days

are

drawn
. . .

nigh

that

thou

must

itsim ,,be alert to do die"; isnoT xniyn nayo^ the will of your Lord". This function goes over into the objective one, so esp. after verbs like ,,wish, be

able to, permit":

to

inma xmp nay^ xyn ,,he wished war with them"; nayoV xrxo x^T xrro ia^> wage
that

,,barring

which

am

not

able

to

do";

x^nn

rwaa'ol? iso x^t

xruno
to

were not able

,,a certain province which they n^> xpati> x!?i conquer"; *aV

ps^

xcniD

,,she

would

not

academy",

etc.

The

permit him to go to the infi% with h may epexegetically

also represent the subject, e. g., "ayoV xyix mix ix^ *3n ,,it is not customary, to act thus". Exx. without h:

no

>ya

ino
"-i!?j

xV ,,does not my lord wish to sleep?" x^ ,,we cannot be like unto you"; n'npats' xV ,,she did not permit him to
-jrso

uncover his head".

In
the

place of the infin. with

^>,

the finite verb*

may be found to express the functions referred to, e. g., ^PXT xrya ,,I wish to go"; nnm nx ^n ^x Tnxoa ,,if thou art accustomed to carry in thy city"
(cf.

with 1

^onp^> IJV^T) 'x

;

,,if

you are accustomed

to dine

b early") XHBH m^ny B. b. 74 B (M on the reads "wo^) ,,she is destined to throw".

other hand

XD'X, run, 'ya^x, the infin. denotes obligation, c or ability: "ID B^ XD^X 'xo ,,what shall (may) necessity,
<I

With

84

61.

Government
-fr

of the Verb.

one say?"; nrpo ?

1

mn

,,thou shouldst

,,he

have given"; should have taken heed".

side of
,,that

d
ex.

find a subject by the SlUD xrvBi >om xynaV

I

the infin. in the

you may pray and

that rain
e

may come".
infin.

For the

absol. cf.

61^.

61.

61.

Government of the Yerb.

In the older language we meet with the independent objective particle rp, but only with suffixes, hence in the place of objective suffixes. Cf. yon* rrp^DX Ber 38 a IB

Djnp'BX M.
In the later language, the pronominal object
of
is

ex-

objective suffixes pressed either by means by means of h (or 'T"6 48d) with its (nominal) suffixes.
or

In the case of the partic., the latter mode of expression predominates; but even there the simpler method of appending suffixes directly to the verbal stem is met
with.
||

Exx.

n^>

^DSK

,,he

rendered him unfit" ;

I^DtPX ,,cause (f.) me to me". With the partic.:

hear";

HH|?
7?

'in

,,look at

pyso

who vexes me";

p^D
fills

,,teaches thee"

,,she invites

him"; V n V^s ,,thou payest me"; inyno ,,thou informest me". Much more frequent, however, are exx.
it";

rpyTiD ,,he informs him"; rpnj'Blo n^J3 ,,he rebuilds it"; n^ot3 ,,he

like .T^ ^tip ,,he slays him",

c

]*?

n^up

,,thou slayest us".

Where

the object

is

particularly emphasized,
'in!?

the

pronominal object is of an objective suffix plus

,,they cast him"]

pleonastically expressed by means

with

its

suffix: Hints'
.

rvTl ,TV"tP

,,ask him".

61.

Government

of the Verb.

85

The nominal
ed, requires
built

object

when

(syntactically) undetermin- d

no specific designation: xrva TVJ3 ,,I have a house"; x~SDD ^ un ,,give me a pair of

scissors";

xrfom ^^:

p'DX

,,take

out purple

gar-

ments"; X-QJ xin ,,he saw a man" (accordingly also X"n:i Sinn xm). On the other hand, when the nominal
object is determined, the following modes of expression are possible: (1) xnx xrjn ,,I am looking for my
father".

So

esp.

when
(2)

the

stitute as it
-jsx,

were a compound, as
||

verb and the object conin the case of minx

,,beat the

^EJ X^DD.

pnxn mup^ mnn

""ity

your father" ; JO3J xinn^> 4tDp ^x ,,if they slay xnnn ixrh h*r\w IXD ,,who planted this carob-tree?" me";
grave of

The

object

may

precede:

mnx vi ?
1

,7

his brother's

sons he has appointed"; 'p'Q'QB in the habit of blessing ?")( (3)

ixoV

, ?

whom

are
,,I

we

NB^
This

rvainx

shall

destroy the world" ; inn^nV xystP ,,he heard his wife" ; inm^ inrn^n^x ,,thou hast brought their sons" ; inj^rvx^

rrJXD^

,,to

fetch his garments".

is

the most usual

PtttW?

construction.
,,his

The
cut

object

may

again precede:
||

brother

he has appointed".

(4)

n^>
in^>

myip

,,they

open

his belly";

inVlD^

VU&pp

mm
X2"i

,,they slew all of the villagers". Exx. of the construction of doubly transitive verbs:* 'tnx 13"J3(^) n( )oaK ,,teach your sons the Torah"
t

1|

'pHS pal

,,permit

me

to see the righteous scholars";

X13J n^Titr ,,he

made of him a great man". Exx. of the transitive construction of the passive/"
irttTPD3
;

of

a doubly transitive verb:

,,she

covered

herself therewith (with the garments)"

jns^x

nxs

,,be

paid with bran"; ^tsp

nn

nn^n^D

,,thou art

worthy of

86

62.

r^x.

two deaths".

similarly construed:
;

with" "DTO and B^Bntrx are equally construed as transitives:

*OBtsn
rpJBi

The verbs tr^>, X^>B and the like are inJTWQ^ ,,she clothed herself therexjn xron x^> ,,the spot was filled with blood".

"pmrnx 'X ,,if you remember the date of Note also: the document"; jntD'onffX ,,it escaped us". pax ,,it was lost to me".
g
sol.).

Very frequent
Usually
it

the absolute object (the infin. abe. g. xjn^n atprvB ,,I am precedes
is
,

HB'B ,,thou speakest well"; esteemed"; rvriB *B: KnB'B ,,thou strikest in addition"; xp B^B in ? nB"^ ,,thou art cursing them"; VH> yn^o ,,it is well known". Rarely it follows "l^2X iten ,,as they
1

max

xp TBP

bent (their body)".

62.

62. nix.

rvx

(negatively
st.

rrx

x^,

n^)

is

properly

noun

in the
it

c.

signifying

,,existence".

Gradually,

however,'
are,
into

separated from

becomes independent so that it may be its noun and assume verbal force (,,is,
it

x^x

Thus there is, there are"). Exx. izu rp^r (*y*?).

:

coalesces with XD
is

nnxa ,,where there

no man";
ance with
n'yBt^l

xp'nn
44e:

iD^ua
'B
,,is

]*?

n^x

,,have

we

a share in
In accord-

you?"; ^TB xrx

there anything?"

who say"; XD^I ,,and there was none who heard him". The noun may even precede XD'X: XDH X3^x X31U xax Of course, the interrog. ,,there are many Abbas here". comes first XD^X ]XB ,,who is there ?" pronoun always b The noun in the genit. may, of course, be replaced

nBXT

XD^X ,,there are those

by a personal pronoun (pronominal

suffix):

rPrv^ rp~Q

63.

The Copula.
lives,

87
but his grand-

mrvx
are

ma
;

13

,,his

son no longer

son does"

xan nrv^

,,she is not here".

The

suffixes

but, as the forms become independent (a), objective suffixes may be appended exactly as in the case of the verb: p'Trx ,,we are";
originally posessives,

13JTPX

,,you are"; imrvx, 'rurpx ,,they are"; are not". Even the independent pronoun ,,they with: px 'ivx (read thus for irvx) Pes 50 a iB.

irun^>
is

met

Conformably suffixes, the noun

thus
irrvx

to

the

construction

with

objectives

may

be conceived as an object and

be introduced by means of !?: "ia^> rprv^ mat' Taan 23 a M. The pronominal object may likewise be introduced by means of h: HDD 13^ n^x

ma

J2J

"UP

,,you

have been with us these many years"

(var. n^ay

Pes 87 b M.

As a mere copula: Tay xin n^

,,he

n^nV)d
e

does not do".

I
itself

Although
connotation,
it

in

rvx

possesses
to

no

temporal

may, when referring strengthened by mnr p'& in X:PX mn

the past, be

,,there

was one

among

us".

C.

The Simple Sentence

63.

6368).
63.

The Copula.

The function of a copula is assumed not only by a rrx (62tf), but much more frequently by the independent pronoun of the 3 person, originally being nothing more
than an emphatic resumptive of the subject. Whereas, however, the forms fxin, fxvi, irrx, VPX, are used both as subject and as copula, Talm.

wx

88

64.

The Casus Pendens.

distinctive resumptive forms irpJ,

Aram, possesses the

\TJ, inrj,
b
vij'j.

The copula
which precedes
is
it

lends emphasis to the part of speech hence it drops out when no emphasis
is

intended, e.g., :6n TIB ,,the mountain

so

(covered with)

snow";

esp. with

an

adjectival

N^DZI "prmxi xpTD

pleasant".
,,this

,,our

road was

predicate: imix long, but our society

:

man

sin nNTiD ny Contrast, on the other hand comes from Sora"; Nin VxiDBH jnnx xan

,,here

is the place of Samuel"; a"l (var. xin) irpj TO are master"; TIM KHDT3 x"in 'rfcia ,,all of these ,,you (benedictions) are one".

pronoun of the person serving subject: rvp^sxi xin SJNT ,,that it is I who out". But the pronominal subject brought may be resumed by the corresponding person:
resumptive
of
1.

Kin

may be

as

,,I

will rise

and throw together".

64.

64.

The Casus Peudens.

is to be emphasized is very fretaken out of the sentence and placed at the quently beginning as a casus pendens. It is then resumed in

noun which

the sentence by a corresponding personal pronoun, and its syntactical relation to the sentence is thus indicated,
e. g.,

rp

-^"a
,,to

pma
this

xn

KBIT

xnpa

n^

^a

xo^y ^ID
a small

sal sapa

everybody

they deal

out with

disciple with a large measure"; measure, *XB 71^ ,,what shall I do with the children?" ir6 Tays ^ y^Dty s^> xjijon a~n xn XJK / was not acquainted

but to

with the saying of R. Hamnuna".

65.

Concord of the Parts etc.

60.

The Order of Words. 89

65.

Concord of the Parts of Speech.

65.

Exx. of the masc. form gradually becoming pre- a dominant at the expense of the fern, have been met with in the preceding sections (45a; 50c; 52; 55rf; In the verb and in the partic. (or adj.) with 57*). subjective suffixes, the specific forms of the fern, in the 2 and 3 pi. are found but rarely for the most part With an adj. or partic. serving they are not used at all. as predicate, concord is imperative.
;

Incorrect readings are easily removed evidence of the older MSS.

in

the face of the

Construct

ad sensum:

mm

i^son

Nnya Ber

lbb

(IBM ^HB) ,,when the congregation prays"; ^"Ti ND^y ^13 ;? and everybody concludes"; on the other hand, rp*> ^"3 xoVy ^13 Wfeen xniD^a is subject, the (64). be placed either in the sg. (masc. or predicate may
or in the pi.

mg

fern.)

For the construction of 'TO construed as a fern.

stinks".

"jsa
:

cf.

50c.

xno ^TB

,,something that d

When two or more nouns are joined by means of* the predicate is put in the pi. and agrees so far as i, the gender is concerned with the subject next preceda ing or following: p^oo "jnm -pa Ber 56 M, but rrw insi
ibid.
66.

The Order of Words.

66.

Normally the predicate follows the subject whether The least verbal or in the nominal clause. emphasis suffices to reverse the order. Exx.:
the

90

66.

The Order

of

Words.
relative of

67.

Negative Sentences.

'TX 3-n
X3iy X!?>BB

,,a

R. Ide
itself";

,,the

sun
is

sets

of

died"; xniD^B
;

xssm

,,impudence
Xtt'on x^
is

uncrowned royalty"
,,a

'31 X"!T>p

'Drw

neither
.13 ,,a

hot

nor

cold";

on

pot belonging to partners the other hand: D3i

DJ ti"X

X3^
,,let

dog barked at her"; 11 Nahum of Gimzo go"; xrat? "p31

desecrating the sabbath";
is

Dim ^1"
,,the
dis-

^nap
yT
not".

ciples are
,,a

x^l X'jy "pss

poor

man

hungry, and knows

e. g.,
,,let

it

The
also

object follows normally the verb, but

it,

it

may

precede

"jT

3.1

,,give

me

thy hand";

them assemble for you ten persons"; on the other hand: 3PP&^ if? mn X1JX ,,thou shouldst have paid the reward"; ^3 X3^ XJoni ,,God demands the heart". Exx. illustrative of the position of adverbs and c
mt2>y "ioV 'SJS^
it

adverbial specifications: ^13 "imn ,,he mused over the whole day"; rnoxp i>Bt^ ,,thou speakest well"; ^xop nnnn x^ 'it^n 'or3i p'J >oi'3 ,,do not appear before
either in

XV

me

Nisan or

in Tischri".

'DJ is
||

with preference
rvriB 'OJ
xno'!2|

given the second place in the sentence. ,,thou strikest in addition".

7s

67. Negatiye Sentences.

x^> is in the main used to negative a verb whicli e. g. then immediately precedes "pmiD X13J l^BM n^? 'B'JPI vh ,,I have not flattered even a man like thy
,
:
!

it

H3 mt^x x^? ,,he paid no attention to her"; nnnjj "nno x^ xnn'sx ,,he does not go about begging". When the predicate is a noun or when a single won
self";

68.

Interrogative Sentences.
is

91

negatived, ixV is used, which jfore the negatived word: xin

placed immediately
not not
ixV

capable thereof";

customary
,not

to

act

^n "D 1x^5 ,,he is "on nayoV xyix mix ix^ ,,it is thus"; aw xiin xVx 2M xiaay
but the hole stole";
ix^>

the

mouse,
x^>x

X2,"n

xn

X^DB
said

isrvx anTsn

,,this

opinion of

Raba

was not

anmno xar
every day".

expressly, but is only inferred"; IX*? ^D ,,a miracle does not happen

vh, however,
,,outside of
(e. g.,

is

used

(/)

in

x^

(e. g.,

^xno

my home"; !TJB> x^n ,,prematurely"), XJXn x^T ,,uncrowned"), ty^rx x!? ,,nobody", x^ H^o ,,nothing". (2) in repetitions xrn x^l XJH x^ Note double ,,there is neither law nor judge". x^s x^i negation: x^pn x ? vwvh nV nno x^
:
||

show a man elephant ."; 'TO

,,they
. .

neithet
x^i
rp^?
:

nothing";
if

||

(5)

elliptically

a palm-tree nor an nax x^ , he said to him x^ ,,no"; x ? ^Xl ,,and

. . . 7
1

not".

68.

Interrogative Sentences.

68.

A direct question concerning the predicate is introduced by ' or itsx, which is always placed at the beginning of the sentence: rw 'TO ^ pn xp >o
he leave ought thereof for me?"; >TO XD^X >0 nsoi "jryT x^> pxn ,,is there anything that we do not know, but the scribes know?" -- A casus pendens, s however, may precede: V n<IJnox XJ^BT pnox o
,,does
>yn>

xn

,,shall

we

say that

the first case

is

at variance with

our Mishnah?"

92
b

68. Interrogative Sentences.

69.

Copulative Sentences.

Much more
dispensed, with:

frequently the interrogative particle is xiys >xra -pax y-p ,,does our father

know

of this grief?"; "jrvnB np'BX xn^UJin ,,has thou taken out of thy house a hen?" xyix lib rvx ,,have

you land?" With a negative:

,,does not

rirh'h

XD^tr

ID n^>

rwV

x^>

xrrns

my lord wish to send greetings to Jaltha?" m>B -IB 'jn x^> ,,does not my lord wish to

sleep a little?" Together with *B: rpBp p'snao x^ we not carry before him?" ^should d The interrogative pronouns and adverbs are for

the

most part placed at the head of the sentence, e. g., xplt? 'Nro XD^X IXD ,,who is in this market-place?" nnn> ^XDX ,why dost thou sit outside?" iy ^x ,,how long will ye act thus?" Frequently also after the word to which the question
;

refers, e. g.:

XDT!

"ill

,,where

is

my money?" XJmi
s

3>iv

XD^n

,,and

where does God dwell?"

ina
is to

xx

x:x

,,and
e

why

I?"
be taken interrogatively quod dicas?
sentences often assume the meaning D xinj B"SJ ,,how greater
: . .
.

=
f
is

The phrase XftTH

quid
est,

Interrogative
this

of exclamatory ones

n3

man
D.

than

!"

Compound Sentences

6473).

69.

69. Copulative Sentences.

Two verbs designating actions closely following each other, or congruous, or one of which expresses a
modification of the other, are very frequently joined by

69.

Copulative Sentences.

93

means

of 1, but may frequently enough be placed beside each other without l, e. g. yatPXl ^rx ,,I will go and 1 hear", but ^rpx VTX ,,I will go and see" 'jnrwi pis :
:

him go forth and enjoy himself", but ^n pis ,,go forth and see"; '^xi Dip^x ,,I will arise and go into exile", but x^i Dp; xpo^y Tayj Dip'; ,,come, let us and do business". Very frequently one of the two go
,,let

Vw

||

verbs

rendered adverbially, e. g. pl^D onp inrvam xrvn "pB yjy ,,the clouds rose first at the corner where his wife was"; VP n O^pi "1^2^ "ppn "ptyn
is

best

"B>BJ ,,set thyself aright (ease thyself) early

ipis iB'inx iViy

isnnx
,,thou
''BO

,,enter early

and late" and go out early"

||

inJTiVptP

min
,,I

tookest

them again".
is

In the

same manner
XJD^po

,,be

able"

construed: XJ'XB x^

am

not able to fulfill";

moK
. . .

rvso xV ,,thou
X'jy

art not able to say".

Circumstantial
n^yatyi

^D

nnts mni
,,in

xnx

X'JBn

K3^l

xo^y

the

evening a poor

man

came, while everyone was busy and there was none to hear him (= Hebr. VjDtP V x.1)" with the perf. in
5

the

sense

of

pluperf.
left

XTps

x^i
1
||

,,the girl died,

having

no will".

= ,,nevertheless"

xn'nn

HCJ^BJ

nj
:

'xn ^13 imysi XB"p -jina ,,it is written in thy book, Cf. also nevertheless thou hast vexed me so much".

IX serves to introduce the

second alternative in ac

double question: xo^V n"6 xo^t ix ^pm Kin nm^> Vpm ''OJ ,,did he ordain it only for his generation, or

perhaps also for

all

the generations of the

world?"

94

TO.

Attributive Relative Sentences.

70.

70. Attributive Relative Sentences.

a
to

tH,
a
the

"1, orig. a demonstrative, has been reduced relative particle. The precise specification of

relation

is

expressed

in

the

relative

clause

by

means
b

of a personal pronoun.

of the subject

This pronoun is usually dispensed with in the case even in nominal clauses ^""tspl "onsT "Dr
:

,,days which are (at the same time) long and short". Nor is it always necessary to indicate the object contrast n^> xrya xpn the man whom I am seeking" XJno^ rpnVpff ,,I took the portion which and **? thou gavest me"; xjin Tuy xn^yo 'V'B yn ,,of the excellent things which R. Huna was wont to do".

mm

xm

,;

mm

On

the other hand,

in the genitive relation

mat? xtDtnpn ,,a 'U xinn ,,a certain Gentile town"; xmu ,TD3J 'tf'BJ xno ,,a who had great wealth"; 7111 npo nn in which there is no teacher"; im^y in^^DT -jjn city ,,those over whom you are ruling". d The pronoun is usually wanting, when the antecedent is an expression denoting place or time: inx2 ID rv^T ,,in the place where there is no man"; xno xn^n ,,at the corner in which his inrvm x'p wife stood"; x^"jn XDV xinn ,,on the day on which she enters"; mtP nn'OT xor ,,from the day that Sarah died"; nV"V x^r Jt^ -|J n ^ ,>all the years So always after during which thou didst not go in". no^x VD ,,as often Name ^^ ^"y certain adverbs

the pronoun is indispensable and with prepositions xinx xinn place the name of which was Truth:

mm

rw

mm

^
|

mm

as he entered the house of study".

71.

Conjunctional Relative Sentences.

95
in

The pronoun may be

relative

found

occasionally

ae

second
rpinzi

clause:
,,a

I.T^X

VTI

mm

^yntPD

mm

certain saint with

xTon xinn whom Elijah

the
1.

was wont

to associate".

When
2.

a
the

relative

sentence

refers
will

to

orf

person,

resumptive pronoun

be placed in

the

person; esp. is this true of the Xin XJX ,,it is I who brought out"; 1. person: rvp^sxt S *?pBH IXDD XB>SJ >XIB> ! acted as (one who had taken) if I had taken".

corresponding

71.

Conjunctional Relative Sentences.

71.

"I as a conjunction transforms a whole clause into a a noun; it may then serve as subj. or obj. or be found in the genitive relation or in dependence upon

a preposition.

Exx. of subjective sentences: I.T^ loi? m^> xrpJfr xraTio trn ,,is it acceptable to my lord that he become
the head of the college?" pTVQT ]h that we must die!" pronominal
'11

,,woe unto us antecedent may

precede: m^DX x^n did not eat him".

xn

,,the

circumstance that they

say that
,,I

Exx. of objective clauses: "irpB^jDm irpiox ,,youc xi:m XjyT yi^D you are wise"; imj XDn
.

know
The

that the

man

...

is

here". the
prepositional

most
ID

important

of

com- d

pounds

is

in the older

Awhile, as, when" which occurs only language: ^nxi p'DJ "ID ,,as he went away";

small"; T Dip* "ID ,,when this one will arise"; ID ? XJp^so ID ,,when I bring you out". In the later language ID is replaced by ''D:
1
1 ||

nan p^n

ID ,,when

we were

"

96
-jT

"2. Indirect Interrogative

Sentences.

73. Condit. Sentences.

rvB

x^

'3

,,while

thou
I

,,when - ,,when a poor man comes". in front of an unfinished clause: X3,n

X'jy

hands"; maaV

'Xtt

hadst not washed thy came to him"; Tix 3

'D

is

found also
,,he

^3

as

bear

(is)

mn
"Q

was
be

like

unto

bear".

strengthened by a preceding ^; "OS ,,since". e Other combinations: 1 H,~Q Awhile, as"; 1 ^"itiDX ,,because"; T ny (nx) while, until"; T aa ^>y ?]X
S ,,although"; T 3'n D , ; in order that, that"; 1 ^|?0 In some ,,before"; 1 "ira , ; after"; "t Dlt^o 7 ,because". T alone suffices; thus it signifies ,,because", cases,

may

,,in

order that".
72.

72.

Indirect Interrogative Sentences

are treated exactly as the direct ones.

73.

73.
'

Conditional Sentences.

with

signifies

the partic., JVX, or a nominal clause a condition conceived as real or realizable:

^nnx
a

-)^

xjzrrp -p
life),

rmn ^

,,if

new

shall

give thee

thou wilt reform (begin my sister"; '3W ""N

")T"TD

UJ^^
let

^kh

m^"yj

let them steal of yours"; ,,if they steal, ^xn ^ID xjn^'n 'X ,,if I am esteemed thus

much,

them cause Levi

,,if

to

xo^ xn^D n^ ywtn

there
;

heard anything, let him say it" TIXI ,,if he is an Israelite, he will return"; "on -on "iDXp ,,if it is so, he means as follows".
b

go in"; IXD XD'X ^x is any one who has V^x xin ^XIB" 13 x
s

'X

When
is

the

condition

is
s

n^n uipj mn nup: perf. married two, marry three".

used:

placed in the past, the ^x ,,if thou hast

73.

Conditional Sentences.

97

is expressed by means of the pf. both in the c and in the apodosis: 'pruDD ^xnx xh XPIBM ID'X protasis nnV ,,if I had not come this moment, you would have endangered my son" XTID'K ^ ri'BD -jrvin xV ID'X xrwn I had not seen thee this moment, thou wouldst have ,if

Unreality

something forbidden to eat". Frequently we mn with the partic.: "ID 2TPX s x on:n ,,if my lord had given himself to "|^D mn ID xV study, would he not have become the head of the
given
find in the apodosis

me

college?"

Note also: "pmtPB

mn

x^>

nx 'jonn

ix*?

'X

a j^mj m*? Git 45 ,,if it were not that thou art Nahmani, we should not have sent it back to you" (the

conditional particle is strengthened

tasis is

by 1 and

the pro-

a nominal clause).

Sometimes the conditional particle is dispensed d with entirely: Diyt: XDytsi auj X2Ji inn ,,when you steal XTin wn after a thief, you taste thereof"; pD xi^xV ,,when the head of the ox is in the basket, go up to the roof".

x^pm

Literature.

1.

Introductions.

HermannLStrack Einleitung
SSchechier, Art.
n

4 1908. in den Talmud, L. MSST, , MMiehiner, Introduction to the Talmud, Cincinnati 1894.

Talmud"

in Basting's Dictionary of the Bible

in

(1904), 5766. Backer et alii, Art.

(1906),

Talmud"

Jewish Encyclopedia XII

7

137.
Gr. Bab. Talm.

Margolis,

98
2.

Literature.

Dictionaries.
Beitrage

Lexicographical Works.
zur

MichaelSachs ,
B.

Sprach-

u.

Alterthumsforschung,

185254.

JosephPerles, Etymologische Studien znr Kunde der rabbinischen Sprache u. Alterthiimer, Breslau 1871.

Jacob Levy , Neuhebraisches und chaldaisches Worterbuch iiber

die Talmudim und Midraschim, 4 volumes, L. 1876 1889. Alexander Kohut, Aruch Completum, Wien-New York 1878 1892. MJastrorv, Dictionary of the Targumim, the Talmud Babli and Yerushalmi and the Midrashic Literature, New York 1886
1903.

Samuel Krauss, Griechische und Lateinische Lehnworter im Talmud, Midrasch und Targum, B. 189899. GDalman, Arainiiisch-neuhebraisches Handworterbuch zu Targum,

Talmud

u.

Midrasch, Frkfrt. a.M. 1901.

WBacher, Die exegetische Terminologie der jiidischen Traditions^ literatur, II: Die Bibel- und Traditionsexegetische Terminologie der
3.

Amoraer, L. 1905.

Grammars and Grammatical

Treatises.

SDLuzzatto, Elementi grammaticali del Caldeo Biblico e del dialetto Talmudico Babilonese, Padua 1865. Gramrnatik der biblisch-chaldaischen Sprache und des Idioms des Talmud Grammar Babli. Deutsch von MSKruger, Breslau 1873. of the Bibl. Chaldaic Language and of the Idiom of the Talmud Babli. Translated by JGoldammer, New York 1876. IsRosenberg, D. aramaische Verbum im Babyl. Talmud, Marburg
||

||

1888.

Arthur Liebermann, Das Pronomen und das Adverbium des babylonisch-talmudischen Dialektes, B. 1895. CLcvias, Grammar of the Aramaic Idiom contained in the BabyXVI lonian Talmud, Cincinnati 1900 (= AJSL., XIII

[18971900]).
4.
1.

Other Linguistic Works.

I,

CBrockelmann, Grundrifi der vergleichenden Grammatik der

semitischen Sprachen,
B. 1908.

Literature.

99

W Wright,

Lectures on the Comparative

Grammar

of the

Semitic Languages, Cambridge 1890. ThNoldeke, Beitrage zur semitischen Sprachwissenschaft,

Straflburg 1904.

JBarth, Sprachwissenschaftliche Untersuchungen

tischen
I,

zum Semi-

L. 1907.

2.

Etymologische Studien, L. 1893. Die Nominalbildung in den semitischen Sprachen, 8 L. 1894. PdeLagarde, Ubersicht iiber die im Aramaischen, Arabischen und Hebraischen ubliche Bilduug der Nomina, Gottiugen 1889. Register und Nachtrage, 1891. -- Gesammelte Abhandlungen, L. 1866. - Armenische Studien, Gott. 1877. SFraenkel, Die aramaischen Fremdworter im Arabischen. Leiden 1886.
ImmLorv, Araniaische Pflanzennamen, L. 1881. Aramaische Fischnamen, ift: Orientalische Studien, Th. Noeldeke zum siebzigsten Geburtstage gewidmet, GieBen
I (1906),

549570.
Handbuch der nordsemitischen Epigraphik,
1898.

3.

1\1

Lidzbarski ,

Weimar
4.

EKautzsch, Grammatik des Biblisch- Aramaischen, L. 1884. HLStrack, Grammatik des Biblisch -Aramaischen mit den nach Handschriften berichtigten Texten und einem Worterbuch,
4

L. 1905.
biblisch
-

KMarti, KurzgefaBte Grammatik der

Sprache, B. 1896.

aramaischen

HHPowell, The Supposed Hebraisms in the Grammar of the Biblical Aramaic, Berkeley 1907. GDalman, Grammatik des jiidisch-palastinischen Aramaisch,
2

L. 1905.

ThNdldeke, tiber den christlich-palastinischen Dialekt,

1868,

ZDMG

443527.

9.

2 KurzgefaBte syrische Grammatik, L. 1898. - Mandiiische Halle 1875. Grammatik, AJMaclean, Grammar of the Dialects of Vernacular Syriac,

Cambridge 1895.

1.

Formen und

Satze.

Forms and Sentences.

^y

,poy

,BWX ,W>M pay

-nu
|

,non ,ppa A.

.^n
B.

xsVo TKD ,xyix mix ;xrrr 3 ai x:x xnio .xVwa ia: xin
.

rmi

XOD xju

^y

T'tso T'w

xom
A.
14ft.

,xmn

XIID ,XJS3

B.

."123
||

n^n inxn

,XD^B nn^

xawn xinx ,xawm syix ;x^m ,x*n xtD^ .xnnxtramxas .XJIXX

.xn-3O

,*nom XISD

,xoi?y ia B.

||

.xn>3

no

n ,xi3 ,NDT n^x A.

B.
||

.t^J

in BTX"in
;

,wx
a

in ,iDn ,101 A.
xsi:
,

.x^j ,xnmy"i
B.
.xna

t^a

Tny ,im
x?
1

A.

xtstrip

^n'st

1 63ft.||

2
7
||

45a.

Taan
i

3^

10a; 51a.|| B.b.58"HM.|| Ber6b.j| Ned54i>M. 10 Sab 104. 43d. M. 8 B. k. lia B.

8
||
||

||

Margo

Chr. Bab. Talni.

2*

I.

Formen und
B.
,3tD

Satze.

Ug

3lV 3U D^

A.

n xm
3
.

,xptp ,XD:

xrp33 xnxs

xn^n

xac

19-20

"iin

XVO
;

,xnan xnis
;
|

x^

x'^o
5 /nx/jn B.||. Di xjx

22.

"io
|

,'">

,^'"i
pi.

,w ,^s; ,^ ,nx
m.
l''3."ja 2 sg.

,"in_
f.
|

,na ^on^ox

sg.

A.
pi.

,p!3X 2
,'msjy
3 pi. m.

,m^n

/mVii

/mn

xjib ,x^ix ,x:nx 1 /mnx 3 sg. m. psyix ,T

f
.

xmiso

,XHJO ,xnnx ,xnnx 3 sg.

sg. B.
pi.

7
.
||

2 sg. m.
,TI3 13

IHD^X , V"inx
|

-]OV

;T33
,

,TV"13 ,T

2 Sg.

f.

TXIj?

2pl.m.
2
pi. f.

nnx

3 sg. m.

nnnx
1

43rf.
6
II

ib.

HM.

2 Ber 55 a M. Sanh 52. 7 Sab

||
II

8
||

Ar 19JB.

4
||

B. b.

152*.

I.

Forms and Sentences.

rnaa
|

3 sg.
>

f.

,xn

xnoa
ji.T^a

,xn

3pLm.

rvx xian inan

.n
,xor na

tj^ns

.^^(^ID^ wi T^^

p^try

;\T r^.np 3pl.f. .n^ n x xnan "pam xiam ,n^

|

MD
s
j

,sp na
2<

las ;,-& A. ,XJK(

19.

B.

.nvs n^so
;xnnx

jH^n^a

ia^i

,n^s: rnyia
,xna^ ,xnbi

,man
xnia
xjnn

,xnt

n^ ,xns^
7

,xntr'p ,xia^

,xnain
;

xni?

xnij?

,xn^x ,i3"ion xmyn

xrvan

xpitra

xpun xn^'
4
.

xna^n
xnjx
B.

/mn

xnt^ ;xnpy
ix
5
.

xaxn
;xnja

x-iao

.noxn

maxT
19.20^

n^aa xnao
|

xia"

in^J

/^xit^^ nja

a A.

xnnax

,xnmn
,

,xnnex .xnnnx ^"its

A. 20^.
B.
21.

xnnax
1

B. m. 52a fflH.

2
||

ib/.

||

Ber

6^.

||

B. b.

Ar

19*

B.

I.

Fonnen und

Siitze.

xion

,nom

xiinoi 'tw ;xn^ns

22.
|

xjnn3x

l pi.

jX'oen ^'o ,^n ,>yoi xonj 5^3^ 3J i y3 xnin p^ns ;nyt^i /^D xiuin 'nn3K /niUD ^nnx ,nia /np l sg. A.
>?>o
<)

XDD ;xo?yi

1 sg.

B.

||

,inyi

l pi.

.71^1 iinnnnx 3 'Krm'tp ,"nj:

|

pi.

m.

xnnna^

3 sg.

f.

inn^x ,ino'K ,ini3 2sg. m.

Tni3

3 sg.

in.
|

iDTinnx ;i3"m'3'y ,120)^11^13 2

pi.

m.

xnn
|

irrnrax

;inmw
injx
s
,

3pl.m.

nni3 3sg.f.

s.

x:x B.
?(f.)

||

.ID^SU

nnjx n:x ,nnty xjmx A.

.xin

nx

"JXD

(63a.)

.nx pi .px nn3 ^j^x .is^sia inx .in^j xin .irw xjx .xnjnD \nrx
s

9 (49).

,XT xnVtD ,*n xyix ,D^yVi

in

XDI^

,pn xits^ A.

^n no ,xno
n B.
-pn ,xn^n in
||

n^xn xi^ in
.V"i3ij
7

xin ,Kin xyix3 ,xno ]^n ,inn xoy 2 poy i ?xt^7^ 13D in

.^

>ynnji innu
S
;

ny

.xin nxnio

ny

Txm
;

KOI

^D ^n ,xn^o

'xn ,xnrvx xn

Kinn

.Konn now inn

KJ7
S
,

.xn

JM
,10
S

XJ3
/i

,D'p1

in

/n X A.

pirm

5
.

Suk 38 a

IB.

I.

Forms and Sentences.

.rra

5*

|j

.xp^m xrrnxi

v^p vim
xrm
,^i

\*y\y

prx
B.

,xim
,XTpn

,KB
Km

,Kmp.

,xinB

,x~i:in

,Tpn ,xnB>3B>
,'nprp ,pn^ ,[K]mvn

xrrman
xn-pny
7

,KODIK

xm

xmyi xmy

xno'x xnnn ^XHBJ nano xnsn xa

;

ix xjoix ix xnjj ix

n^

2
.

xt:^xo
'

XIID
5
.

xVi
.

D"p ^ *^yn xynxo xnp

3

nna .xmjn
IK

xnau

I^BK xion
.

xTtnD i^nyn

x^2z s 7 x"i v.y

rpD^ xD^on^

xmn

tn

xj^y

xpmi
l!

xyyn ^3

A.
ms*?
's

16.

xion
in
;

.IOT

nn

^D
ni

713
xion

mon

xsi

'

Job. N.

'

Jishak bar Sanh 96 a. N. Johanan Nappaha; Bar N. 5 3 4 2 ib. 53 a Pes 113a MMj. gab 155 b Meg 7 8 Suk 52 a M. 45a. Erub 9a+. B RaM. B. k. 85a; " ib. 10^ M. io Ber 58b M. gab. 55a. (-.IP.SUI ArM). " Ber 6^ B. 13 ab 67^ M. 14 ib. 152 M.
1
1(
. .
||
||

||

||

||

||

||

||

||

||

||

II

II

6*

I.

Foi'men und Satze.

an

XJXDB XISD
,

xnau
xao
3

.xyTima "prnBi TI^D nx

2
.

xVa /XBP 'xnoa

xnpniz

xn^y
A.

17.

B.

.
||

xr&
p"i"t

xsin

5
.

xntr

na xann
^D

xnp

ni ,xov la xpa n xrvaa [xjn^i 6 XDitr^ xnp 8i Db 'uitsiDDi ^^ ai xiT

.
.

xiraa

nnnoo

xnty xati
is.

20*. ,12^ ,w^a

A.

pan
B.
j|

IDX

nnon

xain

na

/nnnx xnnx

,[x]jnnx [x]*rnD
,

,nxnn xyp^s ,xnn

Meg
||

18
6
||

GMM^

a
||

Ber
7

6*.

||

Hul

58i> IB.

Sota 3b.

ib.

||

(xnisr B

v. Ar).
10

8 Ber 51 ^ IB (laia^aba M; 12 Taan 6^ Sanh 29 b. " Sab 66

1>.
|| ||

* Sab 145> Ar. xn^^3T Ar; x-n= ^= 9 Erub 3 a M. iaV>p Ar). 3

67&.

]|

||

Mr

I.

Forms and Sentences.

-12

7*
,

non

,^xv

/xn
,i

,nxnrn *rmrp ai
,'

,'xon ,'XDIB
,xniBo

xron

np
xssin

^
.

x^b

.'xmn^o ix xnnan ix ." 8 xrvQD ,xmin x'V^s xmpj* x^xn 'B3 xnun x
xpoio xnaa xrvpjy 'xmn^ *nxa
,n^mix aax
xsin
10<
.

om xh
A.

'nx

na

,xt^n XJB

DWD

25

(54).

V 3 >JTT3 WO
ninn
,'DD(*)

mnx ,n^n 'iyo

2 pi. m.
-jo

,na^p

^y

,xov

nn ,xmn nna

pi.

3wa
|

2 sg.

f.

,isxa ,Misjxa 3 sg. m. ,^nnnax ,iin^y ,lin^i ,Tir6 3 pi. m. rpni xno^o iy3 xyixn xma^o .xntyaty xsmn
,\-n^y
|

xnnan

.xa*3

xisw

*f?n

sg. B.
1

Pes 51
*
||

")131 M). 7 92 b M.
||

3 b M Sanh 14 (wiai K; Sab 66*> M. x Suk 56 b MM t Ar. 5 Meg 12*b GArM. e B. k. Taan 23 a B. 8 Sanh 105 a KM. Sab 152*. 10 ib.
.
|| || || || ||

||

||

32

Ar.
||

xai-'t

13]

sic

1.

pro

so^fO,
(

XJ^^T 13,

'aiiTa;

cf

Ber

56 a F.

Hag 9b

G.

12
||

Sab 152

8*
2 sg. m.
,-|rm>
,-pV
|

I.

Forincn und

Siitze.

iny
f.
|

,p: ,1^0
,-pna

,I>,T.)

,in ,> ,p
,-jfcw

l pi.
,*

'xny

,-pnii3

,-inii3

,-|PD
,-j^y
,i3^>

,T^
,is*

,Ta ,1=

2 sg.

TiVnr

,-pi^y

,T^V

,"PP

>T'
,

,13*3:13

,i33:i ,i3nii3 ,13J

,133 2 pi.

m.
I

711:13

3 3
,n3 3 sg. f. ,in3 3 pi. m.
|

sg.

m.

,n

,mra

3 pi.

f.

xjorm ^3^3 n23. (52.)

A.

,xivjyn

my
x
1331

n^n /pesn

ia>y

r6n ,xn"nnx
'

pjtp

no *mn

,i3

no^n
mtyy
ITt^

,no n^n
133
"""ID

,xn:
t^Ol

ytpn

mtz'y 'JDn

vy'3

"tni

,ysnxi Cysts' 13 ,n?ni

DV3
in B.

inx
1

xoy
8
||

Sota 10 a M.

(xiiii-ia]

x^n -nj
4

M!).

Ber 10 a H.;

ab

88** (m^a]

M>g).

||

Ar

ifib

M.

I.

Forms and Sentences.

/-nn nna ,mant> in /im in ^3 ,n>T xtna ,rva xin r6 ,"pir6 ,1m ? xy-p nrn iinV xy-)3 nn ,xin3 jXacra 'twn in(')nirfc nan xron nj>^ nix nn ;inO)mr "inn ^j'nno ,xn"an T&nx ,^j vnn ,-jJa -nn ,a^n ^n injn ,^o n^n ^na /IXD n^n ,JB> n^nx ;in
1

xyanx ,y

,xt3n
nyaix,

'mm

xi

yaixa jXn^
nt^on^

/JOT xynB' ,xnnyotp

xn^
no

,8^00 ,mtpy

xnnox

nn

/j

mn

/ID

ntrna

-ID
>JJT

/-um xnx^y noon ,noaix /tc^mx po Q /ni loaty ,102^1 non^

,nooni toaix

/mnx
/oa
1331

no

/iDon
't?

A
,

nmyo

,vya
in

/ID

las /ID

xms ,x^ nxo ymx /^DBD nxo

;*mm
rtpon

n^n

,no

xs^x

nxo

jon

n^i nxo /^DSD nxo

nxo

t^oni ^s^x

nn

,naj 'B^X

ionn /IJH ^x nyasr /ons 'st'x xn^ / no ina ,xmm nonna ,xmian nxo n^n /st'x nxo
;
>ii

/DIB xs^x ,n^'0'o

xnmi

,xn"op yt^ n^n /xop 'xop ,xn"op ,xop xop nn ;xn ina rpjna /xina x^o ,xnnna ,nxj^on xo

xnintr

/n^n nn ,xn^m xr&m ,xn nty ,xoin *3J

s
.

nxo ^on

xtn xau .xn^iDiD notr xini ,xrmai no xnn 2 /HJJ xnsna xin n^ia npn x:s x^oo xnsnn

nm
Sanh

.nioi xn^cpp

xap non
7

^ap

nn .mnx }"vp

Meg

M.

3
||

45rf.

10*
.r6n
-it?y
-)

I.

Formen und

Satze.

'mn xau
j

.spy nn

ro

*py

nyaix

,x>

nyaix

x-im

nn ,noaix .no -in .no ^mn ,non nyi a^o

2i xin xVi
,

.no nn ,no

nxo .om vv^ix xn ixa >m HXD e imn xop XOT xnt^ nVw inp xi ,xo^n xntr n^D D^DH
p 'ss
,
.

nm
29
(56).
,

xnox xynnn xnox

A.

xjx

max
.XJTP

pnny x xny^ x\nn majn n^ix .n

xin 'xn
x!?i^n

pis xninox

wan xaino

nay

xmin may xvi f)x .nnam XJIDDX

,nao ,^ai B. ,nay
||

.xn^
,

,may ,rmn
innay
an'x
,-nao
| |

may

B. b. 5

a.
||

Ket 50 a B.
6
||

||

a Jeb 63

MM

(x-i^Bm MJ.

3 Sanh 7. Hul 7 JB.

4
||

Pes 89^ (in MJ.

7
||

Suk

MM^

I.

Forms and Sentences.

H*

^yu ,tsim ,(f.) aim ,pis: ,^sj ,nns , VMi 'nrpnya x^i ,xpT ^DX virjya x^ xjx xpT 3 ^x ^xt2> x^ xnx f fy*v x-nn .^SBH HHI /sun 4 xmin rpr psj /rnirp ^mV nnan n^ ip^n^iD -ft
,ann
. .

xno^p .xn^n

.n^up x^tsp

n!?D

?I

T^ no
in
6

xy

?HD noyu
nVtJ'
.2Ji

x^

xo^n

xiin

3 *~ny^x *an "JDD vh

IDXI

x^uin

tspjx ^ix

3atDi

xtDin

x^o

.ID itjx

am
'ami

.xnp-'yo

vnynx p^on
!

^XD^I

x^om

-jna

.xa^a na naj

.inyn n
i^ya

p^w n^

an 1

X^^T xm^o
.

xyixn

mow

."nn: xnss .xnx nn^ n^yis

."^npV x^pn

^xn,,

noxi x^pi

nm ,n

nn^ n^yia nn

nox

.DX
3o
(57).

nna xan:
B.
9<
.

nT

xnns xmai

pox

,nayn

1 6
10

ab 140 b.
6
||

a
||

B. b. 33b.

3
||

B. k. 29 b.

*
||

67a.

Git 45a.

||

Ber58a M.

8
||

Ioma72b B.

9
||

ab 29 b M. ab 116b B.

69.

12*

I-

Formen und

Siitze.

ao Knty)o
1 .in()nna xnVtr Tayji pis :

ay^ .ann x
^

,xin

.Kim xinx Kan I^KIBBH

.xpo^y Tayj

/an nayn xV

.*yo

mprn x^ .n^ nnarn

*?v!h
13

xrvnaai

nnp^ x^a icnw? pwa iann x^

s

awn^ xbn
i

a x^n'iux

.Kan

/TO

.xmsx

-10

a^n^j

.r
.xrn

n^^sa xtn:
>a:^

xma
soft (59).

,xia ^oipoa
6
.

aip^ ,x:n n
.
|

n^xn
4

-JKO

xD^a
.

p
I)

^a ,in

pb

pan ^r^ 3'y^ ^rn 6 ^ip^ xpT xpi^ no^? -jVitDj?

mna,,
xj^

nrpn x^

,^a A.

."n4

um

itsinm

nox

.xjV

WIOD

,V"i

,p|itsn
|

,tDim ,aian

,w&h

,hipv ,"]is^ ,pap ,^op

?

,BWB B.

po ,nns ,aip ,Vxtr ,^xty ,ui^j pis ,^B ,oia ,^tt ^iax ^i ,731^ ,^ij? ,ibx ,ieim ,WI^B /.ana ,iama ,na
s
|
|

inns ,UTPK ,i^rx ,1^1 ,iTay

,io yts

psn

."i^pios
s

PIDD

Diyt2
8
.

,1^7^ ,(f .) i^atD ,imn xDyui aiJJ xa:j ina

"is^n

,'mn

ntsp;

xi

;mn

7Jn x^

^"Da

xh nn^aja
9
.

ina x^*n po ,xnn^x

Kin JKiotsn

a^oji

xm mm

n^>n

xinx xan
an
.-)T

ny

itsj

.-pain x^i yii

.xnisx a^n
s

/ana nV lu^y
^xi^y po

V an

.Tms^

Git 33" M.

2
||

B. m. 104 b
3
||

HM
||

(fflnns^]
4

Men

legendum?). 85* En. Ber 5*>

||

Af

el

gab

63*.
s
||

ib.

HGk

ainsn HM; an B Taan 9>iB.

||

|;

ArM

vid.

p es

113a B.

ib.
||

M,.

I.

Forms and Sentences.

13*

.:

ipne

.Ttrx^

nx
x^

^t

n^ n*n

nnn^

.-p#BJa .*HDB iT

ann^o

]v

arvaV

i('^ B.

ivy A. no

soc

(GO).

xynx mix ix>

^V"13 ^ A.

31 (58).

x^yi

,i*DBn ,vtsm ,V"iop

nx

,100 ,iBa

B.

,75: ? ^n:

,ap

,'O)^

(f.)

rrny
p*

TD ^

xin ,3'()a n

:rx:n

nnana
''XD

yis ^xo ,xnpy

1 Ker H* ArM).
||

101 a OB.

s
||

4 M. 2 42a. 3 loma 29 B. k. 52 a H 6 g a b 13 a M; Pes 40 b MM r Sanh 89 b K. 7 Pes 10 v. bsn. Sota 22 a B. b. 98*. 9 A. z. 22* Ar

6a

||

||

||

||

||

||

||

14*

I.

Formen und

Satze.

xrw nro
xpsj xo
.X3iy

xnrvx

^ixw
XB>D(>)IP

nnxon xsnsx xisn

.Nnvjy x^>ix xrjy

X^DD

x^yn

.xnnoBD n

x .xjntrin ^xi ,^ 2 nn [x]nn x^i [x]npy ,

nay

XIPX

'

.mDxp
xnn
*Dva'i ?"p7Dy ^xoa nnanon x^* mox
.

mnn

^x

A "Tn'3

nty

IXD nyn

/XJD
n^ptr

np^tri

7HS

xm .p^nm xnm XTDBH ^nnx i^ xn\n^ ,-jn xoVn Pin^n^^n Pxann

;,

ny in

?w7oy
A

^xoa yt

Pn'-nx xD\nV

(f.)

nxi

?npVo
A.

nn
Bm
||

,10

DID

yn

yvw

,1^

,xn x^i xn B. .xpW3 Tits

rw
xip
xin

.mn

3j

,xnn^ ^aa

in^^i ,in^ns

(f.)
.

.,Tnnx3 ^IXT

im

no^
:

max

^ptr XJH ^301 nxi ,xn"i3n "H3

?"!

yist B"j'x i^3y .1^3^ x^i n^yix IX^DI B^J^K T3y Irrjn

?xm i^ ^ XT3D
1

B. b. 96b IB.

2
II

ib. 3^>

H*M.

3
II

leb 72^.

*
II

B. b. 41 b

I.

Forms and Sentences.

15*
P

..T3

mm ^anx xh
xn
A
.

IXBHPB
>x:n hy

!rp3

T^B

:6s'

"nx3

i^sx Dan

ayts

^nii2*n

^30

Ppy^o
.p^p'oy ^xon xsn
32.

^xx

**nn
,,

.ID^D i^sny px

:in^
1

pnox ^o^nm
pi.
|

,x:paTx
3
pi.

xnt^n /V in^pnn x^ n^y^p^x Perf. I sg. A.

f.
s

m.
| |

n^urx

,nn>n'n(^)x ,n3o:n>x 3 sg.

|

Impf.
Inf.
|

lynp^x 3 pi. f. ivoriB^ 3 p. f.

npyx npyn
;
|

x
f.
|

Taynn
i.

3 sg.

imr
m.
*

3sg.m.

f.

vy^>pD Pt. pi.

.xno mro

,x?

xnny .xnayno xnnsn x^ns .n^ mnsi x^i "p"n*n ^y Van p-j^onts IH^
pi.

,~pBnn(')x 3 sg.m.

^t?rvx ^y^p^x^DntD^^x^ynnt^xPerf. 1 sg. B. inntDBx ,inntDB^x 2 pi. nnjn^x 2 sg. m.

|
|

3 sg.

f.
|

yTn^x

^n^x

,yin^x

3 pi. m. xyiivx ,xant3sx ,xa^DJ^x lorrx Impf. 1 sg. 2 pi. m.

|

,xaorx ,xy^:rx

xn^nx
|

3 pi.

f.

oon^
3pl.m.
|
|

,p)D3^ p^oon^ ,nayn^ non^n 3sg.f. ^BTI(')J ,non^ ,"on(^ IBB'X Imp. Sg. m. Inf. [1]10B'X pi. m.
j
|

3 sg. m.

mon

p^ro Pt. sg. m.

.

f.

sc.

x^x.

2
II

Ket 19 M.

3
||

61<?.

16*

I.

Formen und

Satzc.

pi.
|

m.
pi. f.

(f.)

X33'D3'O ,X3T1B(')0
|

Sg.

,X1B3'D
2 sg.

jnp'Sm

(f.)

n3DJ( )D

,nm

norm

^3x /xr6 n^ xTpi xapa IBX .xnop

m
xn

pi.

mn
KT>3 SD

'X1331

pon^x
/xn^a

lo^n^x

.mnx
not

xnyo^
1x^5

.IHTXI

xjm

aj|?

aip
?

nxs
tr^mna xov

nna .XDJ t^mno xny

^
33.

DWO
Pf.
l

na
A.

pi.
1

sg.

3 pi. m. 1in3p)3D ,1W?(*)ap 2 pi. m. m. *D^(')n 1B>B& Pt. act. sg. m. pDyV Impf. 3 pi. f pi. 2 pi. 1^"tPO ,111030 ,1*1330 ,V31pO ,1'iyXO xn iirppmo 2 pi. 1x3100 ,inao pass. pi. f.
.
| |

.0*^3 ''XOIp

I^X

'3*313 n'T'tr X^l

."JOp

xnyo^ iinnox xswm xyixa *ann ^IUDX ^yon xm*3*y pay x^i 33 ^y PJX 2 pay xV *03 xoi* bs xm ,1
.

,*

,^ap 3
11^3

sg.
f

m.
|

ni**t^ ,n^*3p 2 sg.

?

m.
|

'3*13
O*
'

Pf
1

sg. B.
'

'
\

1 pi.

1(*)"13'X

pia^OX

D7B"X

1'31X Impf.

Sg.

2 sg. m.

B. b.

Pes

I.

Forms and Sentences.

3 pi.
pi.

17*

Tmi

m.

3sg.f. ^'&>a Imp. sg.

f.

Pt. act.
|

7^0
.

f.

/-m: /ana ,mys /amp ,'&np Inf. IXVPB ,yatis pnss ,inno ,^>apD ,1'aia
?

sg.

m.

,nai
1 pi.

pi.

m. xnp^a ,ruai
f.
|

xji"!tt>a
| |

,xraiD ,xjrmo
,(f.)

2 pi.
|

(f.)

mys

n-ms

l IIDIB pi. sg. ,njaiD 2 sg.

| |

tamo

mno ,mpo ,pno ,ityso ,pat

xh x^o
>J^T

pass. sg. m. irvfenw

nirnty
pi.
f.
|

,mpo

,-j!?

NTS mpso 2 sg.

inma ,a p^pmo l pi.

,sjpno sg. f. pi. m.

onp

.n^oia

onp

isnp .n>api

mao

& A n^iD nj^n^D^^ ? xa^py n^ia nj^n ^a vh no^n ,iipn no .xrnxa VTJT anpj ."jipn xV ''Jon ,-jipn lan ^naj an ."jnaji i^ an 2 i^s xmixa x ? .xnau nna H^BJ t^j^x f]n^ .XDD npyn x!?mx

^n

/xip 'piDB

xsnm

xj'SD .xin

XDya
nn

n OIBB

.xjan(i)p
s

:XD^a max

'pxp .xjyatii xnpo^xo XJ^BJ Benson ^^JD ^D .xnna X ? ^an xsVoi .xjon nm y^ix ^anao
,
s

69 a.

2
||

Suk 52

Mr

3
||

Nid 6^ M.

Margolis,

Chr. Bab. Talm.

18*
34.

I.

Formen und

Sa'tze.

Impf. 3 pi. m. nnyx 3 pi. m. ntsnprvx Pf 3 sg. f A. .p&oy rra -ppDyrv xbno'x^Inf. iVano^ 3 pi. f
.

npoy^x jflpoyrvx 2
3 sg.
f.
|

sg.

m.
|

'briox /nontax Pf.

s

sg. B.

np"x

,TTIB>X ,"prpx ^-p-nx ,iyus( )x 3 sg. m. 3 pi. 'xyu'x ; xut?p'x ; xjsnr

|

)n 2 sg.

m.
|

*iyusj

pi.

sg.
i.

aay^x m.

pyexx Impf. i sg nnyn()n 2 pi. m

|

m.
|

ip^n ,^3pnn 3 sg.

sg.

Inf.

'Btppx sg.

f.
|

^no(')x Imp.

m.
|

Pt.sg.rn.
sg.
pi.
f. f.
j

isprpD /OD3't3

/jmto

>

,'

Eni2S(

)i3

pi.

m.
1

2 sg.

p'janro

1 pi.

xjp^noo ,xjts"Dn^o
^>

sg.

iny^noo
'xn
.10 iytis(

2 pi.

nxt ,vnr^ xi

xV .oinnn

xrm

xnntDa

nniaa xax
^XT

xV
35.

XB-jtt'o

/ypnp
p^natyx Pf.
l

,nnnpn 3 sg.
s

f.
|

nv.mn 2 sg. m.

pi.

A.

,in

nx

jip^sx ^ina^x

,HMDX

,ip^nx 3 pi. m.

Pt. act. pi.

x-in
|

m.
|

\ivrfo ,^ipB ,lWDn Impf. 3 pi. m.

|

pno pass. pi. f

PTTjn

^aio ,IJDB ,PDBB pl.f. ^n^n^o ^D n^wix r6yn o^nn xnip

.
|

pnnnnx in HD

.onsoo pan

11

rvp^sxt xin XJXT

73f.

2
||

B. b. 80 a Ar.

3
||

B. m. 109^ H.

I.

Forms and Sentences.

.
j!

19*

Pf. 1 sg. B.

x^p

.iomx
nsnx
,r

,rmnx ,nonnx ,no'wx

jp'osx 3sg.f.

,^DBX ,Tpsx

2 sg. m. ^nut^x l pi. ,THDX 3 sg. m. irprwx 2 pi.

a*mx
|

,p'DX ,T.ax ,p^sx ,iaix

3 pi.
?

^mx

Impf

sg.

insx

nnnx np^sx ,n^ix ,x*nnx

|

,inin ,nD5!?n 2 sg. m. n^n: ; n3^j ,p^nj l pi. ,"nn^ } "\irb yzw^ 3 sg. m. iDiin ,7mn 2 pi. "Bn 3 sg. f. m. ionp^ 3 pi. ,(f.) nnpx Imp. sg. isnnx jio^tf x pi. m. p^sx ,i s aix "if. 7'sx ;
|

ppsx

Pt. act. sg.

m.
|

^nirnx ,'Dimx
,"iait3

lo
pi.

m.

sg.

f.

pi.

2 pi.
pi.

mpio ,n3ino ,nVsxD

f.
|

2 sg.

m.
|

xnmo

,xnDio sg.

nna

pass. sg. m.

*3m

IDX ^n
ST inzwx

.^ipx x^ x^o /trnpx

nnV XD^n
?iVJO
An

.n^

mnx

XD^H n s su xtson

"TI
np^sx
xi
inn-'X

xnx ^ nymx
xip

/BX

in^

13DX K^

.na

mt^x

x^?

? -jn^

nn
T^IXI
n^x nxjn
^

.Tina x

xnn^sx
M.

nnnx
68i>

.nnyrvm anno
,

Sab

88i>

A. Z.
|

M.

2*

20*
xnytr ^xn

I.

Formen und
Va ?
s

Satze.

TIDI xnsy

xn ^13

x^otp 'Dp

mean

^("onso rnao nnno oanx

:IDXI KO^

x^sitsn,,

iDXJ^)
?-jV

*om3 ,X^D n^ n^xn

IXD

xo^a

/xi

xosD xnsnn

36.

oy D^iy

amn^i
|

n^D

nx
|

iBDin(')x Pf. 3 pi.

||

m. A.

3sg.m. [npin^xPf. 2sg.m. B. .'3^3 '3>^3 psnin 3 pi. m. pin^j Impf 3 sg. m. XDDirvx 3 sg. f pw^x
. .
|

pi.

m.

xi^in'o sg.
1 pi.
|

f.
|

uino
S

Pt. sg.
t
|

m.
sg.

.'ptn()xi

3DD xjx
Pf.

n ?xn(^)D 2
\

,p^p ,x:^p
-6y ,ixp
|

n"n ,n^y
m.
|

sg. A.
f.

,-iu f.

3 pi. m.
|

npi

,nn
||

,n^y ,nVt 3 sg.

pi. f .

l^"y
-I

pi.

V^V
.

Pt. act. pi.

1 pi.
|

yfyyb Impf. 3
|

pi.

m.

2 pi.
||

p Vpnrx Pf

itpe.

13^. pass.

lirvn 2 pi.
||

Pt. act. pi. in. -6"y Pf. 3 pi. m. Pa. Pt. act. pl.m. l^nx Pf. 3 pl.m. Af.|| isspn^K Pf. 3 pl.m. Itpa.

V^VB

2sg.m. liffnpp
,^xy
,^>y
|

1
7

<i

pi.

,trn

nn 3

xtyp^x^n "xn ,n ,^nPf. 1 sg. B. n^n ,nso in^sn 2 pi. sg. m.

;
|
|

3 pi. m.

nppT ,npi ,x?y xtrp ,x^n xVi 3 sg. f 2 sg. m. inO)J 1 pi. ^yxlmpf.
; 7
|
]

.
|

n^ ,27 ,ix
1

3 sg.
i

f.
|

^s^

,B)i3

Imp. sg.
a
||

hw\ nun 2 pi. m. 3 sg. m. ,^iy^ ,^y'J m. iiw^ ,nu^ ,iu^ ,isp\3 3 pi. m.
sg.
|
| |

Nu

24.

De

8 15 .

3
||

Ex

67

4
.

||

Ber 38 a M.

I.

Forms and Sentences.

21*
|

Pt. act. sg.

m. m.

,lp^ Inf. 1x7 pi. m.

pi.

/ins

sg.
pi.

f.

2 pi.

n"y 2 sg.
m.
|

I sg.

pass. sg. m.

pi.
1

xyyi ,xn?7
NJp7"nO)D
.

d.

f.
|

p^pn

pi.
|

Pt. l sg.
I

Inf. itpe.

3 sg. f. 3 sg. m.
Pt. act.

pass. sg.

m
|

^y Pf. 2 sg. m. Pa. ,*?"? 3 sg. m. ^"yn Impf 2 sg. m. !?iy 3 pi. vh"V Inf. "y Imp. sg. m. l^y^J ,tf>?4 3 pi. 1 pi. pi. m. IS^HD sg. m.
|

h4v

Pa.

I)

xjjrpx

Pf. 3 sg.

f.

itpa.

||

TjiriD
||

pi.

f.

Pt. act. 1 sg. Pt. sg.

f.
|

imn

Pf 3
.

sg.

m. Palp.

utsno Pt. act. sg. m.

W?30)^ ,^?nt&^ Impf.

|

Impf.

1 pi.

yix 3

sg.

m.

n^px

3 sg. m. Itpalp.) Pf?2 sg. m. Af.

||
|

px /jux
.

Inf.

^px Imp.

^pl? 3 sg. m.

f.
|

^pD D^no ,^no ,1^0

;
|

Pt. act. sg.

|

m.

"inx
|
|

^)x

pass.sg.m. nyiD ,n^D 2 sg. uao pl.m. xipo ,yin x Pf 3 sg. m. ittaf. wa()o pi. m. x'j:i(') sg. f. VnnD Pt. sg. m. yin^ Impf. 3 sg. m. sg. f. ,mx xjB7nx .x^nn ^n^O): rvm ,xij: torn XSD
s
.
| |

n^a n^xi ,n

/xnm

^x

nm

,-jnn

(.pno^i .na^a na^ni

'3

p^sj

xV ,n>yiDx

x^vm
y7>x

,'3sa

pn

.xjx

ppiD isnnx

,i!?iy

isnnx

xiTp
1

Pes HSb
).

2
(1.

A.

z.

C6 b JB (sic

1.

pro >6pia; se-

quitur

22*

I-

Formen und
'3TI

Siitze.

xjnx mix

ix'?

?",Tp

xpn rpsu
.3tD XO' 1

38.

pi.

m.
I |

3 pi. m.
|

nn^o ,np 3 sg. f pm /pDp Pf 1 pi. men ,mpn 3 sg. f mo^ Impf 3 sg. m.
. .
|

A.
,iDp

vn(^o Pt. act. pi. m.

1

HDD ,nnDlnf.
.

Pf.
||

sg. Pa.

||

wnx Pf
.
|

1J(1)WB Pt. pass. pi. f

<

3 pi. m. Itpe. u^y 3 pi. m.

=
|

niD*
Ittaf.
\ pi.

pi. f.

]My

[n]at>ni

i]ntyy3||'!in7 ix 2 pi.

>

xjmx ,xj^nix

Pf.

i pi.

Af.

inn xV
""ii

.nox

wan

x^Dn xjx

.[XJ]JH^ [x]nn
r

3'tsD

,n*o ,Dp 3 pi. f.

m
|

pi.

m.

nn P]<JS x^n xnon inn x^i ,X^DX nmtDon ae iiano ats m^ no o^tr .in jtt'E ,on ,u 3 sg. m. nop Pf. 2 sg. m. B. yo XIVB jnop 3 sg. f. 3 pi. m. ,mp DWJ l pi. mo* ip^x ,mp'x Impf. l sg.
.^^DID
|

xtrs

IITJ ,IH^ ,in^ ,ip'i? ,mp7 3 pi. m. ip^n ,oipn 3 sg.

|

3 sg. m.
f.

sg.

f.
|

B^B Imp. sg. in. o ,ITO Inf.

ion^ wl? ,wii? ,un

pi.

m.
|

Dip

x^ d. ^xp ,D^xp ,n^XD ,p^xn Pt. XHJ ,xi^n sg. f. pi. m.

|

act. sg.

m.

2 sg. i^a^l?
|

pi.
|

(f.)

d.

,07 pass.
.

m. in^n^u 2 3 sg. m. Itpe. =Ittaf.

sg.
JB.
8
||

pi.

(f.)

pl.m.

xpn sg.f

Taan 24 b

Sab 156* IBM (sed

1.

I.

Forms and Sentences.

inn(>)x 3 pi. msn^ 3 pi. f.
.
|

23*

Impf. 3 sg. m.
,'nun'K Inf.
pi.
|

xmrvx
|

3 sg.

f.

m.
,1*13

1" Impf. 1 sg. 3 pi. m. 1V^

|
|

3 pi. m. . f -nn()a ,07:10 Ft. sg. m. S 3 sg. m. B": Pf. 1 sg. Pa.
|

wrvj

3 sg. m.

1"VJ ,Q"pJ

1 pi.
|

Q"px

i"so Pt.

act.

sg.m.

'yvo
sg. f

Inf.
|

vy

pi.

Sg m.
|

.
|

070
|

Imp.sg.m. u(')n^ Xy"DQ Sg. f. pi. m. m. (f .) pass. sg.

|
|

wyo
D"px

,*P:PX
Pt. act.
|

x 3

sg. m.
||

w\y*
pi.

Pf.

sg. itpa.
f.
|

'Vio^
f.
.

Inf.
||

Palp.

D"pn Impf. 3
m.
d.
|

sg.

Pf. 3 sg.

Itpalp.
sg. Af.
1
|

'Vt^BO pass.

Pf

xuts^o Pt. act. sg.

DJOJD sg. m. Pa. xyiyn(>)x

||
|

[D]7ix ,THX 3 sg. m. nD^nx 2 sg. m. ,3inx /oipix Inf. n'xx Imp. HJJ ,071^ 3 sg. m.
Impf.
sg.
I

pi.

m.
|

mo
|

||

2 sg. anin^x Pf 3 sg.

.

.rpnyi

,mio ,pmo ^nio ,a*no Pt. act. XJ0710 l sg. i^opio 1 pi. n:o pass. m. ittaf. XHJD sg. f
|

sg.

m.
m.

^no
sg.

||

.H^DJ
l

.HD^XI pn psj
,"n^D

.XJH

^tsn

,XJH na

x^ ,"iny(n)^x,,

.H^J^D nainn nV op *]"ian,, ^xnn ^rxi IITX nnn< ny .i^xn 07^ xpnn n^y ^DTI 'D ? ?^Bp^i 7^ XP>SDD xntfn Ixpo^y 07^ /xinx icipn xV xtynts
;itp

?
1

m^n !no nrj ,m in^ no .m^ ID

xinm
,on

nnnxt
xjn

.pis(i) ID-ID

")D()ro

.n^xoa

xp>ny

xmn

?D' i n D^DI ^uny n4 x^^s xn^x /xp xipx xjn

x?
1

Taan

25

G.

24*
ja

T.

Forraen und Satze.

xanp

37^

\xn ,KBH xapa xnay /BID xjynn xTpsna rioxt ixs^ xrpjn .n^ xsnB(i) n V "ry,, ^?y nxV'y 273*,, :iojn ixo ? x^x ;"nxnn *] vh nsnn ,27^^ nx^y XD^T trin-'j ,"nnn nxs ny^n p xo^p xn .xpn ^03

07

.xan xapa

n7

>3 pans

? X1H

?Tio

^p no^p "Dm
>XJ I D

,XDDIX XTIS

.xn ?
5

inim

13'nn

,n()o
'nx

lox nan
11

in

.XIBBH n^tra
718

^min V^DI 'Ws ^n^ .mnxn 71x1 nro in .nroi

vr x
1
l

noxp

*NB

.xaiyon n^y IDHO naniop iiy^x mnoi n^i3 ?n7 in^Dpio ^xoa xmycn xip xip
39.

?a*mo xp

,xj'ya

1 pi.

n^n
|
|

,[n]*ja ,*n^n

/rvja Pf.

sg. A.

"p'Vn ,iJin ,iJya ,irnx ,xj 3 pi. m. ,mn ,nnn ,n:a ,n(x)nx 3 sg. f. ,(f.) pntyn 2 pi. V'ln^n ; i"^5i(^)n Impf. 2 sg. f. i3a' 3 pi. m. X,T ,\T ^in 1 ,nn^ ,nDa> 3 sg. m.

2 pi.

X^D

m^
|

,p^

2 pi. ixnx ,po ,V^D ,iv.3 Pt. act. pi. m. (f.) x^ *p*V^ 1iy A xjx m. pa ,i^ ,v^o pass. pi. xrvmx ^y ^DIDIX^ x^x /n^nx *nffon xn^mx xnn xyixa i^n win ns /n^nx
|
|

||

xj'jn

x'Vi

,pnr

^ai

IDXT xn^ xn^x IK'DX

/mn^ tm

I.

Forms and Sentences.

25*

xsipn
nts>oi

xs

M VOT

,rvnx

xnnnoiso
"?yo

xrvmx

nt'nsrx

pyix

"prv^n

xor

rv -pirn
I

IBS xrvjfe in jojfe -px rpnnrx xn nonp xov in

mm

.ivfe -py

ma

,-pnnrx

^rvxi

xtmo

^no

xn^o

yotrxi

V"tavt o

vV '^
x'^t
s

xVi ,iinxi .pnxi ximy nay XTT .in: 'in pn pn: n4n inxn ,-u*o n:p yisp ,nu ^ xn ? ion nn /jp xn ? n'n no rpn xn X^T ; rrn /x^ n^nVwi x^ xin ,xj"?n7^ nxt ts>jx nn ?>jp no i^ny inno iiym fen ^xmn nnn ips
; ; s

D^ pnx 12 ^n^
1

iin"

.nnom

xno ^p^px ^i sn ty ;^DX

,njsDn ny

?xj"nn
.-jist?

ix

,i*np
1

xnnimy

/xin ,>xV: ,^xyn ,"yn /xnx

2 sg. m. 3 sg. m.

Pf.

sg. B.

pn ,1m
|

,iyn

,-jnK ,]"ir\ 1 pi.

|

tn^yn ,in\ix 2 pi. m.

f.
|

n^nx 2 sg.f.

rvVp

/xnx
Impf
.

3 sg.

nt?

/ns

,nn ,nn ,iyn 3

1

pi.
|

m.
.

sg. m.

1""^ ^XHB' ,]"" ?1 xnx 3 pi. f s n^ ,H^: /yn^j l pi. 2sg.m. p^ ,^p^ 3 sg. m. nnn 2 pi. m.
|

s.

f.
|

M: ,xo^ /nj /n^

,iynV 3 pi.

^)^ (f.)

m.
|

/j >n>n ,xnn

/m
pi.

m.

/yn Imp. sg. m. s xn /xin sg. f.

j

(m.) ^xin
Inf.
|

,(f.)
ji

inx

sg. f .

"n
|

/jxtf

/m

/J(x): /:n

,oa

Pt. act. sg.

m.

pl.m.

x^
|

26*
pi.
f.
|

I-

Formen und
,ia
,i!?

Siitze.

inx ,n(K)

,nn ,nn

,1

pi.

pass. sg. m.

(f.)
f.

nMi ,nn ,mn

|

,nnso ,rvin
>!
,

,nm
HH^

2 sg.
,'JD

,KBtD Sg.

n
,VH^

,Hff ,'XD ,'B>0

pi.
f.

? MPI

"I
xsn
,KtDn ^n^mtD

.nnp xV

im jho
^n

,wtD ,^n

pi.

m.

in I^BK

.TaiK ,vai
rsjin

nn

?XID^X ^np^ xin no ^KI ,Kjmo mn ^KTK xh nwr xVn n .rpjnoV x^n ,n^n^oV x^n .n^noyV DD .op: ^(x)o^n nnpBJ
npa^?

w iv
2
.

mo

!nw*o

xV ,xn "j^ pj^ xVi no

n^
x'?

i^n

xVnsn
/l

^jo \<r\w

K^.
7

'onn x^i
*)^j,,

nmn

""nDX
nt^n
;

:xo^n ^i .XOD XJ100 /'XDJpO P]^J ? , XO'n <31

: .

"n^>o

x
X^5

/onn
XIID^XO XJ100

pB^

3 xo^ x^i xoi^ xnn .p^s^ xV xojpo 713 i^n^n x^ xV ''xop nnn X^T iw>& xmoon .pm mn 7*10

mon
xo^j ixo

ny I^BKI .^snm x^on ^o^ ,xn{yo

,

n^ n^T

31 '3 "Q

')V

xnono nna ,xn

.n^nj
K|?

<33

xnip

nnxiis

xnon np nxo
"pnp

.xpjins ^n^V in'x ,xn"i:pxT

np
trn

pis
.n ^
1

.in

^o

Dip
nt^i

xnn
.XOHJ ,T3

^"yi

17^ n nns n
2
||

/"mx sm .-jnino
^oi

xi^x

po

013 nns
(ix^x]
cf.

."D^ nnsi
Tes-geon; pro

Sanh 29
8
||

M.

ib.

S3\

ib.

49 a

(KBi^

106

anb

K).

I.

Forms and Sentences.

.tra

27*

xan xna:

io
in

,nn

^n

pis
:

."n[-p]"nm -pa

D"

,*"m&lX^
,B>SJ

!?13nP 'JBB*,,

XOT!

X^>

,TJ?y

THDB

/x-rn

xitra

ibx

/"ax
.S31D

.y&p xn .*"Dian ^y msixi ^xin*,, 'a w:i irvanjinx .x:n /xip r^

fi D^mn
1

-jxo

79
.'V

m
/jnp

xpni

an

xsin nnn /at nn^ ,V jon IXQI

in ?
1

:xpm ui

"IDS

noxi) my^x

om

mon DTWI o-'jsa ymx

xiono

!*TinD^
"jnty

D^nty*,,

^npn XDH

mi "yanx

p on,
1

'Jnp

onn

s -pnnx na ^x .xnj^n nxi vpj ,xnD xm^x x^ya *na^n .^i^nn x^ n^p xpwa ,MH /in .xjnoxi x^i x^ixi xnn^> n ? n ;r6no *mn xae

up x nn pai

pn ,pn up onn .nmxa X^DID

;

nan

>xj

x^

pan xniunn n^ nn pan ^n na ix^ ^xi ;paiD xams nn ,xin .X')ayn x^ -jian ?
1

mn

msu

xin

xnn
.n^ ^yn^ X^T xinxa :x'n x^i X'JDI ,x:x nai xna:i xjx xjn3 n>Vy X^DI x^n xn^o .n^p x^p xb^n .nrnx XHB'I ^ma^ts x^ptr .n^nyix 1x^1 nV
;,

xpwa xn^a: uwj

/omaxi
1

nnts

.xnn A mi
"

miay^i xnua^o ia ,X^DX

Pes 113*1^ (aiw:] Ar).

Ex

40 35

.
||

ib.

24 18

3
.
||

28*
xh ^xyiDO
?

I-

Formen and

Satze.

xyix

an XJXDB ?x^n x^ia x^n jwxo xVn XJTD 13^ rvya XD ? rvsa (xp)
, S

rvn

.XJ^T

x^>

'^T

xi^on

X^TI ,nxp ,nxp XJTIB ,n^nx

x^?

x^p /in ,x^ n^^o van ;x'^n xi^on.n^ys

nwi

^m

XTS .XDI .max

.

itpe.

V2n^(>)x
f.
|

3pl.f.

Pf 3

pi.

m. A.
Impf. 2
pi.

Pt. pi.

U& pn
1

3pl.m.
^

3sg.m.

^JS^n

aio
Pf.

sg. B.

3 sg.

m.

/x^>x
Impf.
"I^JTX
|
|

."poo i>yan rpjnn(')x 2 sg. m. /xoin^x 3 sg. f.

||
|

pn
|

,ion
l

V'^t^x

pi.

jUD^x ,na^x 3 pi. (f .) ^sno^n 2 sg.

/anno Pt.
l

sg.

m.

Inf.

UB^ 3 pi.
1 pi.

sg.

/yano ,iyano pl.m.

2 sg.
.in^ x^ya^x
|

2 pi.

p^ps
<

.xain

xiyi xn>

.xi^p

xV

xun ,^311 pai ?n^ xans ^xn ^^7^ .xt^n xj>y xt$>n pan nox ,Wa naa>p X^T XS^D
.np^x
:

.xnpo x^n xnuxD

J

ntrs

a.

Itpa.

Impf.
pl.f.

DD
S

rjt^ ,xj^ti 1 pi. *n^s Pf. nxox Inf. Pt. act. pi. m.
|

sg.

A.
3 sg. m.

m^

Pf. 3 sg.

f.

Itpa.
|

'^o

JH

^
|

^D xiyi xn'

2 sg. m.

^xna ,"^s Pf

]V-M pass. pi. f. x^jjo Pt. pass. sg. f. sg. B.

||

||

I.

Forms and Sentences.

f.
|

29*
3 sg. m.
1

ino 3

pi.
|

xi
1
|

,'xno 3 sg.
|

w ,^n
| |

^nrvj 2 sg. m. 3 sg. f.

Pt. act.
|

vwx pi. ^nn^ fiw 3

| |

,^sx ,^o(')x Impf.

|

sg.

"1DX

,"i!?a Inf.

sg. m. l^i pi. m.

f.

O
1 pi.

pi.
I

m.

X^DDD sg.
f.

WD
|

i^0)n 2 pi. nrn hi , S DD Imp. sg. m.

,J7*fi

,^W

Sg.
|

m.
IDS

1 pi.
|

JO^XB jXJ^B
d.
|

1 Sg.

K'JtPB pi.

f.

xrv^yo xruyu
|

x^yo
||

rx

pass. sg. m. d.
sg.
s
,
|

3 sg. m.
|

'XDn(')x Pf.
.3
|

sg. Itpa.
|

n"DDB 2

p^ys
/DD^X
3 pi.

x^x
||

jX'yntB^x

sg.f.

'on(')x,

^yn0)
sg.

s-i'x

3 pi.

'DnV 3 sg. m.
X>J:'D sg. f .
|

nann Impf. 2
Pt. sg.
I

m.

iyn^)x
|

m. ^ynB'x Imp. *nn^ >nn x? iy xnvj .xip^yo i^tyna xn-mna [njxcnx n^ 'SJD^ .x^0)n2 xjpn x^> .nxoixn xjpn x^ .n^op .xjx -jrm "in /m ui .^nji ID v\v .'Vs^i mt^y "its!? .xin ^ nxi ,xnn ^XJB^ xjx

x^x

m my

'no

.xin

xo^yn xn^^
n

nuxn

xmn xns^x
xn^?n
XJX(1) ,HH^>

.xjmni 3H

XIDB^I

nono

na^>

/Vyo xpmy

xyixn HID -nyx ui nna xnB'n ?*run 12 iainan nna ,Kpwn rvnra wp^ B^I 'yn^Di IXQI)
? ^yne^D

mn

12 12 n2i

nna ,(nno
Af.
ittaf,
|

nx^nx 3 sg.f. l^rvx ,pnnxPf. 1 pi. A. DQ Pt. act. pi. m. ^x^n^x ,vot3x Imp. pi. m. /XJHX Pf. i sg. B. v " ^x'nD pi. f. 3 sg. m. n^n^x ,n^nx ,n'Bt3X 2 sg. m. /inx ,^nx ,ntrx 3 pi. m. x^n^x /xtrvx 3 sg. f. nix
|

vnK

3 pi.

||

30*
3 sg.
f.
|

I.

Formen und
3 sg. m.

Siitze.

TP? ,Ti"f
s ,

/inx

\JB>X ,

Jix Imp. sg. m.

,"i?xx

,"i::ix Inf.

irvx
|

pi.

^n"x /inx Impf. 1 sg. inx TP: ,in"? 3 pi. m. ^rvn m. xn^x sg. f. ^xia^x /n"x
| |

/:no /^po ,7111 npB Pt. act. sg. m. "nix ,"inx ,"irvx XTIO jX^oio ,x^ao sg. f. mo / pi. m.
|

Pf. 3 sg. m.
'

Ittaf.
|| ||

1^0
|

,1^010 ,1J^O

1 pi.

xn?oix

"iinn^x Inf.

nnnn Impf.

2 pi. m.

x? wit in iy

.nrsirixa 21

12

nno
40.

x^?

.n^sjV xnain B^J^K

m.

*n"ts

X?
s

.xtsnoi xsipa ^'yn

xVi

*n^o

Pt. pass. sg.

|

||

x^s x^ ,N3,"m x^pn lo^in Perf 3 pi. m. A.

.

Impf. 3 sg. m.
|

1(')DB>0

3 sg. m.

s
|

JO>n Perf. 1 sg. B.

Inf.
pi.
it.

Taypo

Pt. act. sg.

1

m.
sg.

"naa ,nnyty ,^1212

"JOMO pass. sg.
f.
|

||

XJJO^HO ,3BViB

,t3t3-i^x 'tDitsioO)x

"jrwino 1 'amnff'N Perf. 3 sg. m. pnintr^x

|
|

m.

.[x]itDm(^)D sg.
41.

TWO
|

Pt. sg.
1

m.
pi.

2 sg.

mj-on
I
|

^nuyiiontyx ,nl^ax Perf.

A.

\mrnx
Inf.
|

3 pi.

Tiro^yto 3

rvamp'
1

i^^tspj ,^j^tDp^x Impf.

S

nay^oo x^ nn KMD!? xV Muan^T pi ,nn mn x^i ,v ern 1t2>in" V n '^ nn>3 x V"i oipm 3\n D .m^ap x'? xn^n *n^ ,IOT nn^> nnx
s

:ao x^i

xio wit? xVi ixo ;xio XJXT xno

S ,Dnn^ JVIDO D

tyn ? 1

xio w>2bi ixo :xio tm'^n n^tr,, .rai^nn xV .ID^J^O xryn r

1

A.

z. 48*>.

I.

Forms and Sentences.

31*
Perf.
1

|TinJ

,-jnnnp

,-pnD ,Tnyns
,

sg. B.

rvrvrotrx

nnrox

,[n]mx

pi.

2 sg.

,nn~nx
,pn
,-jtspj

3 sg. m.

2 pi.

pmx
,rppox
,

,ininp 3 sg. f

DX
|

,inys ,172^ 3

pi.

,mmux
mopix

Imp erf.

manu, sg. m. Imp.

r
I

3 pi.

32*

I-

Formen und
,

Siitze.

mmx ,rrnnx
pnix
Inf.
pi.
|

rppnt?

^pox
,niDB^n

sg.
|

f.
|

monpx ,nnnx

mpsx

Part.
s
I

inj

yn

xn x:x

.^lyV

x^i

x:n
xDin nyntr

-on

xi ,n^pnn xiu

713 .x^->na ^nnx xVnx

HDD
"jV

?WD in^nVptr nnn

^io
x^i

?iD:^pix XJ^B

IDX xn^o xn

.xisyV "lO^n 1 .n^y^o nnoi X-QJ

mpos ,nup
xp xi^x xVi,
5

S
,

mn

xnny.
,

UPP xp ^DT x^ ,X^D rpa ip^o xpi xn ^>y xin^ .^ inn* .X^H x^i XJH xV ,mVttp TOT ^n ? m^y xn Vyi .xtrns a n^on* ^n^ mpsx

^n

6
.

K3*n^

*B^3

nnpix jXn^i

nm

B^n'
.

*op nn

nm ^mx

/Jip ^yn^D^

^xn Voa nm^ xnnn xn ^

xoyti

1^0 p^sn. jryDB'Ji xVnsn 'xn .XDD^ H^D^J xrmyD n^ n^xt IXD
,ntynB yn^ x^t

.xm xn^D nV yop

xV"t itrs^x

xVn

,i

nx

I.

Forms and Sentences.

3 pi. A.
.V

33*

K,,.::T?

ranpn [xn]^s ra [sn]>jVs -p* xnnxi ,xin *axn p* iwrpo

i^s rp
rf?

y^ax

x^>

'33

isD2

no
.

Perf. B.

.'

pi.

pnpx

V 103 ;V no

3 sg. m.

mrpjn 2

pi.

3 3
pi.

s. f

,^"w^ Imperf.
.

Imp. nrn:
||

Inf.

i
||

nvnx

pi.

^n
|

)o jin

Part.
Xpl
?
i

/mn
rvxoi

i
7

mom
jnyiix

npnD [x]npa

nnnp
XSD1X
Margolis,
Chr. Bab. Talin.
,

".

H
3

34*

II.

Zusammenhangende

Lesestiicke.

A.

Kim
DTI

ft<
.

^D

nK

vh

II.

Zusammenhangende
A..

Lesestiicke.

Connected Texts.
1.

Ungenane Aussprache.

Inaccurate Pronunciation.

Erub 53t>B.

2.

Liebenswiirdigkeit, die za spat kommt.

63 b M.

Kindness Coming too late. Sab na raj ,Kn<3 Kinn3 XS^D

inrnx

i^pty ; ^4mn K^,, sn^t no xnttn nn^u K^t^, :nV mt3K

:

."nnsra

3.

UbermaBige Trauer.
b
.

Excessive Mourning.
a

M. k. 27 b M r

nyst^ nV

rhw

nn ,xJin 3*n n^nns^s nim KnTn*3 r\^y K^S xp mm ,I;

xi
;

1. a

M.

b
|

RaM.

||

2. a cf. IB-

b
|

ffl.
||

3. a

M.

b
|

B.

c
|

IBM.

II.

Connected Texts. A.

34*
Suk 44 b

4.
11

Bin frommer Laie.

'ana "ny^x

Pious Layman.
a

M^

xnnp,,

'mi mop xjo^xp mn ria'x tax n> nox .mo^> *na"iy xna:i xinn
*ja b<jxnxi
'

,xnnp iox

"? -p-ix

mn

."-j

xnn

5.

Die Gattin des R. Akiba.

/?.

Akiba's Spouse. Ned 50 *

ntrnpn^x
a
,

ffl.

xa^ tm
.n^DD^j

n^nin

n^
b

xirpy

^30 ^nxjn
jXjn^n

mix
pj
a

xp

mn

nn

np

xpi

,X^^XD

\\r

^OTX ,inx xrx

."a
oyn^o

xmis x^py
^
i

->h

m
.

un,,

n^ lax

." c rpnMx

mox

3i

op xnxi op a

,vw no

mn
mnx
:
.

*ytyn

no 'mn
xnx

'in

n
a<

in n^ ioxp"i n^n^a 7^ ^on x^n ,xtn n^xs :n^ mox

'

yotr

xn"Jinx

'JB'

'io

*mn mn

x inn

."

nyanxi

4. a
f

wri
||

M.

b
|

M.
(sed

c
|

^ n R a M.
pro
-13)

d
i |

xnx M.
>

e
I

mg
x

ffl.

B.

g
|

BM.

5.

En.

M.

En.

3*

36*
nxi,,

II.

Zusammenhangende

Lesestiicke.

A.

:xynn xinn

ION

nap x^n

nnx
yutp
in

mox
xp
."A xin
,

6.

Alexander nnd die Amazonen.

Tarn 32 F.

Alexander and the Amazons.

x^,,

:pn^

itsx

fc

7051 ^H^

,nx

non

in"x,,
1

:v6

"IDX

."m'^up
h

nox

XTIDBX

xami

x ? xVx,, :n^ nax "Pxnrrn /nxi p^s: ID "?XDH^ n^nxi nVpa'T ,-jnnx3 XDHJ -j^ ny ,x^^ n^n DITTJOD^X xjx, xtinot xnnx *nsy r nn .xm ^DX xp xj"yo xinnx
:

minon ^nna k :noxi XD^X /'nxp ^py p^D xj^yo 'xn xptr .n^sxn xiui x^ ny ,nVi3 '^TX rnoxn XD^X
.

m xnn inn

^sj

,in^>

p r 12 10 b IB 131^
d
g

||6.

mg
o
| |

laud lect:
F.
|

Kp

FM.

m g.
hfflM

=M
F.
|

M wbiap
^xb

1BF.

1
|

M
1
|

X3 t

mg

F inb^n

M xn^an B.

F.

ffl
|

xmi

M.

II.

Connected Texts. B.

37*
xtsen
:n^>

."xaa
1

'V inns,,

:x^p XBI
ixia>

;py pi xnns^
"lytpn m,,

nn ? IBX
iam

."ia

Dpnx "^
;
1

mn

xVi

."TB ^ un wa^n a^mo xjx ,x2Vn ,nnnn n^n Kami XSDD n^iD ? ,T^pn xnx ,x-tn nox "?^xn ^XD,,
xp

/xisy W>p ^iVp^

"?xin

B.
1.

Bin reifer Knabe.

^

A
a

Ripe Boy.

Ber 48 a

ffl.

Tin

pn an

now

"P^rma
-

XD

:nm

'inx xai

2.

Bin stronger Lehrer.

Strict Teadter.

Hul 107^ M.

ION nox

/sap

mm

xiotr

".^Kai

IK'TIBI,,
1

in 1 '?

n^nD^x XIDBH nnx nox "?n"aap

x ? ^XDX,, :,T^ IDX x ?,, n^ iox "? xj^o "In^no

1

o fflM.
|

P 8 H8 20
Pr 27 80
2.
IB.
.

M ifcpttj Pa.
.

r
|

_j_

m->e3(i) fflM.
c
|

1
1

-f niss p,

cf

Jb 26 6
1. a

M.

b
I

Hal-ged.

Tes-geon.

||

38*
'3.

II.

Zusammenhangende

Lesestiicke.

B.

Ein grausamer Vater.

Cruel Father.

Erub 22

mox

.21 <aV V'ixp

mn

XJHD in xnx 21

'4.

Ein gleichgiltiger Vater. An Indifferent Father. gab 151 bM.

mn

x^i

[n]psx

5.

Eine grausaume Schwiegermutter. Sab 26 M.

n,,
:

A Cruel Mother-in-law.

\,

rh

max ,xn^ X^JD mm xnon xvin mox /xnx D .xutrp^x xVix ".XDDISXT
n?
1

xiu na nsj^x ,xnsrx x^n'x x^x

6.

Ein Mifiyerstandnis.
f

Misunderstanding.

Pes 42 a

Mr

D>02

inxi in^nsn

xVx BM^n x xoVy ^

Ein ratselhaftes Testament.

B. b. 58 F.

An Enigmatic
:

Will.

xirnn /xna in xisyi xn s an,, in "IOXT xmn ^XD <y*r T vh .'xna nn^ a mixn xn^nn /

3.

ArM.
||

b
|

4. a

ffl.

5. a

ffi.

||

6. a

lasnip RaM, iaTip B, ia*iip M, ^o"ip En. ffl in^SI MMj. 7. a mTTlSO F.
||

II.

Connected Texts. B.

39*

Ein

fleifiiger

Gelehrter.

An

Industrious Scholar.

Erub

65affl.

*& xnnn
ins xntrn

an mma
:,-6

ml?

max

IDN

"?xrrnE>

!).

Ein znTorkommender Lehrer.

.

An

Obliging Master.

Sanh 10 b B.

n ny,,

:)DV aiV "2s n

:in

mn

?,

nox
aO. Ein gewissenhafter Bichter.
Ib.

s^i

xn^o

'xao

Conscientious Judge.

7b

8*M.

r\x WH,,

n^V

ION

,w6

n^p^ xns
"(V

am
,

ai

n^ IDS ".wn^
n^a o^^

mm
^4

J^DS,,

nyarstyw n^ IDS
:

.V

Ein Weiser, aber kein Rabbi.

B.
in.

^o^e^ *w^ no Rabbi.

.mn
.xa^3
x^i
s
.

x^,,

n^ nox

".XDD
!?

xnaw n^
xp
,n^DDDD^
<an

a'nix

".xj^3

- -

".

xn ^13 ID

nyusD xp mn /cn^xi lyux^ x^?,, n^ nox .xn'ro

:

^xioty,

:ma

a^nDi

,*iwxin DTXT XIS^D

",'xnn

40*

II-

Zusammenhangende Lesestucke.

B.

Das Eigentnm des Mchsten. The Property of one's Fellow -man. B. m. 24 a H.

12.

XTDH *rm ID
rpnsa

".nnam KJIDDX
soils!

rch

IS.

Dn

nichl toten.
25*>

Pes

(= loma

82^;

Sanh 74).

no

*!

'14.

Gib, dafi

man den Deinen

gebe.

Give that they

may
:

give to thy Children,

ab 151 b

ffl.

n^ nnpx
".mn

,s jy YIK
s

^ w :innmV s^n

m
a
:

rh IOK

nt3^^ sp oV'o,,

;r!?

mo
:

".^J3^ loip^n

^n o
IDX

,snsn
".in
1

imn &:o ^
15.

b 3^nD

xi

n^?

Wohltatigkeit erloset aus

dem Tode.
ab ISG 11
IB.

Charity delivereth
inn,,

from Death.
,

^sn?^ n

nox
x^in

mn mn
jH?

".noi

n^

pnu

xpB' sp ^

,s"iss

.s^irn

n^^yn a^n'K

D"in

<)

MAr?
15. a

H*: nit- He. 13. a MM^ b fflRaMHanM: b De 15 10 d c fflloma. 1111 Mj. 14. a M. M^oma xnbin Kami IB En mend. b En.
12. a
||
| |

.
|

||

'|

II.

Connected Texts. B.

41*

"?may

TID xp xnx x^jsa,, :n^ max ,xaax xip ^jy xjx xj^oxp rmyoon XD^I ^xmiyoa xoVy b msD,, :nh lox ". n^n^j n^nam ,4 nami
'xo,,

:max n? IDX

.nina x^rn ^nxi

mm

t?y

xVx

,r

.16.
*]jn

Idem.

Ib.

ixp

nm

/an'

Tin

pne /nx

x^i

^TX xina
Dp
a
.

^xn,,

:^xio^
xa

ts^ax nl?

xnxi

.'mj ^mna nan p^osn x^n na r\J? nox xnsn P^DID mn KOV ^D,, :n^ iox "?may mn X^T IJ>D in x^x mn xn^xn .p^Dxi
xjx,,
:

mn
nnna

irh XJ'BX

c
.

?]^DDDp

mn

c
,

.'nosy

'17.

Bedecke dein Haupt.

:

Cover thy Head.

1

Ib.

-]na,,

'xib nV nox pns in

pm an
.n

max
mn
xV
."^tsm
b
s

y
11

xp a^n

in xor

moxp

>xnx

xm

M.
25b

d Ar.
OB.
||

e
|

pr

17. a

M.

11 b
|

.
||

16. a M.
ffi

b
|

En

lilob

ffl.
|

En.

d
|

En

nxtn

En.

42*
'18.

II.

Zusammenhangende Lesestucke.

B.

Die Zerstreuung Israels. Israel's Dispersion. Pes

8<J b

px

7,

:nxnw miir
SB" D'tznn

'3"& XJ'D xinn rpV

a
:

IDX

n&>ty ^3,

HOD xn

"pxi

/onxa
."'TO

IDT

nTD IDT-D VD nnan ny

"jinny

D^

xp x

nai

:0
xn

ra p^on
//^c

nsa*

:n

nox
JB.

Werdet ihr wie wir. ^e je

wwto us.

Sanh 39 a

nn xoyV
I.TO
a
,

^3

wb

niDxp TS
x^i

no^o,,

:Dimn *yh 107 n^ nox x ;"r6 :iox nox ."inns nm :n

xinn n
."xin

.m!?3K

13^3

,20.

Der Esel des Messias.

The Messiah's Ass.

Ib.

."

JTXT

Xp13 X'DID

,T

"ll^X

TIX
if?

" ac ?xjia T,n ixD a

21. Hente,

rvx

wenn

ilir

gehorcht.
Ib.

To-day, if ye hearken. 98* K.

n^nDtrx ^

iiyo^

'mi inx>

p
"i

yi,T
n

'n

xnn^sx '0"
b a -ina

18. a
53(1)15

Reg

11

16
.

||

19. a

MEn.

||

20. a Ar.

KM.

II.

Connected Texts. B.

43*

<&
i

-lax.

"*m
:rp

nox

^2

DTP,
in^xi
T

."^m
inn noxi
,nn

xnx
DX

22. Weder freien noch sich freien lasscii. They neither marry, nor are given in Marriage. B.

b.

J8 a F.

m
.X22X 'Xpl DH12X H2y "Hy Xpl jHia'T HSJD2 ^JXJ,, :H^ 10X "? D.TI2X T2yp >XD
7,

63. Das Wissen der Toten.

TTrc

Knowledge of the Dead.

xp

Ib.

XUD xnx

/23ty

tD^on
a
.

mm

XIPUBX xinn

xy2 ,2x.xnx
.

n s JpH2 .TDSO ,njno a rpjpH2 n'osn ,xnx inn

.

21.

a
.

n
22.

Ps 95 7

superscr. xnia F

superset.

c
|

M.

||

23. *

B.

b ni

K. IMI H.
|

44*

II.

Zusammenhangende Lesestucke.

B.

24.

Idem.

Ber 18t>M.
s

a mj3TBBnx ra a a:i >w Tpsx xnxn ny isn^ ^m .xTps xVi b xrp3Ti ntps: m ,*mo xtzm x-nrs c >mnD,, :mV max "?x3*n "m,, :r6

*3

mm

xmu

"nt&n

^wxh ^

'D^NI

w!?p

^i

i^s

s>nxT xn^Vs nn xn^Vsn

nTa

25.

Idem.

Ber 18^ M.

onn
np xp
.mo
xaits
c

npso

Tin

^siotrT

maw

nm nuxi

xax na
S

xax,,

:rpV TIDX

."xax in xax
:

max xax

12 xax xj^ya,,

inV

iox

."xan

."xyp-n xna^n^V p^o,, :m^ nann xoyts xo,, :mV "iox /xiax
j

3mx

nx
< i

larva Va, yo xV jH'nyn^

e

^
d n i ntj' i!

?n

DSX
s

na

xaita

,max xnx /am 'amx rvnx ^y^ :n^ nox "?naa xnyu xo,, f na^m,, :mV IDX "? na"n xn i nn j; :ppV iox .mV^yi xnoxa
e

."prixi

xaa

,r\"ir\
7,

,xyix
24. a

ninsf STUIX
b
|

IB.

t>
|

superscr.

c
|

ninna
JB.
|

Ar.
c
f
I

||

25. a

prm
| |

ixa superscr. d r^ntuibmti ffl.

s iss'vai

superscr.;

n^^inax

e
|

^sa xp

nim

*KI

ffl.

niiYn B.

na^nx

IB.

B.

II.

Connected Texts. B.

45*

26.

Was

(xott tut,

das
is

1st

wohlgetan.

Whatever the Lord doeth,

x-ion

for the Best. Ber 60 b M.

>3i

lam

x^>

xV:nnn nnna mn ,xmixa ^ixp mn xa^py jX^^a naD^ xya ^[xn^a] xinn^ XUD D
X^DXI

.XDBM

xnx xnx
<><i

;xnana nai ps:

.xrst^ix

n^

:iox

^nB'^ n"3D xp^t xnx ,x^uin^ n^Dxi x*?yn xnx .xn^ a n ai^ xo 1 ^ xnx ."yzh x:om

7.

Heilige den Sabbat.

Keep

the Sabbath Holy. Sab 119 a

JB.

xinn

:'*r63

ma pt

b
,

n>DDJ in^iD^

mn utr -ipio rpr n^ nox .xmu H^DDJ inrjm ^x ."inV V3 '3

a

xpn n^nisx ,xi3D nay xpn

nns

.n^D3 nnmx

]n
28.

IXD,,

iox ,xao xinn

ma

yjs

Wahrheitsstadt.

Truth-town.

Sanh. 97 a M.

ai

:n^ nsxi)

HD

mats

am paiD

'

xinn

mn

xV
:

,,

xinx xinn ^yp^x ^,, nmana n^xts mn X^T ,[in]mana anno xan^ mn nn xor ."J3 nn ^ nm ,in^*D xnn^x :[no]x .xtrnx xstu xnaat? x^nx ,n^n xs^n xpi

wx

26. a

ffl

En.

II

27.

M.

b Ar.

II

28. a

rell.

46*
;

II.

Zusammenhangende

Lesestiicke.

B.

b 'ja

,-6

la'at?

"/SDH nn^,

:nl?

nox ;xyix nnx

S
:

ix

x ,[n]^pV 'twx inx

,

V IIDX

*na

nt^yo nin XJDID ina

;

<A

29. Wie man sich als Grast benimmt. The Etiquette of a Guest. Pes 86 * M r

nna

nox
rch la

iinx
-

.xjx
*

"?'xjin an,
:irh "IDX

nn

x-irn XDD

n^a

/xmsx

m nn
30.

^3,,, :in^

nnx IDX

"?-JDX

minx

Wise

Woman and a Foolish Woman.

xi
;

Eine kluge Fran und eine torichte Frau. Sanh 109 b 110" K.

p
ID s :n^ IDX
xps:

mox
-IDX

."
b
:

."('o^np XHDH n^n^ptrx

0*712

myn

Vs

'a,

a>nDn)

."if?

XJ^SD XJXT
,'am

mnoi xaa

.!?y

IB En.

||

29. * IBM.

||

80.

IBM.

16 3

En.

II.

Connected Texts. B.
?ntj>

47*

mn imx

Tay

x'nx

^x

;*o^na

*WD* "w

mnx

in

un

ay

'trsj

rnon, ,*inj3

nnna

xnm
niyi

a<

in^ian IVD,,

."ray xpn xin

nn:a

D^J

JHDDH,

n* /njoinn

^irnn wm nTa n^>wi,

."^na^no
A<
;

]ix

intrx

n* /

31.

Die Manner von Sodom.

The Men of Sodom.

a
:

Sanh 109
"in

(ordo qui in B).

bs

yu xmn

n^xxinn

.^ar

ono nn
in
n
c

nox ."nn

ipty^ ,n

nt
b

;XDtr

ipty^

xnn

nn
n

,xav in

>yij

xnn

n^xi
P]ID

xn
/ov nn

^pw) n^

n^xi

XJH

PJX

."nn

xin xjx

;,

iox

in

>nx

D ^nx 'pt? ,in aotr ix ^in nty

sm

'Di
"l-

mm

mm

in
d
'(inx

KC.
I

e
|

superscr.
|

f
|

M.

g
|

KC.

b
|

mg.

J
|

Pr 14 1

.
|

sic;
j

niton IBM
b

(ut Biblia).
c

nil^n En

(ut Biblia)

||

31. a superscr.

En

Ar.

K.

48*

'I-

Zusammenhangende

Lesestiicke.

B.
d

nn ^"n

nyanx

mmj

nan

,,

:n? nox
f
.

BDI

nnan nmx?
p>osn
C

nox ,nnam xiom

xrrix?'

,-p^

"nnnpn ny

-p^mj maynrr ,T^TJ nan c ,, :rp?

.

nayn xinn sns xnn XJQ^ /m x^on h a >n j ,*oaia ."mi nyatx an :,TV nox .nnnV xjx,, nn^ nax
;

n-n

nyaix

an,, :n> h a s n^ h xaixx

nox

<

<)

?,

x^on an ,*p nx h,, :,T^ ntsx an ^M,, :n^ IDX ,xrn ^p ? xnx nyanx n^
.an
11

x^>

."mi

."nay
! .

mnB

mayn x^jom ,XDT i'? ^ptrn ,mi xnx ^mns onnV '&"irpx omax xux n^ an

"

omax
*n^,,
:

nay -ny^x
vii?

.n>V

'nns
S
1

^i:

mm
:

jn

iox

"!

xmsx
xj^jj

JJ Dip,,

,xi:n
,n^xo

nm mn
11

x ? ,mty nn'DT xor nn ^D n^ ^an' ,x3y in? ^ino mn a a ^a n^ HDIDD nn x? xnsni ,n i!?y ,TBB> a^nDi .nnn ?*pty nm tn ^>D inx

."xmsx

nn n^n

-pomi ,X^JDDX ^nx

mm

,x?i?n

omax
M*
TB1
j

nay *ny?x

.n^ v a ' s 1<in>T xapya xmiyo *i> a^n^ ?w ,x?i?n

rell;
e

nay nn a m "i^ m? mn ,i
in

=
|

niaiu
|

MC,
*

duo

nomina

"ipujap

*ip\!J5X
|

addit.

XB^t K.
I

-}I

Me fPSHB-J Kmg. M*KF; nilB MC. k XB En K xnii&^is

|

g xnnxb pi Msuperscr. i h FK. M*K*; ni1B McKc.

M.

1
|

rell;

n^

M.

mg.

II.

Connected Texts. B.

49*

xtstn

ny ,an iris

nay

xrrnyo nv6y a*rv

.eimi irpnrki inlna

xrv:n

xnn

mioyi ono npyi

32. Sanherib.

Sennacherib.

Sanb. 95 ^ M.
A

xipD X^D^X :in3x xnx ./m^tyn lyna " n^ xinn ora, :n^ nox ,xao xia^D n^ ^on^x ,x >XD ,vu*ntopi in^ja^ inj'n i n 'xn A anyDT miD b xin xnns xinna ^DJ xna: xinn :,T^ IDX "?ir6
it^sx ^x aina
:
t

max

hi*

."^n^xi

xn^a

xinr6

nna

:xss ai IDX)
xii:

/nson

ipin

nx

DJI,

JBF iiinT En.

e
|

q
|
I

32. a Is 7 20 .
8

bK.
h
1

cmg.
i
|

d
|

B En.
eras.
|

-JITO

K.

Gen 18 20 ffflEnK.
k
|

.
|j

TK1
V>

K.
Ar.

superset.

ns

niioi^

rell.

+ n^V,

quod postea deletum.

r\*b

*iB\u

En

K K

^iBttJi

Ar.
Chr. Bab. Talm.

Margolis,

50*

H- Zusammenhangende Lesestiicke.

B.

xinn

,nn ^tx

^x

;XJsiuD mV m [n]mttn xai .'[l]op 'rma -p" ^npo ,r6soi

1

33. Eleazar,

Sohn des R. Simeon.

B. m. 83 b

Eleaaar Son of R. Simeon.

84 b F.

b xnrra

IDX '('.nnena iDtroa 6 ^y fjtsn* 'jy :n^ IOK ."xin io^an xj^in ,IIDJX xn
:n s
7,

^y :Tayn

,xin

np,,

:'

'ox jXD^o

.VMXI

sjsn xp
-iy

mn

nnx n
s

!v

pin' ,, :nmp
1

xinn

."*vsip iDy IDID nnx

y^s

nx nD no ny

'

yai

,n^nynb

an ,nayt
33. a

ma
M Ar
c

.nwsn
nis
|

,ny
H

'inx

a xin

K.

||

josa
.

naianiB
. |

B En.
e

=.HMvid
F.
I

5
*

En.
|

Ps 104 20
"ipins
g rell.
1
1

d Ps. 10 9

13U573^

im B En HM.
M.
t
|

npatt3(p)i
|

nbp^(p) xa^^T (V'x H) i daiapi F. n"niiasl> F.

|

n^b

rell.

n^a

rell.

II.

Connected Texts.

B.

51

ng .xn^B ny^noo xp mn x^i n m mxo now xp ,ns7^ nipox .< wsj "?x /ai,, :"6 [n]o* yT .nyoxo xpi rp rrjn ."oms^an ora nDiixon myj
,

:rptfsjx

xin

non
XOD pnrptpx
nni

"jnw 032 ^ntsaio

.n>nyn
s

nai HOD nnx

." A DDn

xnn^o x^ /an i^sxi

^DID*?

myipi ,X^^ xn-im

vtr

'12

ny^x

'n

TOD

n^ xnay XDV

Vai
'

.a*ai XEH

mm
:*IOK

too) ixx
<|!

/ym

"nx^;7

/ym
^n^xi
a
,

''

a /l, 7

:n^ mox ,inn"an n^nyoir in xinn .nw xi iiV npsn n*npa "I^xnx

"poo

nayi /pJix
in? IDX

^n^
/xm

n^h

'Jiso

'xnx

"!n s ?y

mn
.

xp
.'

pnioo imo nvja nn^n, in^DJx np

non!?

= H.
|

text,

masor.
q
|

.
|

n Pr 21
r

23

H.
id.

lectt.

_|_ i^ F* t _[_ ^2

HM; art. > B En. ("m FC); confusae sunt duae _ ?ni&a xb ^as xnin ^a)
.
| |

ma
IB

En;
F.

M
F?
b

paio ipiTio n^a n^x 13 M ipi"l1HJ H Fmg; ipillD]

ipsf"ii^ * inscr.

H
|

ipiiiiis^B En. z in^a* F.

|

urell.
|

F.

pr

31

>

rell.

52*
e

H. Zusammenhangende Lesestiicke.

B.

i"nn<

.sty-no

psji

xoy n^
? A xou

na*K xsr xinn

xp nn
f

.irunntD/^Kon in inn mn

rn

."imjn nnx

mpj xnn ,u6

oxi

jonsi

DD

im

T>2in

IDT xo^x x^nt^x x ? riiyoty "a

1

xj"_yD XJIID rpin nn xoi xpt

mm, n^nn

mn
1

^i

xrv^yri

'

.XDT

XHDH xVo ,nny

inx nn a
x"?p

."m?
,n'jn S XDI
!

na'

xpsj

moo

101

n^n -noo
ty^x A,,

ID

nnx /JI^B
\nn A,,

^x
u
,

nnx /JI^B

:[m]BKi

:nnox

nnaa^

X^SJ^D xp

mn

nn xov

.xynx

mix

ix^ ^ni"

xn

:pm nox

."*mnp^

inn x xtD>ty x
*yri

,inuj

mo

mm
>3i

nnx

nv

p
^
B"

iiyotr

n1^
r

anx
,mn

xi jDS^'a

nnx XTIB*,,
11

xnis^n xov ^yo nn xoi

d
|
|

." A<>1?sx

nmx
F. g nlssii F.
|

"'X-rF.
'n

j<p B ji p.
i

e
|

in^R

M in^x rell.
rell.
i
|

f
|

in

'

HM.

cf

Ra; n5U3^
as En.
|

HM
H

-jnaii

n^
ffi

n^i-F;
F.
| |

^xrH.

B EnM
|
| |

kin ie FH.

F -pnnni
^xn^a F.
w quaedam

HM
t
|

^ini
r
|

??i\> V'x Fmg.

En. P rT>n-F. q -j-x^^n s B En xa^isi xnib^va FC. n^^na F. u prm iinn rell. * 1. inV
| ]

hie omissa videntur.

x xo^bttJ F.

II.

Connected Texts. B.

53*

x z /ipoxi

pm ipo
*rrnnxT
c

,nn
,

um

aax

.mam xmya^
nnns
.'""pax

xj:>y

^xx

wai

,-ps

nns A

34.

Die Bedentung des R. Hijja. The Greatness of R. Hiyya.

Ib.

85 b H.

nn
:X"n

n^ IDX

."^IS^SD rh
x:x

rv^i xno'?

xi^noi /train nt^ona 71^

nna unxi /nn nna npx ,xj~nm

35.

ny,

:in^

Idem.

Ib.
<

in xzpnn ai

^ynti' 'x

ixn^nn 31 nox

nn x^sa

naj in^x naty

mm pa-i
mn
j

"pr6wa,

:^ IDXI

x^n

mo xnm

>toxan

nn

inx

."na

y L

nv.

z
| I

35.

n^saiD F.

= naain

FM AT

-us SB in

H.

54*

H- ZusammenhaDgende Lesestiicke.

B.

36.

Idem.

Ib.

F.

in XDT-

/an

"Kra'non

nw

mn
,xnx
*3

;xnx

pi jXJWDi

soi

mv
in

--

"!mn nnn

mn

xmcn

aTpnx

nox .mun 'ois v^^ nvnoi nrnx

.injmtii

in^n ^y ;xan ^

37.

Die Weisheit des R. Banna'a. The

B. b. 58 H.

Wisdom of R. Banna'a.

max
rvx inx

^a

my
xp
3

mm
s

inn^m xyotn xia^ xinn Pxmo^xa xnn^x in xyvjs x ? ."in x^x maj
1

in^o

^nV

yT xV

."X-Q

nno
iin
1

x3
?

xjiao

max
;

p^sm ^xmn^ x"a:i in d mty3n ,n?nx ,-innm nnx

.

xpi ,mopix
36. a

n^tyo^ mut^s
b
|

n^nV mpos
xsirsoi
rell.
|

,n^op ,^ mn
d
|

F.
f

a dde
|

*ia.

c
|

n^bssi F.
i

el. Jib?
37.
ffl

-ma F. g map En F lann H.

|

F.
rell

h
|

Kra^n

Fvid.

Fsuperscr.
c
|

*>

xsba

iiattji

n^ap H.

rell

H.

d rell
|

>

H.

II.

Connected Texts. B.
13.T
.in^

55*
;X>

U.T Xp X"UX X?! X2D ? rnpsx,, nox

1

,*

Xp 'OT X?

moxp

>XD ,'jn

nn

."moxp xpim,, :ir6 -inx ps: ."y-p xanx aTpV ^xn ^a o^rn " npnon V ^> :xVnxn sans a^nDn
1
5

xm

npnoT

mm

i""f

"IBX

"|3

mn xm
xjx
fl

"."i"^

niJ3ty

'xTinn xno 012,, N ^ ^r"12 1 10

'DH inns

"n

^?D

pnm

DT xjx xniD

,xion nrptrxi Rnoo^ xtDom ? rri? ^tsp Dm ^D t^nn ,on xjx ^yio t^na, :an mna x^x ^xninn xno ma,, :nnD h "/ion xjx IXIDX h non x:x trnn ,m xjx IXIDX

?n

p
;

38. Die Bekehrang des Res Lakis. The Conversion of Resh Lakish. B. m.

84 a F.

n xnx
c
.

,KJTP3

xa

no x

nin

nnnax

xnnx

n^x ,12 nmn %, :n n s DV e xya "[nu mn

iox
."iV

mn

tn xor

.nan xnaj

nwi

rpjivxi n^npx
:

nonm ^aom ^"Dn A

^m H,
sed
cf.

naxpi

infra.

*
|

JB
|

F x^in

iin HEn.
1>

FM

no-lab
38.

En nia^b H. 'rm&o 'i^aiK M

|

1 rell x^nxn H mg. son ^nn^x -iao H.

xinxm
tr F.
|

F.

* F<=.
|

joss F.

f
|

>

F.

g
|

l.

56*

H. Zusammenhangende Lesestiicke. B.

:rr-i?

ION
?*!?

.*on33
."in*
rip

np ann

rvjnx 'KB,, :n^-i&x

SJD nnn* "n n^nvn Vn H,, :n^ max

n
nox

m ra

ms
nymxi
ts

.nnnnx pnv "i nytssD xp p'niy^x 'i ^n^ ?n^nyn

-jntry

^po
x

,xnyot^
s

XJ^DX

mn
;

xmn

nVntti

T
,

7ns nymxi in^V n^ xjpnsD

iy:n

xy^DDT x jn, :mox nxi yip xp ^x mn "?x^Dxp n>nyn p)n ny "?nx XDVI xt^7^ in ?nx

Der Tod dcs Babba b. Nahmaui. The Death of Rabba b. Nahmant. Ib. 86 a
39.

F.

ran
H
I.

b
,

xDm nmn

"in

xon

^
i
|

ffl

En
n.
|

nini5<at3''^n
i
|

M niKBO^a F.
1.

n^
,

F.

i
|

H ma F.
|

iiiab?
o
B
|

mnis-F;
. |

iinsa^i?

m
|

ma

F.

n in-

Je 49 11
FC.
t
|

HM ipi^ifi B En ip^S F. H -JSK F. z ms^a F. 39. a

|

H >F.

i-nb

H rn^rr^i F. q HM ii-F^d. u B En H jtnsO-M stnnsatts F. F.

|

^
|

JB

En

M
rell.

xVniai F.
b
|

* H.

||

xsna ai

superscr.

II.

Connected Texts. B.

57*
,,

xn.T naa

non
f

sn

"XTI.TS

maa xrx
XIIVD:I

,nnrax

xatn xpnDns

nw

."xmo
xr>t>sn

xrvm
^>ix
e
,

ryn xsnxBi
,nnrax

6 d ,x:ryn xsnx!? p"iy

xpnons

n:iBH

nn

,*n*oj?D

XDr6 nv^n* ^DD

KD,,
:

Tnyj
,XDD
^

n^ nox n^ iam XDH^ Minn,,

/orvxi 'Dn

m^pt^x /rra n^^V h inx .nmnx

:in^>

nn

mm
nnn

nox

."xin

yTD,, :nox

n>^>

nay

."n^sisns

x
ix

,irpo

in'j

XDH

n^ xrya xpn

.psj ,xn^x pis ,KD3 .n^y a^n s xp mn' xp DXI ;XOB ,p^ ~\yvh Jnonip mna ex :xy>p-n :xin -jna empn* iox ?>xo ^pso pint: ,mnaV rnip
,
7*

12

nm

IDXT

,'joro

na nan

mn x^ ,nnna ir^ff xnx xVp yot^ .n^on^D n^is p^ntr mn

xp
a
.n 1 ^

h^

,p^ntr'x

;xin XD^OT

xpnons

,nao xin

nns^i "nnts ISUCP

^om
nn

na nan

on: in nai, :."axn xt^nx xpn^s

nm nsm
nnsoi
fc

nn

.a'a

mn XDM
.pxVit:
in"?

,yn

x^>

jinDB'x

i^x

n^ nay
.xrn^^
.

xpi
<Ai

^>D,

:xyp"n xpn's

psj

xr6m v o<|
nj3 X,T
:

psj

.RTOW nyutpi i^or nyntr nnso nn xor xinn r .^DiVa^ DDivaV "o^*,
prm
|

xypio xpms
f
|

K H.

m
o

e codd. inter se omnino differunt. d HM. IT'S. h xnx F. i i-mn F. i inn F. t F. aii F, sed prm moiii, quod deletum est. a rell
|

cf.
1

H.

mi^s
|

rell.

in^> F.

s6in F.

q rell -o-F.

58*

II.

Zusammenhangende Lesestucke. B.

ino X^DJX

am

'

nan mtwM

m,,

:m
PP
r

nox
?

ixo^yn
.xsyi

TO

40. Stiicke aus

dem

,,Kapitel der

Frommen".

Stories front the ^Chapter of the Saints".

a)

Taan
:

20*>

21

M^
X2"l

XDS 12 D1S1?

H I ? 1DX

xno

nViD

n i!?

."x:in m Tay mm IDI ,X3rm xpinua ^x ;n^> ino mn jXy^yi

,

mm

mm
^>

nns

mn ,xnsn TID mn
fe,

"IDX

xn^o 'inoxn XD^XI) .^n^i ^lyV 71x1 e m^ ^m xnn XTID d m^ v^ "34 nin
1

:iox

,"MM.

mn

b) Ib.

-.nox T
'

,xaits

xn^o
DDX,

in

xpm

mn

xV

pnv
r e

m
d

myoty
c
||

,xnsn ^ID xp nn
MjC.
d
|

H.
IB

||

40 a.

nb JB En.
Mj.
*
|

b
|

n(l)liTi id.

M^

iba IB En.

En rib De 15 4
.
|

-(-

niTi isnibl mg.

40b.

a rell

Q^ipai M,.

la^nix Mj.

exspectaveris

II.

Connected Texts. B.

59*
xn,,

n vrwotp* /im^upJi irp^y irwo "tm ji.-u'pat?,, :ypx n^ iox

mntw
."*ny

:nnan e ^ na

m> IBX
-"

."xnyt?

xin xjx ,nro yoB>,, :iox

^>

<3,

^ .pnr mn no vh

h t^BJ3

D^px xjx

^i

1^0 ,xs^x xnxi ty ". ,onai no a^n^x >x,, :n^

pxn

aipo

nox ,xs^x xnx

c) Ib.

M.

pin pm m
aim nna
:

mm

fen

?n

a: ts"x

xin XJBM

aim mV np .^nmuV n D^, A

tt
.

iox

mn
Da-

.nnnn

nm
no fe

mm

^D^n noi^D^n i^pt? xmn ^n iop

xp

,11
,

xnx
Tim
,xin

/nmt:^ n

DJ,

:iox

omaxn xisyo

nox
IDX

.xnn xinn

IUDX

.niiDi

maits

iru^tapi

112

,XD^O op

.xisy

xinno

itsox

De

15".

||

40c.

a IXTDXI

ix MJ* En.

b
|

M,.

c Is
|

41 2

En.

ir^^BBiBb mend.

60*

II.

Zusammenhangende Lesestucke. B.
21b
s

d) Ib.

22 a M.

xra'noo XD^& mV

nx

xoi'

XJBIX xsx

x&r ^yoo xmi?

,xnntp

mm

xrm mnyn xt^n

."XJDIX

'.msrn XDT

xnxn nnaiy ^XD

xnxn naiya
,i

Tay mn n^ mm mm .TO Vsno'V x^?n ^>n ^ ,rh wzhb mn ,PP!? n^xi :<pB .T2 >oiD^ ^xinxo xmy^in xnan mn s .FI^DD^D x^i ,V^x nx ,p^sji ^>y ,mV n^t

xnan n^ mn ,xn^

nu

n^xn a

xn^

"pn

^iptr,,

:n^ iox
a

,n>V IK'BX
." a -jtysj

X^T

pmo
/n

xmis

x:m

intf

xnn XJDM
a

'xia^
i!?ix

inj^Dix ^n^n^V

:,T?

nox

xp

mn
xpn

^xnyno inrnnox

e) Ib.

22aM r
^xp

xnx

,BB^>

m xpwa
a
,

mn nxnn xpnn
IDX x ?,, :m >DI' mn x
1

xpiB' 'XTO XD^X IXD ;; :,T^

.n

xnx

>Dmx

."t^j'x
'uin

40d.

c ffl.
1

||

40e.

ni M.

II.

Connected Texts. B.
^nx

61*

lax

.mna
nil
<)

.rva^ xnx x^i

c

n^ xip

XJ-IDXI ,xjx

x:p-m,,
""> 1S

:,T!?
1

IDX

"?-pT2iy *8o,,

N^B" K>^3i

imir6 nwi
,

>xoin x xnn XJOM

.n

XJ^OT ^BJ XJIDD

d
;

xnom
XJB' >xo,, "

xmn

xn^x

noj^

iyn

".'x^n xjntyn, :in'^

xrox / T
mrt

x ? ,innp
1

'3

1^0 ,8m^w nroV "nh xoyu *80,,

f

iyii

xyj^n xn^o

rhy
^nxn xo^y
33 ^03 ^n,, :.T^

nox

/^nnx nn

inx

nna ^03

^x

.n

p^nnao ,n'nyn xn^yn

f)

Ib.

23

Mi.

i3n p*s nn^ nx ait^a n^yon Ttr, A m xipo h A xp mn in 8or ?xoVnD n^ &yiw itrs^x, :iox 8ann nao,, iox ,8ann yts^ xpn xna: xinn xm ,xmix3
:

n^ni
xp
,x

)!?

xts^s

-pyu

xpi xin^
b
d

xm

c
,

op

+
.

irr^x

M.

c
|

En nsos^ab
b iVnia

MM
En

wpi^ist JB xpiist En; an leg. est * M. e Ar. g ^n M. mend. t

|
| |

||

40f. a

Ps

126 1

i^irna M.

c rell.

62*

II.

Zusammenhangende Lesestucke.

B.

"?xann wr nna in,, - -

]xn ny-p,, :PP

- -"

IDX

.xann
,an,,
:

d xinnD

"? nx IXDI,,

."xaxn

max

'x&^ns VJB> Tyatp

nox

."xin xjx,,

."xin xjx,,

m
ix

D *^yon *wm nna,, :i."6 i&x IBX ."n>n^x nna in ,nn^ nna,, e nuon xpt paiV inryotp ,xtyno ^h ^ix f a ,^yon ^^y mn "IJHD xnyt:^ in? inV IDX .j?nso mn ,pm^ in^ xwip fe

*wn, :iox

."xao

mV nox xinm

"?DD

:in^?

^m w
:

mm
xl?

,'om ya .n^ ^yao nD xip> ma wnj h nai xian ix, :^xjx noxn uvi

,n

g) Ib.

23

Mr

xnn

xjD'i

.mn

^jytsn

^n pan
1

Jim nna ^a pmp^n xax nn ,x"itso^ xo^

a

x ? jn^n^a^

^>nx

.xitsn xn^oi

xm

mnat ;xpsn p^si xp ,xnx xp a xa^s 07^0 xp mn x\jsa /sx inV naox xmix X^ID .n^snD nnx n^o^Ji ,,msnD nnx ^s
;

mm

xpsj
in
1

n^

IDX x^i ,xnsn a,T ;7ul? xnsn

xjyT,,

ma ^B
n^>

,a^n>x

.mnax imx
IDIID n^n^x,,
XIIDI

rinnmV
op

."xnsn iox /mn

,om
,xn^i xna

^yaj
i.T'x

xi^xV

p'^oj Dip pnl?

inx

."xiuo TXI xin -jna

xjjy

p^o onp ;xmt xna

mans M^
ord
^
|

En.

e
|

_|_ xiji

^i

r Mr

||

e
|

X5X M,. f 40g. M^. En.

I

-jb

rell.
|

8
tr

joi
M.
|

ffl

En.

b
|

M^;

*
x
|

II.

Connected Texts. B.

63*
inx
->onn

nan
x^e>

n>a:

"P'"nff,,
1

:n> nox
:i,-6

"?"pan
h

mpon inn'

,,

nox

."xnuo *nvoi

xyao ?

xnuon iw,, :n^> nox ."*,Tp^n xax*? DDHX -pan xn^onn ^o *an 10 ]h xo>j xVx ,xnxn xin I naox xV jiD ? xn^ n^ p^n* a xoyu ^xo 1^? TJX ,, -1^
1

nnx n^^Ji ,nn n^snax

no D"D x> xn-nx

^x

ID XIT xoyu

xp xmix
ID xtsa

X^ID,,

"?n^xoo D"D x^o 10

>xo,,
".xj-'in

xtoo

^ xayu

xp x ?
1

ion

innm

".*nanx xpsj xoyts >xo,, trxn <jy "jnx xVty*,, - ,xt^nn

^xo,,
S

"?mmx ii
isna,

,TX

x^y
".^

xoyts

:ia

p'inx

x ?,
1

nox rxroxi
i^

x?
1

xoyts
xty'SJ

in^pna

a
,

xns~)

mn
".'

x^, ;

"/xnsn
1

xoyu

->xo,,

A Djn

naiu'

pmn

inn

x^nno xjjy p^ov onp xoya xo,, ma xnrvxn DII^O,, "?ion inn^an x'o'p a nm ^Jin^a v n ?; ?' OJ s ) m ".nn^jn naipoi
'*

mm

mncn
h) Ib.

24>

nxsv

Vip

na

on

DI

Vaa*

25Mr ran nx
iVia

nnin

an nox
r

IIM irx h 'niv anyV nnt^ anyo

atpa

x^x

D^iyn Va,

pann ap in ^
|

rell.

>M

1.

k
|

i M rcb g in-'a M r rell. M,. i En M an En. Kin quod sequitur deletum est.
>
| | |

'

> M.

64*

II-

Zusammenhangende

Lesestiicke.

B.

xiuna xmwpx XHBH inrvm xVvn

x>nn r6
c

run

xnat?
.

mn

xrvx .-mo

xnsn

^ d xanm
rinnm
xyn
xp
f

max

".n^o

-;V

nD^ra
n
^>y

^xin

ya T^n^i .xnmn x-nnsn

/yiD

om

^ya,,

h im'xi*

n^m

x-nnsx

innxn

DJ

XJH)

.niVp^i

om

xyn

".m^pty^i

^m
in?

i)

Ib.

25 a G.

mtsx
:n
:

IDX
".*

xnt^an XTID
TIX

x:n)

HJDD i^jty ny nsVim np^n nn^

xp,, :n^V

xnn ^D ,x^

*xi

nox ,Mypn?pfc ;^n ^m^D^ ,PDBD xp

^D x^nx

d iin
>

:i

xan xnm xin

xp
:,T

x^s ?
5

".xripn

xan

max max
"
t>
|

:xjn)
40h. a d M.
|

= En
|

I^OT M.
I

x^^i^ M.

IX

40i.

r.(i)ini

.ffi

M^. f nin^inn EnM. ni G.

i>
|

M
|

lt

mg.

ti^n^x
|

EnM. EnM.

d
h

B MM

-j^^iin

M
t

x^in M,. ffl En. IBIQ^ En IKTS^X G.

|

f
|

rell.

8 G^id

II.

Connected Texts. B.

65*

nox mxxr

vnmp

vn

n*an nx

xon

x:\:n *an rrrptf n^zin

m,

k) Ib.
.NaitD

x^>y n^

p>m mn ms p x'^i ,n>n^ xnx

,n*a

nvmi

*w
^

pm

inx

nox
xnx
:in^

pyn-'x

.ppnisxo

xnn

<!

\mitrt

xnytr
B'^BJ

^Dinai
'Jtr

itrs-'x

Pmipx
xn ^12
<?> nam
11

mm

n ix

ni

?I^D'XI

,xDDtsx --DtroT nna lon IXD^VT n^nn, :mop noxi

wnn,
/inn mayoi

"ji

ina

nox

'?in^ n^n^j

/xrya xp
e

n: ,na
Der Untergan^ des jndischen Staates.
the

41.

The Fall of
^on "inso

Jewish State.
ntrx,
a
<i

Git
:

55^57 *

M.

pnv ^i ?<nya ,Dtn2nT ann x^Dp nai xnDpx nnn b psD"-n xpa'x JXD^D nts ann
n n3T ^xo
^n 7xl
b ffl EnM nin 1BK3D Mj. 40k. a xpin'n G. x p^csn G. d GC. n bitii G. 41. a p r 1^5( )x EnMMj. EnMM!
||
I
|

mx

||

^".

b
|

pBG-Ti En Ar.
Chr. Bub. Talin.

Margolis,

66*

II.

Zusaminenhangende Lesestucke.

B.

rporm

:rvyti7"

/D7B>TP ann xxap 121 xxopx, ,xmiyD nay xxop 12 rraai V^yai xnx .xxDp in m? n"X ?ix ."xxop ^ n 7^ya xna:i xinn HDD,, rp? nox ,a'rv "?NDH n^ya NO ,xirt xiaj xinm :7"x *7'xin,, ".xj^nB'i XJ^DXI ^01 i ".xV,, i^'x

xia:

xinm

iiax

mm

ina

VID^X

^rx

mo
xnan
,(*vya
1

."x,, :?"* a ino x!?i ai ,n

s

an< iim

vpn

/(

a :n

noxi)
ix^>
'"i

n^anp ? pai iiao

.NBIB

nnsi

in^

nao
DID ^ID,
,nDX'*,,
'i

"

nannn o^pax

p mat

^ inunuy* :pnr T'x

n^ni
,i3^a^n
;

ro^ipax

nnat

'i

in^
".
<fc

'x
j

:"im
:

nx nsit^ irn^a
)

onxa

''nDpj

xnx ,*mto^xij e xn^,xnx' D .107 xnx ,*D'&n mnn yaix^ f D^n^a ^sj snx nx Tinji, i^'x ".ipios ^ pios,, :xpi:^ y'x

Vai 'onxa, "jn

^yai jH^n^a
't

wwo mn
*ya

'aiin'?

.K^xity* ^y Ta xpu xinm) h onxa xin 712 xB'nip, n&x (.

<

'

n^^o

PSJI

,I":PX 7ixi piy

Mxia: xinna

nT
j|

nisal

/jtr

n?n n?y is xnx ,DU"DBDX? in^^y nmir .1^x0 xab pi iinw p iionpj :n^ny f xn?n injn na nn x:x, :iox in ...

BEn xn^in Ar.

g

d
|

Ez 25

'*.

>fflEn.

-jri^na Ar. XS^^T IBEn.

e
|

En

iiu: M.

f
|

BEn.

II.

Connected Texts.

B.

67*

;'xr'oi xntyona, :iox nm xnon an) irfaao *a'rt x^ya n^nn xa^nx xnon ai noxn ; a'o na injn ina Tin .xrw xnm intpy "jro \rf? f mn .(^ST
,

IDD

:nox nm mn mn^px

^a
:

||

."inma xo ?^
1

n^ayji pis^,, iiJan ir6

nox
:

mm

."innna xaip n^ayji pis^j,, rinrx inV nox ,naox inn^ inji^jp iop ."xn^>D xy^noo x^,, pan /xin xm^ny oin^a na xm o .XJSD x ,^xnx ."XTOD ^ r>"Hj mox

o^nn
:rpV

||

max

."XD^X
:

max

."xzrx xnptyw ,x^h [xjnnvn,,

[xn^rn ,XD^ n^ iox xnx .pnm

."^n^x ^n,, :m!?

tox xnx
piB'x,

.pnrx ^ixtx

:mox
*

pi n^y np
i

A
.

nnoi / .xyisa
k

xms

,XJXDB n^ a*rvx

XBW

mn
fyyvf? <TO

:noxn
ai

xa<xi)

."ui
'in

ruuym

Vyaix a^n^x

pns
ntsn

pnr nsin, r^xat .*nnoi ,pns 'anno n^ax *nnanj

*a
J
.

;'xiaxo 'inno
1

mn /TO ^ax mn
ino ^^o
/
:

xn^yna

v^
mn

mn ^
|

(/n

,[ni]njna

[n]psx ,ntrsj xn^j .xpwa n^nnty XSDDI xann ia^ty rnxina DDDD, m a^nDn '?^ 'yao ^XD^ *xn, / ijrvp pin n^nnx ia D^IIH ^vna trn xipo xax /'ui
:,nnox

wm
;,

^
:

n^

in^o /na

II ii

rc'h iox xnx n^ n^tr .mn ^x:n p ."'xa^^ xyjsa xn :!? x "?xjsaa xo^yV n^ in^opi an innay no^x ny,,
7/

iV'x ."xnms *n^sn nnniB'S'x jpis^x

^nn^xnjpn

H?

-ny^x
De
2S 56
i
.
I

>ai

ipoyi ,p^ mxi xno

./an nay

DJDJ A

."xn^oo !?^p x^nn

"
|

fi^mr^

ainn^ xbn

fflEn.

EZ

7 19 .

5*

68*

II.

Zusammenhangende Lesestucke.
IBB
iya
-o

B.

iy3 ,xnn
:irh

.^inx IXB ytsnm UTI ,-tnx

IBK ,rpsmaV
nzi^rpo,, :!?"K

:icix ,Dnn xt2& 13

".*<npn pi, :nx^,, :inV IBK .K33 n^> inns "/'ism pi,
:

nn

^ nnp
/XJX

n^ D^rn XIDO^ xV
1

,nx

rrm

n^xi 8

^nn
-ppm
np)

/?
t^an ^ty

nun

-i^x*,,

:*?"*

"? A ppn"t ^ntrn

nunn nx -jnaw rn

nnx D^DH 3^0 n^ iJ^pt^i xnn^z

ns xnx ,um
nin

".xtrna jsinixV
[x]y3
;!

>xDm u^n

IJD^XI

,107 n^

nm,

v
:

3Ti:n

, ;

urnx x^ ^XDX /xn ^13 innaum

*nnxai,,

3"y /sn

js

11

in*,,

rV'x

".
,^?x

np)
1

".pm Dnyimnx o^osn 3^0,

:13D xini
.'XJOM

unV n^ i^oon xnnoxi

xn

Is

BEn. o Is 10 34 P Me. q Je 30 21 run aian ^nn '3\a ^jipan n^a fflEn. n Pr 15 80 v ib. 17 22 44 8B
.

JBEn pi&n M.

II.

Connected Texts.
*DJ

B. w< iam

69*
xV 'xn *^D

xmiox --

.'x^in

x?

xnns n^xm

nrptpx sop xor rvm ly ,xno7i x^o

?XM
ino^>

^xo

pm m^

m^
xnns

i"

jXpoiB^m x^o inoV ,nxsi

r

nn

'3

^<nj Tim

.'X2o nts ann

,rr?ujirn xViJJin in^Dp

KHJW

*i^nj?

mn

in xov
,i

730 xnbi x:nn / v^uinD mi ns,

;i

TIDX inx in
-in

.injtno

mm Kom

mn .in^y xnx ".^xrnn* nunwi n^nV 107 n^pty .inn

inn
1

-p

nnoon x ?

,-jop

xn^j ^x

^ID xo'fyi

nm
in
:iox

[n]nn
5

unnji D\I^X nnx x ?,-!,

in xinn^ noxi ?'an IDX *oj in) X .umxas3 xsn .n^DiD^ mtDBff ,xJ7ii xnx ^xonn n'a*^ ^y
:

xom

'xn

inrpn^x
ity

,XD^J

7^1x1

jinvi
:

^ a^mnxi Vwx ,i7irx

na

T?tipi

xnx nn /^ nn xp [x]in>, IDX .x^o pirns ,XD^O nts^ ^py ->s"D 'DT?^ ^s^x nxo
-jnai

nn x^i ,r^m ^T?n XD^

,xmT?'V NrrVrn

mn ^
Tin
'ai

JMJ Tim

Mnn
in

ann pso^n
1

xpt^x,
,
1

,xn^nn ^n

,1071 nTTD ns^np

,in^y ^IBJ

mn

in

xnpir ,xnx ^n ov .xjjj in ? nnyi in ?

.n^

xnx

"/xnn

i^yi xnx isp .pso^n xpB' 1 mo,, =107^ n'V nox

TV3S M; est

alt lectio.
|

^ Ps 60

12
.

70*
42.

II.

Zusammenhangende

Lesestiicke.

B.

Wundererz&hlungen.
B. b. 73

Wonder

stories.

HXD n^n vbb vhi yz

74 b H.

THPIJ

lyntrx

xan

*DIB

nxo n
,xayi:n

mm
x ?: n^ XDT "? n^nann
1

^i? run ,BID

^
:

xH

xa^ya

nnar n xn

"/,% DXJ

xp ^xnno

mm
xtn XJOT

nnx

nn

^xno

nai IDX
?'in

n3

XDIS

n^m

man im) 'man ina* u rpjmo 'a /DIS xn^>

nnaoi

mm

42.
e

Je

.
|

H.
k< 's
|

g
|

1.

.
|

h n-naa H.

i
|

= Ar
*
|

cf

RSbM,

pamrt
u

rell.
ffl

saanm

JJITI

En
107
del.

a:i*n
26
.
|

aiini-i Ar.
|

xsa:

BEnM.
HC

superscr.
u

qPs
sed

r nsottj

En.

s
|

=M.

= M.
|

P s
|

+ X'a'x^i,

II.

Connected Texts.
>in

B.

71

xnpinpx

xvn ^

nn^

:run in na

nan

xnpxi) jojm-n xnpx xjMnV y ny^>a x xspB>s xnx ,ny^a xj^n xnx P^DI xss an nax) /in noD NJ^XT m^n *in xn .xj^x
7

? w nn noa

x^njnn

ix!? ^x :^KIB (/JBM x^ onn xnrsoa x:^ix xp mn xnn XJOT n:n na na nan noxi
:

wm

na

,n'Dixa xrts

n^x n^ x^yn

miia

xinn^?

n^

xnm
nay
NP

mn

,-i^nxi

pnnn ^

xjtr'^

.xnt^o

^an^

nxD

n"?n

.^ino n,jn^

n;:a^ nip n^Dnis in^

XJD^I :,njn na na nan noxi

xn^soa xj^ix xp mn xnn

.xnnrn

n^y
e

d nnpi ,naa ^y xn"?n a^nn xmiD xinnV

xnm

jXmin

P7^?oi ,xin xn^^an pnao f yatso mn ,1^ xanpo xrirso mnn ixV .1^ xnrsoa xj^ix xp mn xnn x:oi njn na na nan nsxi xs 1 ^ v n^m v n^n xniDn xs s
n>a:

an

."j^sxi

yw

X^DD x^ nnsx xoVm)

ipip
x ?! ,xtfns
rvxn
,xin
1

.^x^st^a pxi

sxVna imx

h on

*3

:nox

/on
XD^XI

an

xnx
.JnV

xn'a

'nty

:noxn

xon

xjn^u xinn

/ons x r-^x an nox

(,'irtp

nn

,xnrsoa XJ'PMX xp

mn xnn
S

XJDI

njn na na nan noxi

k

x'a
xj->ya

n^ionp ny xt37

mnn

xnms
psj
.

^v^^Jn
xsn,,

X D xD^n xjnao

in^ya
v

:^ nnoxi x^p na

y
c

h
I

w j^m JBM. Ar. IBM ("xnHxinn En, HEn). b xt- H. a ni^iiui id. nisbm MAr. z ininixi BEn. - H. ' a Ksnii BEnM. K M. rell nna H. pi. M. k snics En. n^^ H. cniris rell. cf. fflEnM ao-vr H.
|

mm
|

= =

>

sic

omn.

"

u" H.

72*

II.

Zusammenhangende

Lesestiicke.

B.

"?xyix
:

^x

an nox)

(.'n&y
xtsin ^nxt T^JI

H ^

rn,

:aTDn ,mn *H
:

rt* xinn

xnan&a xj^ix xp mn xnn XJDI n:n in "in rm IDXI ,in^owo in^sna "nn:n MUK -prb
'2

p^in i3>wa .xsij ^ X^T

n^x,,

:in^>
7

nox

xnm

xotsx

xi xin

"

xp mn xnn XJDT njn in in nan :IDX ,xisy3 nmo mnn xy^ts xinn pna >xn, xisy n^ pan /^s xnsi-6 ^i :ix n^ pan "/ons x^on ,,
:

mm

."*nan

^
x^i

inj*

nn

mm

,1

,nna

xnn
".mi?

197^1

a*an

xuin J?pm

0*6

r
.

ma

TLTJ

Pm^D
xax

pnnn

^TD^pty ID^D nn ^noo

:**?

hi,,

-pom
,^

n.in

nao

'yaiD
in
r

mn

,*

nnnn ^xmi

^ix

".*J^D nn*

i^ ^nx

:TIDX ,Kt^nno iD^i? ,li? nsio*,

:

'xnx
"f?

*?*
.XDD-'D

mn

njn in ^D ,mon xnx

^ ^ix,

.mn *^aon nn*n nyntf XO^H :nao XJX

?pam)

prm xn
^a

r rell

= nna.
|

rell.

Ps 50".

P 'jiri^pTiio

H.

q
|

p.^p H.

II.

Connected Texts.

B.

73*
:

xinn 8

'ins

.mp-i ^yia

la

inx in

,xioyn .prvxi

xaa:

^x
s,*

TPX .xioipn stain ,TJ' B mxrni ,mnBnx maiai ".xano nyotsn XB

; "i

p>sj

mm

xyia

^ .^^xna pi :an noxi ,*nn^pa nt^a^D DJH^

!

in!?

xmno

".xyix iy xypn u P)noi xa\n ,ia *inx in,, .mwa nnnaxi 'xnW v nn ?ptr ,xnp w nnnatpx x^i on* XO^H,, :nox ".xan xa^x 'V lax ,xntrn a ino^ ny itwx,,
. :

IK

xp

mn xnn

xjan r'ynt^D pnr 3i x"ma xinn

S

nna yrp&M
,xnj*BD3 xj^ix
a

:<yno XISD an ,n^n xnia xnn pipm /jnp IDIOT ^DIB nxo n^?n x^im /o^atr n^p nna jx, xin xon xry xinn i^x m IDX) .^in^t
XJOT

mn xnn

nn n^

n^x

mm

;*

xrirn ,*nj'BD*a

p^ix mn xnn

XJDT

^yn^o injr

Tim
d
,

,*nvViioi

mam
'.n^mi

o^ax* na pano

mm

m
:

"in^xV
xj'jn

'XIIBX ia

n^m

c
.

^na

n^ot^n

xn^uip x>nn^ xman xro nV

.n^ttpeV xya

x^p na xpsj

xVm

xp^

xm

,p^o

p
3

UTI innnm xn^tsip nna

ia^m[']ay xo,

moxi

na

mxn ,xon
|
|

u XB~ H. 4 cf Ar nomine Qi-inx D^IBD. fi^sai Ar. * M ri^nH. * imna xnbpir fflM nr^pu: En nTiVpuj H. z IBAr^" i-oia M rell. fflMAr niip H n^ioix En cf RSbM.
|

>'

i"i5B
b
e

En

i"i3D
rell.
|

Ared. pr.pv
c

^-,30

Gers*.

a
I

pipm
d

rell.
|

xiu^nai 1. K^Trn.

s'Uisffl

x^^^isAr rai-oM.

niin^xb M.

74*

II.

Zusaramenhangende Lesestiicke.

B.

xp mn xnn XJDI :>yntj>& nxnjvi mi.T ^n rpm ,xj'jn n^ Tim sxau *px f xinn^> xnm xnrsozi xnx .xn^so ? nj;V:j xpi xj^n xnxi ,nV TPXI xnx .xon^ x*o iD-'snn^x ,n^epi
;
1

n xpi

itn

.n^nxi
,n^t3pi
i:-"
1

,,Ti^y xsptrs

nnmnx

.mst h n^pt^ xpi nra ,1n .n^o Tim ^nss

xinn xnx inn

n'psj

^^V xn^soa
. . .

,ms

.nnsi n

xp

mn xnn

XJOT

in j

13 XJIH

^ynt^x

nmn^x ,xn7^ xjnns .xowx pro mm ,'xnx xjmn xjtr^ .XJ^UT 'n^ p^n^x .nt^m n^p ? [']xnx -3 .nou 'irT?B xp mn ".mn xonm noui ,mn nnoo
1

43.

Halachische Stiicke.
a)

Halakic Texts.

Ber 2 a

3M.

-xnpx XJH

nn
b

;t

:rn:n

/'

/nnx D
cents'

anya

nnxi

inm
KHDO
f

mm
i

>nn

M.

g 'ai a
||

,3inVo d x pr superscr.

inb M.

M. 43 a.

h
|

MEn
67
.
|

n^b- H.
b

i
I

i^is^s

rell.

mg

De

Ge

5
.
|

ordo verborum MC.

II.

Connected Texts. B.
e
.

75*
'MI-ID

,n5p

["jnonna hi^vf? VOJM a^nani? nya>o ^rvj ^'D'aaian nxxo* ?*nonra ^Dxp
,1^
-

n>xs

(fD'aadh nxx yts>p rpmix asx xn^o ixrn .D'aDun nxx nytyo /"jnonna h ^3.x
1

inxi

Vi

n xm, x;jn-p ,Mn^> xnsyo x ? ^rnSs h^vf? inasyo woty nx^ J'onertpn ID ,nnnn n xm, ^xm 'XODI .nonnn VIDX
:
||

moi

I,

xin

inxi

iyni ,in> y^Dtf

x?^
nx>2

m
tm

12

nmn

^xn xinyon

>XDI ,xin 'intsi, ^xoi

io
,xin

mx
nxu

n >xn \nw X2i, n nx'n XD'^H ix, 'XDV ino,

on

,nro you' /D^DDH nxx ny

into,

/xor D^nDn^ nyt^o, :i VDJDJ ny^D Pi^iya y&ff nx inij? 'noxo, /rniyon lino IUB^ noiytr nytr nyi n^on ins
ViaxV
c

na,!

jy,

||

.Kin

nyw

in

nnp

nnp^> v^ nno 'noxD, ya ins ^axV VDJDJ onx 'jaty nytro VXDI D'nantp nyo nnoix o^oam ; TKO ^at nan
:

e
1

sup ras.

*
|

mg.

s
.

Me iisnai M*.
|

h
|

^5ix MC

-JI^DIX M*.

7 k tr superscr. J Le 22 Ar; lectio Ar.hia laudatur in mg; nostra est Rasiana lectio ab interpretation Rasiana abscedunt
|

Tosafot

q. v.

i
|

M*.
|

sic vocal, instruct.

|

M".
j

o i^^
<

r5"

siasjoi sic

voc. instr. M<\

p JB rr^>

M.

76*
rrxi

H.
I'Nff 'B

Zusammenhangende
^V ^NI
r

Lesestiicke.

B.

.Q'aaan

nxx iy ,i3iV
:

"p'Di

,inDnna

'tpy

D"xn

umxi,

nxx i]} int?n ni x^& u ^ arm ,i&ti>B ut? nV^n

3'iyx
'DDT ,XBB' ix
1

*rpm, 'intrn mVyo, xD^n ^i

ul?

i^>

S
:

IDIXI

arm "I&B^ n^^n

*'mna
xin

HMI, yotp xn

^mya NTiy^ in

mx
"jna,!

'J3,*

^jy,

,-jnin

xin

?xin

xnwv

in

"1,12,1

^jy,i

.
||

n^3iy3 yi^

piy^x

nnp

nnpl?

nm

,mn3t^

my3

ovn

'xnx '31 ;n?D3 ins ?iax? DJDJ

'J3B> nytm rioix (xnx '3i xnytp in "J,ID,I <'jy, ,-jnyi ,xm yt^in' 'jy,i xnyB' ix^ x^x xi3noo :pns' 13 pm 31 lox ? A inixD irv'j'D 'n xj'jn '31 oipiD ''jy,i ,"|nyi xp^o 'xi ,imxo ''jy,i

<.3or6 I'ojaj
'31

DIX

'

fe

1M DT 1iy3D D'JHD X^.ll HUH' !TXO '3iV mm' '3i

:

'31 V^X,
n'^?

10 1OX
/i'V3itt
f
:

ixp
."XST

TSB^

TXO

'31

'311

M
<i

n'33
r
|

y^B'op
s
|

'xo3
16
|

II

mi
|

Ne

15
.

"

>

text,

text mas. 10 mas.; cf v.

>

ib.

l^ni text. mas. (cf Norzi).

|

v
|

seq ^13523.

w Mc; r^sx M*

^id.

II.

Connected Texts. B.
rnirp

77

pa

ISN'T ,'DV ^aiD n^ 120

TXD

>2ii

j^aie
,1'y

oi

nyao

.i^y

noy^ I^BK

'xi

,xxv mi DJDJ
!

Tins

nn
piy^x
^21

ix^

/in

ny^s

^21

nn
b)

Pes 102

1>

104H

n ins nrn^ ^nir

2112
;

pW
5.173

:1t3X H21T

:iox
1

X2x n

DV
inxi

'12
:

-n

pvu

nx
.njp* :10X X21 12 XJIH 21

tn^x

s2i

.X21D XnDMT ^h y^^x nTin>

na
c
:

xm,, :n

pni) D^ot^a :'DIX ^Vn n'21 ;n

21
'121
A

n,,

:nnna xai
x^ntr

!"(nVi2m

no Vy

j^ioa

n^ian ^yi ,n^>nn2 xintr

,0^0^2,1 ^yi nxon ^>y D s oa'2 -D inxi :'DIX ^Vn n^2i

^XOB' n^2B>

inxi

D'oa

oyn
43b.
a

mg.

b fflM nb
|

M^

c
|

fflM

x^sni

Mr

d IBM.

78*

II-

Zusammenhangende

Lesestiicke.

B.

xop XDDX xan inn ,xan >at> xnn xjDna xn ?i^ noV,,
n ,KmVj t?n >a SD irvo ^>

xax in apy 3-1 nox .xn:nan XDDXI p^in >a,, :n^> nox

y^x

:n^>

wi
<

^m
ian,

'ToVn ^XJJH mi
:n^
an,,
:

wna an
:

:a*n

an ION

in^ 'ox
%I

ID ?

.^n^^j lan, icn^

n 1 ^ ntsx

nn

^x an

XDD DX "jna ID^N /tyx am nna xnx an x ai ;snDiaT NDSKI Np NDDX -pna xien 10

xan nna xnx

ID

ai
"?

."XJN -J^D'D XJX,, :1DN lO^DS an ."ain ToV

tti

DV
1

/I

xm
onn
g'D

;a-n

ipy
,rvyDtp

x^?

-,x^n xVi .".i3p^ :an

||

op /^nax ? xao

.x^nB'DD ,Tnyn ipy

xm
'OK

,,

h xnyn ."n^ay rrtrsn

no
nns
an
||

r\h

nao

K^I,,

:n^
niso

'ox

"?Tay mn
1

"?

A<

inmon

n^nan^
1

npiax,'

:xan
A

'

'ox

xm
11

?^xn ^12

n,^

no ?,, :n^ nox

1 .

.'IDT

D^

n x\n

^in^ trip v^ ^naon,' :^xio^ 'ox min* ao xn ^ xjx :n^ nox A "x'trjn nmn 'n *?v nnisn^ :K*yin 'n 'ox my^x 'n 'oxi nine* x^ no xm,, :n^> nox .Vyatr ^y p]'or x^ ^^oi ^ h :n^ 'ox "!nox yat^ x^i nox T>
1
;, i
|

superscr.

xnsiK M.

II.

Connected Texts. B.
J .

79*

x>n ntrnn
-pis

nno'nn

"pyo

-iDX'cy

^naon*

-poo nnrpns vvo* :no

^n
H

inx

nr."fc

^nt^

aits

DV,*

irpj^a

lo

r^np^j t^np -pa ^laon,

^a,
s

p^onm
iiao
aie
;

rump

10^^ ya /nno^nn^
"pvs,
:

nnn^ns

'OXT IXOT

'nnnn

or

or namp^ nn^ ntrnp v 3

c)

R.

h. 2

3 a ML.

n
IVD

am

,ma

nytprn ontyya
1

ioy^ -jo

nnxa x^x noy x ? DXI

.inx
ID^J

;nw ^

pan un nnVy ,ID^^ nnx

:

yj^

ny

njt^ i^ ^jits "px

:

IVD ,-nxn nytrm ontrya noytr i^o,

10 -)x
,-jD^a
,0

xn

'.mty iV

awn
V s ;l D jn nans x ?
'
1

ma

nn^y
"tnx

nnx

on

nni<n s ^ x n V x^ DXI,
!

XU^D .nnx

pmn

ni ?

uoj

om

mo
niDyi

,na

vnnn inx
n in
1<>rinn

nxa

no

:i

/7

ID ,*nMa

vnnn inx noyi Tixa no,

xn^'

:ia

IDX
'

x ? nna^
1

XDTH

ino

ixu^s

inx noyi
43 c. a

^a no

Zusammenhangende Leaestucke.

B.

ins

pnox

ino

,nw

b
*]iD

vnnn ins noyi 11x3 no,

nxo

ions
rr^ wts

ino jSin

p
'ox

^30*

i-prrp 'i

mxo
sin
AI
.

onso
nx^s* no onso onso nxs^i
1

.'!?x"i' ^

DJO
s
-jnan

onso

inn in

pnx
nx^

,'Y'D

s^?

^J3
i,
:

h 3^n3i

ni
npi
^s

inxs n^onn trinn on so inxn trnn -IB>V

.xin ntfn ix
1

BHBO

"j^xn

n
,onso

,onso

^XD

,onso

:XBB

nnn no
k
:

3h

.onso

nx

irrDn

jin^o

run

nnx, nsx ,pnxt n^sj

n'nDi ,Y'D
nj

ntryo

^i

no* '3jn

av ny 1^0
xnt^n
'i

/moxn

mm
,

onn nwi
/iinx yu

np^n

^x nnnx

IOXT

^ myn

b
e
i

prm
ffl

'iitt

ST'Bia

MM

c *3n M^uperscr. f IBM. t mg

.
I

I
|

Reg

6 1.

d
|

Nu
20 29
.

33 38

.
|

superset. h De 1 3
.

=
i
|

IBM.
I 1
.

Ne

mg.

k
|

De

1*.
|

Nu

21 1

.
|

ib.

II.

Connected Texts. B.

81

.xm
;Yiy xin ,IIPPD xin noi ,ini3^>B DB> ^>y

,x?x

,1

/|y
*|yj3,

xin :x:xn
,i2"io2^

i^in^o

n^o^ nonty
D^X
.lOlt* '"liy,

^irvo, ?lDtf
"jyjs,

noi ,ini3^o our ^y

/ptron opin t^nn nnxn pyn n^yj ^ina ontyya Mtt>n

n^Ly
.xin
njtr

n^V npi io\n

nwn

trxi ix^>

I^XT VVso ,Jnw

n^

n>^ npi

X xVx

pxo Vxitf^ ^2 nxs^ !n^ y3o rt n'wn n ?^l^X XD^XI ?2X XD^XT ? TIOH
DXT

;<Dns

12

21

iox

V'n2tr2

^JB,

xo^xi
nDB'x

||

.2 s nD

mn
j^ji
^Jtf,^

x^>

<n2B>2

xnn
xin:

:'

xop

''Jtr,

no ,xop

nxin2
;'pnx

by^i,

5'imsn nnx, :'oixi

50^21x2

\n^i,

:'

;^B"trn

unm,

:'

vocalis in cod.
fflM

<>
|

dnn
II

IBM.
3 2.

P
| |

-aon M,.

t
|

Chr

Ex 40 17 <i " fflM >M,.

.
|

Nu

10".

r
|

Ex

19'.
|

Margolis,

Chr. Bab. Talm.

82*

II.

Zusammenhangende
d)

Lesestiicke.

B.

Git 36*

37* M. -pn ['ID

ins mi ,tDOB>o irs ^3Di-is :nnn nuVnVo lyjojo nyn ns runt?

,T,T ID
,
:

ipn

b
-jV

"IOBTI,

^aons

min3

,^>vi vpnrw airotp no 'py

onann
,m
a

myi
,"1:1

IDU imi

.^aons vpnn

oy "\ah ny

;n is

SOB>O sn"-ns"ioi

'TO

,*mn nns i3"io 3inDn mti^oty ^nu^ '"motf ntsot^n T3i mi D^SDD ntsoB^ nnsi ,ypTp nt^ots^ ypTp tiotyo nnst!' 1013
/
7
~.

pn

nns
nsi
||

,D>SDD BOB>O nns ypip tsotro nns ^s^ n y i 3B' ? IDT ,t30trn^i p3i i^pm D^SDD ."?3Di"is vpnm noy ,m ns m nnSiVo nyn
^s
;
;i
!
<i

pm

ij'pm

,n>y'3B>
||

d stsoe'o
^>si

s'?

sn^nsoi
:

S3T

.sin
fe

'"ncpyn
1

3^
^D,

"3s
e

ipsntr i"jo

iprr*'

'31

nosi

.''ipDn
:

"iosjty ?ipsn sim itriDi VD Din^ a^pim /n^un Snpo ^13^ insn iiy^s i^>m nt^s ni^mn n^?s, sDno ios no 01* f< ui nnsn npsii iu p no ^>D p^3 ns v^mo nns no ,no ^>D oyn ns *.IST :in"? x^ya'x m^ sobn is ,vpm sin nni^ ,V3ons ^^n vpnn ? vpm ? n^o sps: ^so ?) ,mos >s n^its3^ sn ,vpn so^y mV ,nios 's s^s 51^^30 DS s^s n^3n T'a nm ^03^ VID^ in nosn ,yotr sn (?^so A< i"jo3i no^n:
1

S3*

sV IPS

||

43d.
*

rx
.

ffl.
|

De

15 9

. |

c ib.

*.
|

ffl.
|

Ezr 10 8

Jos 19 M

|j

II.

Connected Texts. B.
'33 IN NIIDT

83*
'23 IN x^>x

.'xynnn ion

XJH

Jnro^Bj XJH
K "n *BK
"IT

>3ixt?3 ,-ppn
'3
i:o

x:n

xn
x
J^xpi
:

xn

9'n'PDpix,

rp^spix

nnx

ix ,i nnji

'XT t?"n

?xin
.

?nxip
X3i iox
.

o 31 nox

u inn

n:

mj

13003

H3HXD

ms

:xnon 31 'ox

nx
XDIIS
:

prm

ji'n

n^a
i

^"121

wa

isi

",''1

n^a
15
8
.

'pit
ffl.
|

ni
h

p^aoai rraana laa^n ^iia a" i Ca l". k Jd5 81 Le 26 18

.

xbxinan

^De

Addenda.
p p p p
En.
||

24*,

1.
1. 1.

9.

Ber
x 1

6t>

Ar.
,

25*,
29*,

12.

Taan 24 a pr pars Ar,

Kid
||

alt

Mr

15, 23.

81
2

M (bi JB).

2
||

sic

M (^6t superscr).
||

32*
5

1.

14ff.

Ar.
6
||

Kid 58

(nx5^>B M).

leb 58* M.

||

Sanh 93* Ar.

H.

6*

Aramaisches Worterverzeichnis. Aramaic Glossary.

313X
v.

33J.
(ass.)

3X (13c) n. m.
pro
sf.

d.

X3X
p.

(etiam

8^38
[8j?38]

n.m. Stadttor,
rfiw^.

1 s.)

sf. 1

f XJ13X,

city gate.

1=138;

2s.m. &f. ^38; 2 p.

;

n.m. Staub,
.
s

113138

s. f.

m. f-I^X, PR38 8138 v. D13 f N'7138, H138 p. a. xni^x v. laa. T

3
s.
;

:rr

1,138
1 s.

(200),

d. 811,138; sf.

XDJX n.m. Sumpf, swamp.

XJJX n. m. (f.) Becken, basin. 13X vb. Pe., Pf. 1 p. t1?138,

Tirm
:

2 p. l3Vm38: 3 p. " -ITT -:"

Vater, father;

XSHH

a-138

sf. 3. s.

m. | nTJI.JX; Pt.
i

act.

mein Grofivater,
father;
p.

my

Vater,

grandVorfah-

1 s.

XJH^X, 83138; * pass. T :T :r-T

'

'

"1^3.8:

mieten, /re.
'

Itpe.,

ren, fathers, ancestors.

Pf. 2

s.

m3nx
:

sich

ver\

;-

vb. Pe., Pf. 3

1

s.

m.

c. sf.

8-1138

(61);

Pt. p.

m.

mieten, hire oneself out. Af., Pf.3s.rn. -m'X; Inf.c.

sf.

tV138:
/05/.
I

verloren gehen, &e

s. f.

311318

Pt. act.
rent.
\

Itpe.,

Pt.inno:
1,1 Jl

id.
1

"13i!S:

vermieten,

Pa., Inf. c. sf. 3 p.

[1J3K ? :
|

Ittaf., Pt.

Af., vernichten, destroy. Imp. s. m. "DiX: verlieren,

lose.

13lnp: vermietet werden, be rented. 8138 n. m. Lohn, hire, reward.

||

XlJXn. m.: C.13X: Dach, TT T

/

roof.

85*
XP13X
~TX
'

n.f. Brief, letter.

on:

^1X1 T

i^DH

xp 'r

mn T

er

-;

(=
4e

n nx

4Ar)

==

fuhr fort, (Diebe) zu fangen, he went on capturing

'nxi

v. 'ny.
4<?

[X-HX]

n.m.;

p.

(thieves);

^1X

Xj?

er

Wollflocken, flakes of wool.

ging fortwahrend, he kept

walking.
2

xnx
sfl

(et

XJX
'

4;')

n.

f.

3
2

s.

m.
m.

^X.

xVnx

n.

m. Gazellen-

c. sf.

s.

^x:
.

Ohiy ear.
.

junges,
gazelle.

the

young

of a

IX conj. : oder, or. iX . iX entweder - oder, either - or.

31X.

xnx

n.

m. Wald,
p.

forest.

X^X

n/m.;

H1X:

Schiir-

holz,

Brand, kindling wood,

nx (13c) n. m. sf. 1 f t 'HX, tnx; p. -TlX (20a), sf. 3s.f. xnnx: Bruder, broxnnx n. f. sf. 1 s. ther.
.

||

firebrand.
[XJIK]

f Tinx, Tinx ; 2 - T T -;'

:

'

s.

m. 'HTinx T T
'

-;

; '

n.m.;

p.

MIX:

Gans,
3 p.

p. r xmnx, TT -: r*

sf.

3s.m. amnx: -T r
-i

Schwester,
vb. Pe., Inf.
'.IJKXns
1.
:

sister.

c. sf.
:
'

f.

^inx.] nn (6a)
f.

adj., d.

xin,
52&):

YmXD
IT

Pt. act.
\

X"rn
,

(constructio

^X:
act.
ix,

driicken, press.

Pa.,
Pt.

eins

eiu, einzeln, einzig,

\

Inf. c. sf.

3 p. irusng
id.

one, single.

in\ in'^D ein

... X*rn
\

^D:

jeder, every one.

xi>.
s.

xnnix

v.

XI ni T
dere

die
,

-ir

!' ( XI

4o) vb. Pe., Pf. 1

eine-und die anthe one - and the

xnty'3 "in Sonntag,

^>m C^m); 3 f. tn"?tx, x ^^.? P- t^l, V^X; Impf.

1 s.
s.

other.
|

Sunday, finn nn-^V. doppelt,

Vx;
?>T,

3 p. I^P|; Imp.
f.

double.
\\

H]
1

zusam "
,?1

m.

^>TX, T '

1 8.

^., XjVlX T :r T
,

^:
n??X
1.
,

Pt.

(XJ'4>1X): v T :rr / '

p.

men, together. | lin ? besonders, separately; sf. 2 s. m.

TjninV T

s.

m. P7TX
1.

f.

du

allein,

&y thyself,

W'VlX:
;

gehen,

2. fortsetzen,

go

einander, ^ac/i o/Aer.

86*
(ib.)

ins
praep.,
sf. 1 s.
.

dem. ^;x
bei-

2 a.m. tjnna; 2 p. l^i 3 s. m. n'nna; 3 p. m.

H^XI dieses
des,
both.
this

und jenes,

and

that

one,

innna;
1
||

wins: bei, mit, nrQ conj. wahrend,

f.

v.

T.
dem., f. der andere ;

Hfp

prap. in der
toward.
||

Richtung auf, ID -in, "IDHH, f.

2

^TX
that,
IT*?.
-

jener

no in
s.

11.

the other.

inx
3

vb. Pe., Pf. 3

f.

m.

c. sf.

v H-

s.

X-inX: T
-.
i-

schlieBen,
Pf. 3
s.

(86, e) pron.
\"j^X
:

pers.,

f.

close.
|

Itpe.,

m.

er, sie, Ae, */ie.

"infix

pass.
Pt.
act.
s.

(etyro.?) adv. nun, doch,

"FIX

vb. Pe.,

m.

TjnX: lachen, laugh. V. fin.

(we) pray, now. v. rvx. -II iD^x v. 'x.

II

"ins vb. Pa., Imp. p.

c. sf.

s. f.

v.

IBX.
n.

nnnx
lay.

Inf.

c.

sf.

s.

m.

XjW"(186)
' :

m.,

p.

d.

nnlnxV;

zuriickhalten, def.

||'*onnx adj., T

nnn
s

'i^X: Baum, tree. T-|T trx n. f. Furcht, fear. T r

KJtDtt^T

(18&);
: :

p/m. >J.nnx, fl Xirnnx: ein anderer, anTT T ninx praep., sf. 1 s. o^/?r.
||

xna-'X

die Furcht

Gottes, fear of God.

"px

ninxV; 3

s!

m. n

adv. ja, yes. [*r.x, ix] adv.: x:o

(240)

hinter, behind.

woher? whence?

xnnx
v.

v.

nx.

n<, n^x
n.

part., sf. i p. i^rvx;

s.

2 p. toJ.rvx; 3

m.

pirvKJ

XD15X
kel,
S

(4)

m.

(f.)

Schen-

s.
f.

f.

xn^x;

p.

m. in:n;x,
there
id.

Hiifte,

#A^/{.

'nJ.n^X:

es gibt,
|

conj.
"X or.
|

(73). wenn, ob - oder, whether if

''X

is,

are (62).

XD\y T
1

iD^X

wenn doch,
that.

if

only,

would

s.m. tvriivV, nrv ?, f. nrpV, XD v es gibt p. m. injn v ;

. .

87*
nicht, there not (ib.).
is

not,

are

vb. Pe., Pf. 3

s. f.

K n?
s.

es kiimmert ihn

um,

OX
3

vb. Pe., Pf. 1

s. f.

'V?,
p.
;

sf.

es geht ihn an, he has con-

nrft3; 3
3
s. f.

t!

i^OX,

VlDX,
1 s.

sf.

HI^DX

Impf.
sf.
1

cern for; Pt. act. s. f. HD3K sie drangt, s^e wr^^.

y^X;

2 p.

"h^Tl,

SDDN T T
'.

n.

m.

Sattel, saddle.
j/e/.

3p.m.
m.
c.
s.

1rU^?3'F[ (pro in: ?");

DN
?X

(etym. ?) adv. noch,

v. IK.

sf.

s.

f.

VW3'J;
|

n.

m. Gott, God.
n.
f.,

Imp.
Inf.
>
:

m. ^bx, t?*)

p. ^->3x

[Mm?M]

p.

xniVs

Kol-

Vs/efc; Pt. act. p.

'
:

m.

ben, club.

tV^38; 1 S. X:^DX, 2 S. T r T IT H?2X: pass. ?'DX: essen, r

'
:

n^x

n.

f.,

sf.

s.

m. nn;Vx
to7.

IT '

-.

Fettschwanz,

/^

verzehren
X^lj? slander.
\

eat,

consume. 10)^.

(9a)
these.

pron.

dem.

p.

'3

3* verleumden,
Itpe., Pt. pi. m.
I \

diese,

^. x

9/) P ron

dem.

p. jene,

- .1 ^3Ftt3, . .

c.

sf.

m.

c.

pass. r 3 s. m. rB73lK; 3 s. sf. 3 p. m. inj?DiX5

1 s. c. sf.

Af., Pf. 1

s.

JiD3S

(gr.) n.

m. Diagonale,
s.

diagonal.

Impf.
Inf.

s.f.

feiK;

vb. Pe., Pf. 3

m.

c. sf.

^IDixV; Pt.act.
S /m?. XJ U
||

^3O:
n?DX

s.

m. riD^N iiberwaltigen,
:
\\

speiseu,

(?)

overcome.
S

D^K

adj., p.

Schlammfresser,wwd-eater.||

D^K:
V,

stark, strong.

^D'O

n.

m. Speise, food.
n.

vb. Pe.,

Pf.
p.

1 s.

OX

(pers. ?)

m.,

p.

Impf.

*)Vvi;

3p."f.
[DDX]
adj.,
d.

t|?^.

Inf.
1

^VnaV;

XDDX,

p.

a.

Pt. act.

^,
\

p.

U'fe:

schwarz, black. X'JDDX (gr.) n. m. Fremder, ~ ~ ^^ T

'

lernen, deduzieren, /earn, derive. Pa., Impf. 3 s. m.

c.
sf.

s.

m.

!)Bh
c. sf.

stranger.

Pt.

act. s.

m.

(4/) s. m.

?]D5;

pass.

s.

f.

3 p.

c.

sf.

3
c.

s.

m.
3 p. m.
I&TI.O,

unterrichten,

instruct.
*

Impf.

p.

sf.

B^X

n. m.,

p. "iTsVx,

iniJtrn;
1 s.
r

Pt. pass.
:
:

tausend, thousand.
v.

X3DMO T ,

(XJ:D~): glauv T - '

xinx.

xx

ben, believe; pt. pass, glau-

v.

benswiirdig

trustworthy.

n.iH.,p.n3DK:
Magazin,
store.

xniJO'n
,

n.

f.

Treue, faith.
>

x:x n. m. Handwerker. AderT T

3
s.

ION (4) vb. Pe., Impf.

n. m., p.

m.

lasser,

artisan, cupper.
s.

10X
'*niBN: Taucher,
r

vb. Pe., Pf. 1

s. f.

n.OK,
;

sf.

diver.

**tt1tWK ")3 id.

nniox (nnn.Dx) i p. p.OK 3 s! c. sf. 3 s. f PHBK

3
.

xnnx (136) n.f., s.f.3s.m. nnox p. d. xnnx: Magd,

;

x,
2p.m.
3s.
"*"")'.'.,

sf.

3s.f.

maid.

\\

xn-inttX:

Magd-

dienst, servitude.
V.
|?ID3.

XD^,
s.

sf.

3 p. m.
f.

IrtriO^
>?

Imp.

m. XDX,
s.

.XDX n. f., sf. Is. DX; 2 s. f. 3sx p. xnnax Mut'"If T T

; :

IT

Pt. act.

m. 10X,
2
s.

ter, mother.
2

DX. Xn&X
s.

n.

f.
,

sf.

(x:'x); V T IT'

'

i r p.

pnox;
-.

IT '

m.

nnox;

p. 2.

xnnsx:

max:
: :

IT '

2 p. r
|

<

(V) in v ''
!

nt>x: saIT
r
:

1. Elle, cubit.

membrum
c.

gen,*ay.
dafi,

T "lO'X: ich sage,

that.
\

virile.
3

I say,

XOTI^XI:
or.
\

DBx

xnDx
i

n. f.,

nax_,

und wenn du sagst, and

if

x^m nx, T:frame of a

4
.

r;-: xnsx; T:-' das Gestell der Miihle, the

mill.
s.
,

x-'HTi

you say
r

= oder
s.

XD^^X wenn T
chance.
\

etwa, if pers.

Itpe., Pf. 3
f.

m.
;

DDX [xntSX] n. f. sf. 3 nn&X: Volk, people.

vb. Haf., Pf. 1
s.

m.

Ittnx
Pt.
s.

Impf. 3
f.
11.

1nn
pass.

XIDXnO:
m.
,

||

':o;n

d.

89*
1.

Dolmetscher, interpreter;

species. t'BJX3,'BX3praep.,

2.

Amora.
n.

m.,

pi.

d.

fxnsx:

Lamm,

lamb.

BJX3, ^BX^; 1 p. tXJBJX_3j 2s.m.T]BX3; 3 S. T m. TTiB JK3 OiBX_3) 3 p. m.

;

sf.

1 s.

t<l

rBXadv.wann?w&?n. nX"TV_: wie lange? how long?

T naX'^D conj. so
as often
["IN:
as.
if.]
\

fore.
bin,

||

^3
;

praep. gegen
||

oft als,

towards.

xniBX

n.

f.,
;

sf. 1 s.

TrtBX 2 s.m. ?]TnBX

:

wenn,

X^X

conj.

s.

m. nniBX

Nase, Stirn,

nisi.

nose, forehead.
pr. pers. 1 s. ich,

XJX (86)
t}UX, 3 p. m!
they.

JX,
1
.

tP'IlX,

BOX

n. m., p.

''Bf'JX

irux
;

(86) pron.

pers.
f.

Mensch, man ; 2.jemand,

t^JX
\

VUX 3

p.

sie,

some one.

vh:

nie-

mand,
s. m. mnx Pt. s. m. mno
;

none.
'ty'JX -T v:

ty'JX

13, 13

mx vb.Itpe., Pf. 3
Inf.

B>J T

p. r

'JS
:

Mensch,
\

TiUnK

man
nt^'J
:

(individual).

,^'J

'3

s.

FirUHB: seufzen, s^/i.

das Haus meiner, ihrer of my,

t:mx
T];1S

(86) pron.

pers.

p.

wir, we.

Eltern, the home her parents.

1JX, PiX

(9#)

pron. dem.

pi.

jene,

(86)
'

pron. pers. 2

s.

die andern, those, the others.

p_X

du, thou.
:
: :

(86) jungere Form fur, txnn:x,xnnx n. f., s.c.tnnx: T T common form for XJHJX. sf. 2 s. m. ^]nnX; 3 s. m. DJX vb. Pe., Inf. DJ'O, sf. 3 s. f. tnnrux, nnnx; p. n$,
the
1

HD^D ?
gen
,

Pt. pass.

D^N
,

zwin-

tx'tt/J,

sf.

2 p. m.
wife.

13^

notziichtigen
\

force,
s.

Frau, woman,

rape.

Itpe., Pf. 3
pass.

m.

?U,

"Jinx,

WX
f

(86) pron.

DjRS
*pN
2
.

2 p.m. ihr, yow.

;

['SXj n. du., c. 'SX

sf.

m. T]BN; 3 s. m. PT2X: Gesicht, countenance; Art,

s.

XDXvb.Pa.,Inf. nXDN, "iDX: ~ T T -' " Pt. act. p. m. V.BO, iDO

'
'

1 s.

XJ'DD: heilen,

90*
Itpa., Pf. 1
s.

sai 8

'Dnx

s.

m.

forbidden.

\\

SIDSn.m.Ent,

'DPK, s. f. +nX>pnX; Impf. X'DX 3 s. m. 'BPV: pass. ' T IT

II
:

sagungsgeliibde

binding

n.

m.

p. d.
\\

xmDX: TT
:

IT

Arzt,
d.

obligation.\\xyDX n.m.Verbot Verbotenes Siinde,

, ,

physician.

1DX
:

n. f.,

prohibition,
bidden, sin.

anything for-

xniDN
ment.

p. a. IIDX
,

Heilmittel

cure

Heilung, medica-

Sjnps

n.

m. Nordwind, northao&evr)?
vb.
:

wind.
n. m.,
sf.

nDX]
sf.

1 p.

n^N: [D^nDS
""a,

adj.]

Polster, cushion.

XHD

s.

m.

mo
:

denom., Pf. 3
vb.

s f.

SDJns

'3: id.

IT

siech werden, fall sick.

n^NN

uns zu Haupten, by SBS

"sf.
sf.
,

Pe.,
p.

Inf.

SS

^,
Pt.

our head-side.
n., p.
c.

3
1

m. 1rWD;o!?;
"Jj^BX IT
..
,

s.

m.

act.

p.

backen,

PPDX
.

Nasenloch

nostril.

bake.

SHBX T
- :

n.
v.

m. Palast, mansion.

X?l3pDX

(gr.) n.

chen, snapping thumb.

Fingerschnippwith the

srviss_

JDS v.
^?BS vb. Af., Pt. act. 2
s.

n^BKB

xnpDX
IDS
3

(gr.) n.

Segelstange,

sail-yard.

dunkel machen, darken. KDD1BX n. m.

vb. Pe., Pf. 3

s.
f.

s. f. c. sf.

hebr.' Dc
"It^'BX

nrnox,
;

p.

m.

V.
v.

InjniDS
p. r
s.
:

Pt.'act.
:

IDS
rr '

(IDS),

xyiux

yns.

nos' 1 s. S:iDS; pass. xnyoi?x " T f. STDS: binden, fesseln, [XT^pX]

IT

v. itsp.

(gr.) n. m., p. H;V|PX.

Scbliissel, key. beschworen, verbieten, bind, imprison, bind by spell, XlpX (gr.) n. Burg,

citadel.

forbid.

Itpe.,

Impf.

s.

1DPS; 3 s. m. IDH^, f. nonn verboten werden, be

:

xnpn px (4e) n.f.Frosch/r^. X21 X (4e) n. f. Boot, boat.

:

x,

ny 3ix
r

v.

91

xnx T
:

n. m.,

p.

tx*nx, 'nx: T- :-':-

-ix

n.
s.

f.,

sf.

p. p.

Zeder, cedar.

jy/ix- 2
;

m. Tsnx,

xrnx

n.
;

f.,

c.

m_x
:

sf.

i p.

m. tiiDynx;
2

p.

xn^iXrErde,

"irTJX

p.

iniX

woimheit, way, xinx Sitte, custom.

habit,

Weg, Genix
ZtfX
\

Land, earth, land.

jnx (4^) vb. Itpe., Pf. 3 s. m. yinx f. sich X^-inx

: ,

nrpx

beilaufig, by the way.

n.

ereignen, occur.
Ttf* vb. Pe., Pt. act.
s.

[xnYiX

m.],

p.

TITiX:

m.

c.

Reisender, Gast, traveller,

wayfarer.

Itt/X: vergieBen, shed.

xnnr'x T 2
s.

n.

IT

f.,
<

sf.
:

i s.

vWx:
"
'

IT

nx conj. well, because. xnx n. m. Lowe, lion.

[xnx] n.m.,
Krippe,
1sf.

m.

qn'B';x

Wand,
sf.

wall.
s.

X]^ty'X

(pers.),
:

m.
\\

3 s.m.

nnx:
s.

^PBt^'X Herberge, lodging.

stall.

xjDrs^'x, TT r /
:

sf.

3s. rmrstt>x: "T

:

pX
i

vb. Af., Impf. 2

;

m.

Wirt, host, landlord.

^]Tin
..

2 p. m.
1.

to"p'n

Pt. act.

X^X

n.

f.

Feuer,

fire.
s.

TIXO: r
..

lang

machen, 1B>X vb. Pa., Impf. 2

It^XP; Imp.
believe.
"ItyX:

m.

prolong;
long.\\
2

2.

lang sein, be
p. 'Dn.X:

glauben,

TlXadj.,
adj.
T)l

lang, long.

-pX.

T]nx
||

schicklich,

nx v. n:x. xnx vb. Pe.,

Tix;

Pf. 1

s.

"i'Tpnx,
s.
f.

proper.

vb. denom.
1 s.

i p. t-jrnx,
p.

inx; 2
3
s.

Pe.,

Pt. act.

XJinX:
zuberei-

n^nx,

passend machen,
ten,

tnnx, T
-:
'

^n^nx; x^nx, ^nx: T - :

'

-:

'

p. m. r

make
n.
f.

fit,

prepare.

t-jinx,

f.

ixnx; Impf.

1 p.
;

rtXD"!X n.

m. Heide, pagan.

TP}
|j

'3 p.
s.

t^nw,

in>: (in^V)
f.

IFW1X

Witwe, widow.

Imp.

m. XP,

'Pi; p.
sf.

m.
s.

^pix,

c.

n^tnx
,

n.

f.

inx, in; Inf. xn>o,

Witwenschaft
<p:iX] (gr.) n.
Beutel, bag.

widowhood.
f.,

m.

^n^D;
f.
I ;

Pt. act.

s. m.-

p.

'nx, T' inx ' T

1 s.

x^nx; * m. t-jrx, p. '-T' T IF XJ'nx kommen, T IT

:

92*
come.

Af., Pf. 1
et
sic

s.

VVX
sf.
;

p.

m.

(TPX,
3
1
s. f.

infra),

1 s.

JOTVB: bringen,

ein-

anTPx,
s. f.

3 p. m. irurvx
s.

schliefien, herleiten, bring,

p.tiJYPK; 2
3

m.
3 p. m.

include, derive.

sf.

inx

v. irux. n. m., c. "inx / -.

; /

in:nvvx; 3 s. m. vvx, sf. 2 s. m. ?p nx, 3 s. m. a_'n'K r

(HTIX,
"irixTix,

sf.
:

1 p.

s.

f.

nnx

Ort,

annK);
x'fvx, T
sf.

3
3

s.

f.

iri3 praep.,

sf.

s.

s.

m.

m.
3

^"in.3;

s.

m. ainSK

nrvrrx,
(ins)' \ T/)
sf.

3p .m.
3 s.m.
-

tvry.K, irvx
: :

awx, arnx, r'

s. f . t
f.

IT'

3 p. m. t-pjv^K, irtprrx; Impf. 1 s. W*; 3 p. irPJ, sf. 3

s.

aina, rn.nax; 3 p. m. linnnix, lirina nach, IT -' XI n 2 adj. after. hinter,

s. f.
:
:

rr

d., p.

m/Xina T
:

:
'

f.
:

d.

,T

KTPina " T - rr
;
: :

m. aw:,' 3
sf.

xnirvV

p.

f.

d.

xmro
TTIT
:

der

letz-

IT

Imp. s.m. TPX_,

hjorvx,

s.

XITX; p.m. m. aiTlK;

sf.

tere, letzte, the latter, last.

"inn?
'

conj.

nachdem,
:

Inf. "'irvx (v.lns),

s. f.

rpiirx, s'p.mJroyiiyx;
act. s.

Pt.

- -. hv) auf der Stelle, sofort, on

after.

}\

nn'px .

(= inx
V

m. TPO, :

f.

'

the spot, forthwith.

3 praep., sf. 1 s. 2 s. m. !](')3

3
s.

^
,

1 p.

"J3

p.

m. 123
p.

schlecht, bose, das Dbel, bad, evil, the evil.

f. Bosheit, malice. adv. bose, angrily.

m. as,
f.

s. f.
:

a3,

m.

n.

las , p.

VIS

in,

an,

fiir,

um, durch,
^5X3

in, into, for, by,

X33

n.

m.

(et f.?),

c.

33:
\

with, through.
'BJ.K3,
.

v. JT|JX.
f.,

Tor, Tiir, gate, 33X: an der Tiir, at the

:

door.

1X3 XT3 n.
pit.

p.

n>3 Grube,
p. d.

door.

nx'pSS adj., p.

^33:

Baby-

adj.,

f.

lonier,

Babylonian.

93*

lana dem

arab.

= bidubr
,

mit
6c/t.
s.
f.

KJ'Sria n. m., p.

VPSia

junger

Riicken, wzVA

Me

Kiirbis,

ma

vb. Pe.

Pt. pass.

XJ^SiS n.

yown^ pumpkin. m. Lampe, /a/wp.

Impf.
c.
sf.

xrv"T3:

heiter,
s.

cheerful.

S13 vb. Pa.,

"TaR
;

2 3

s.
s.

m.

Pa., Impf. 2

m.

c. sf. 1 s.
:

Inf.

m.

irnnn
laugh.

Pt. act. i p.

erheitern,
|

PPin^: verachten, m^w/^. l^rrno make Via vb. Pe., Pt. act. s. m. yn cheer,
spalten, cleave.
pi. 'V.T.aO?.a.) cleft, rent.
\

Itpa., Impf. 3 p. m.
||

||

THaJ
p.

pass.
:

Xnm

X^i3

n. m.,

n. m.,

Ritze, Offnung,

Tll'ia

Lustigmacher,

sn]2
:

n. f.: id.

merry-maker.
v. V.

pn
,

vb. Pe., Inf. p]ao

streuen,

scatter.

vb.

denom. Af.

Inf.

N113

v.

S^Ht.

*?1T2K!?:

den Segenspruch
sagen,
benediction

v.

vn.
Pt. act.
1
s.

am Sabbatausgang
recite

vb. Pe.,

the

at

NJt^'na: suchen, search.

the outgoing of the sabbath.

p-13 vb. Pe., Pf. 1 p.
c. sf.
;

nt23 vb. Af., Pf. 3

s.

m.

c. sf.

s.

s.

m. TjnuaX: versichern,
n. m.,

m.

rwpna pupna
i.
;

3. p.

m.

assure.
p.

tlpT2; m. toJR^ax

Impf. 1 s. c. sf. 2 p.
Inf. c. sf.

^D3: Fun-

s.

ken, spark.
vb. Pe., Pt. act. p. m.

m. BJJTOOV

Pt. pass. 2 pi.

tinter-

1IVpH3:
suchen,

priifen,
try,

examine.
s. c. sf.

Pa., Pf. 3 p. m.

c. sf.
s.

s. f.

113 vb.Pa.,

Pf. 1
;

2 p.
f.

m. iajrrna
:

Pt. pass. p.

Ptt^a; Impf. s. m. a|lVtsa;

s.

c.

sf.

Inf. c. sf.

nna
'

"Q12D zerstreuen, V. nnx.

vb. Pe.,

scatter.

m. ?6lt^$
f p. m.'
:

Pt. act.

s.

m.

Vtsiao,
s.
f.

vte,

1 P.

Pt. act.

I^Vtsap

xnn3: T -:IT
afraid.

sich

furchten,

be

ungiiltig

miifiig machen, machen, make idle,

\

make

void.

Itpa., Imp. 3

94*
p. n.

SOS

m.

tsa: pass
l|

between,
MtiBig-

nn

'3 zwei zu-

m.

p.

j^tD3:

ganger,
vb.
kick.
lIPS
(lat.)

idler.

sammen, ein Paar, a pair. X33 vb. P6., Pf. 2 s.m. n'33;
Impf. 3
1
s.

Pe.,

stampfen,

m.

^rilO'.;
s.

3p.m.
m.
'33,

1133'; Pt. act.

n.

vivarium.

f.

X'33: T T
:

p. m. r

'33, - T 7

133; T 7

'3 V. 1H.
'3 v.

weinen, weep.

in.

H33

v. XVI.

<s v.

x^n.

Xjl'73 (etym. ?) n. m. eingravierte

XJP?
:

3
r
:

v. XJPT.

Figur

impression.
s.

Kn#:3 T
1'3,

'3 v. BOS.
sf.

^3
1 p.

vb. Itpalp., Impf. 3

m.

^P3 praepos.,

^3?3^: vermischt werden,

be confused.

txJJ'2; 3 p.m.irPJ'3: zwi^ .- ,. T - ..?

3D "p3 zwischen dem Guten und

schen, between. Vfly?

^3
3

vb. Pe., Pf. 3

s.

s.

m.

c. sf.

m. nyV 3, 3
:

s. f.

ny.Vs;
s.

Bosen, between

the
s

good

s. f.

tn$?3
c.

Pt. act.
s.
f.

m.
:

and

the

evil.
||

J;:n

^3

yVs,
2
s.

sf.

ny.V 3;

adv. dazwischen, between.

*3 V.

ny_^3 ; pass. p. m. 'V swallow. verschlingen ,

3
V'3 n.
Ei,
^3
'

v.
f.,

Itpe., Pf. 3

s.

m. y^SX,
:

p.'t^*a,
sf.
;

^3:
s.

s. f.

xy V.3X, X^Va T
s.

pass.

egg.
n. m., c. '3
'

XJ3
2

vb. Pe., Pf. 1

'J3;
:

t'ri'ps,
c. sf.

m.

n s J3,
p.
f.

3
:

s.

m.
s. f.

3
5 j '
;

t]n^: 3 s.m. arP3: J^ 'n3: p. .... T " "IT '

7

MJJ3; 3
IT
'

tn:3 T
3 p!

2 p. m. TfrViS: Haus, ^<^^e. inn^a'l seine Frau,

sf.
|

Impf. 1
Infin.

s. c. sf.

3 s.m. ITJ3X
c. sf.
s.

his wife.

J"P3
||

vb. denom.

'n3JJ3tD^;

n;J3t3^ Pt. act.

s

f.

m.

'J3,
IT

Pe., Pf. 3

s.

m. H3; 3p.m.
iibernachnight.

^rvS;
ten,
,

Inf. ri3p;

pass the
'zi

c.sf.3s.m.nJ3; Is.KJ'JS: T IT '33 n. m. build. bauen, Baumeister, builder. X^J3

:

'

\\

praep.

zwischen,

n.

m. Gebaude, building.

x-o

95*
adj. wenig, lacking; sq.
less than.
f.

DD3

vb. Itpa., Infin.

1

D3p: sicli ('a ?); Pt.p.m. "]D weniger als, become drunk. Np3 n. m., xnp3 n. berauschen, 'T T T' :rr Q'D3 adj. siifi, sweet. #7ia.
\

Miicke,

yinps

(pers.)

n. p. Polster,

Kp3

Teppiche, covers, rugs.

Imp. s. y.3: untersuchen, examine.

*]9a:

vb.

Pe.,

^3 vb. Pe., T
l p.

Pf.

s.

*y_3;

pp3. S|?3 n. m., p.

pitcher.

Krug,
sf.

txrys, t^va,

1V.3;

2 p. m. 'rr'ys; 3 p. iys; Impf. ip. 73:'; S

13 (13ft),
1 s.
!]-J3
;

c.

13;

d.

X13;

tna, ti3, na;

s.
f.

2's.m.
H-13
sf.
5

iynV;

inf.

xy^o,
n

!)T3

s! f.

Imp.
iys

s.

m.
.

y.2

Pt. act.
f

s. f.

p. t'pjs, *ja, c.

x;y3; P
;

m.'t^y_a

t^ya,
rpys,

\33
:

2' 8.

f.

^
\

^3;

is.

i s.

x^ys
;

2
s.

s.

2 p. "prvya

pass.

m.

73

2 p.m.iD^3; 3 s. n"j2; 3 p. m. iTJ2: Sohn,

son.

fragen, bitten, notig haben, ask, require. Itpe., Pf. 3

\

n*i3

"13

sein Enkel,

his

grandson.
sf.

xnn3,
nnna;

c.
s.

s.

m.
s. f.

y.ax,

s. f.

K;y3; Impf.
s. m.'

n3;

t^-ia, tn-ia;^
s. f.

3
f.

yap

Pt.
p.
s.

^3(11)0,

m. S]P!3; 3

p. a.

ioyap;
i

m.

^({nn),
sf.

tyantJ;
pass.
||

s.

nja, d.xn:3; ^:3 ; i p. vnj3 :

c.

K;ya

n. (f), sf. 1 p.

Tochter, daughter.
Pe., Impf.
s.

^3: Frage,
n. m.,
c.

question.
:

1 s. c. sf.

master.
\

tya Herr, X33T ^ya, sf. 2

1

m.

rT"l3X:
\

erschaffen,
Pf. 3
Pt.

create.
S.
f.

vb. Itpe.,
p.

s.

m. ipa^n

.bgBi-.

Feind,

Xn3S,
p.

113S;
||

enemy.
1

2
n. m., p.

s.

rvQrip: pass.

[xnns]

iya. [siiys]

t^niya:

n.

f.,

xnn3:

Geschopf,
act.

Fackel, torcA.
2

creature.
p.

iy3 vb. Pa., imp.

entfernen, remove.

nya

2S13 vb. Pe., Pt. werden stark

n.3:

become

strong.
7

Itpe., Pf. 3
.

s.

f.

nsK. soVy ... T ^

n"? ..

nns ...

er

Benediktion sprechen, say a benediction.

||

bless,

genas, he became well. Af., Imp. s. m. **O3'K

^"DN: nahren, nurse.

n.
1.

f.,

du.

c. sf.

s.

m.

Nn-TD n. f., Knie, knee. d. xro~i3: Segen, blessp.

\\

XT13
ice.

n.

m. Hagel, Eis,

hail,

ing, benediction.
v.

nnn.
:

XT"13 (gr.) n.

m. Lederriemen,
he-

(iin3) (pers.)
lich, excellent.

vortreff-

thong.

xrn3

n.

m. Ziegenbock,

~\3 adj., d.

JO3

draufien,

goat.

[X:in3j(etym.?)n.m.,p.vrin3:
gewalttatiger Mensch, rebel, outlaw.

auBenstehend, AuBenseite, on the outside,

external, field, peel.
adj., s.
:

freies Feld,

ns
\

f.

d.

X1V13, p.

f.

d.

"p3 vb. Pe.,

3*133, TfiaV
;

Impf. 3

s.

m.
;

aufierer, external.

Pt. pass, sp.3

1

sed usitatius Pa., Pf.

sf.

s.

Ben,<

s.

m.
1

auBer, except.
p.

D"13,

p.
;

m.
'

InJFDTQ;

aber,
truth.

furwahr,

but,

of a

t*W3l3, T T 3 T]"l3
;

t-mria: IT
'

'

3
sf.

s.

m.
s.

p.

m. m.

c.

iP3 n.

m. Fleisch, meat, flesh.

s. f.
>!

pro;
TJ13J
1

Impf.
3
s.

1 s. TJ-13X,
c.
sf.

p.

vb. Pa., Imp.

?ts(3

1 s.

kochen, seethe.
| n.

IDnn ?; 3 p. m. c. sf. 2s.m. tnDTJ? Inf. D113 Pt. act. IT IT

: :
:

m.Bergraute, wildrue.
f.

'

irs n.
v.

'

Jungfrau,

1 p.

IJ^IDO:

segnen, eine

vb. Pe., Impf. 3 p.

t^3
s.

/ec^.
I

Af., Pf. 3
;

s.

m.

c. sf.

Inf.

3:pV
1

Pt. act. 2

f.

s.

m. n33
1.

T |T'

*^):

erheben,

co/-

IJ'SjB,

= Pe.;

Pt. act, 1 p.
2.

ein-

97*
kassieren lassen, order col- XBT3 (KB3) n. m., p.
lected.
sf.

3 p.

1<TB"T3: Fliigel, wing.

n. n.
f.

^aJ.KIia:
2

Rohr, tube.
p. *aa
:

333

[xni3

f.],

ab-

Tragsessel,
[13]

geschnittenes Stiick, apiece cut off.

333. N333n.m.Flocken,/7ae. H33 vb. Af., Pt. 2 p. uvnaJD
:

133

praep.,

sf.

s.

f.

tD^33,
3
s.
f.

^.133, p.

m. m.
\

H133,

p.

innerhalb, in, within, in.

13? praep., sf. 3 s.

erheben, ^>33 vb. Pe.

lift up.
,

m. H13V

Pt. pass, ^"33

in, into.

kneten, knead. 133 n. m., d. X133

on account
;

130 praep. infolge, T 130 conj. of.

\

sf.

1 s.

infolgedessen dafi, because.

||

n33,
sf.

s.

f.

nnqa,

'34

adj.,

p.

f.

d.

Kirn:

innerer, inner.

O'laa: Mann, XT 13 n. m. Eunuch, eunuch. wan, husband. XR1133 n. f., X?113 n. m., p. d. tx*7ll'3: T -IT TT sf. 3 s. m. ~rn}33 junge Taube, pigeon. Macht,
2 p.
f.
||
|

power.
1

X313 (3313) (pers.) n. m. Farbe,

n.

S"lJ

KH3

m. Bockchen,

color.
|

113D
:

kid.
2

X313 Y]3

praep. wie, like. auf diese Weise,

dreist

*Tl3vb.Af.,3s.m.c.sf. 3s.m.
JTTIX: auswerfen, cast up.

//'*

manner.
:

D13 vb. Pe., Pt. act. D'3

sein, &e bold. XBi3 n. m., sf. 3

*TJ3

X'lj

n.

m.

Geschick,

fortune.

s.
,

m. HD13:

ru

m. Wand, wa//, ftan^: of a Uferwand,

.

S13 (xnj)

n.

Korper ,
HB13
1D'D13
*e/ve*.

Person

Wesen,
Xin
himself.

body, person, essence.

er
selbst,

river, shore.
.

JHJ3 n. m. Bande, band,

Pt. act.

1R3X ihr selbst, yowrXS13: klein, small.

troop.

U vb. Pe.,

s.

^3

adj.,
n.

f.

XiVt3: flechten, twine. r :r -T

Margolis, Chr. Bab. Talm.

Xli*3

m.

hebr.

"13.

98*
xrnra
n.
f.

x-ta

"lia

vb. denom.

x"?a vb.

Pe.,

s.

^a;

p.

Itpa., 3
selyt

s.

m. Tax: Pro-

t^a;
1
s.
:

2 p.
;

t^n^a; Impf.
Pt. pass. p.

werden,

become a

vax
1.

m.

proselyte.

1?a

offenbar
2.

XW,

Xiaa (pers.) n. m. Schatz,

reveal;

in

machen, die Verbaninto exile.

\

treasure.

xua T
:

^
||

Schatz-

nung gehen, go
Itpe., Pf. 3
1
:

7Ja vb. haus, treasury. denom. Pe., Pt. pass. s. f. xraa: aufheben, store

s. f.

^ax,

p.

f.

1 v^X geoffenbart werden, be revealed. Pa., Pf. 3 s.

\

up.
77a

m.
s.

c. sf.

s'.

f.

X^a; Impf.
Inf.

vb. Pe., Pf. 3

m.

c. sf.

2 p. m.

ikin;

".i^a;

s.

3 p.
1

m. rna, nna, m. ti-ta, sf. 3

f.

ana;
p.

Pt.pl.m. i^aD; Is.

entblofien,

x:^0;
,

m.

offenbaren

un-

aina, 3 p.
s.

vi^w;
2
s.

impf.

cover, reveal.
a

c.

sf.
1

m.

vb.

Pe.,

Pt.

pass.

pi.

3 p. m. na ? (naV),
Pt. act. ra, T'

na, p. m. ''pa: -T' r !|T

.

m. iTT^a: mit Eis iiberzogen, covered with ice,

congealed.
) *

scheren, abschneiden, cut, cut off. X7>7a n. m., p.

||

n.

m..
>

p. r

a^a: T
:

\7'7a:

Stiick, piece.

Name eines kleinen Fisches,

OT|:

Dia

vb.

Pe.,

Pt.

act.

a certain small

fish.
\

drohen, threaten.

Va .X^a n. m. Welle, wave.

1

1P

vb. Pe.,
act.

Inf.

inp ?;

Pt.

X^a
n. n.
f.

n.

m., p. ^a:

diirres
||

p.m. nta: :rr

II

beschliefien,

Gras,

dried grass.

anordnen, determine upon,

order.

Mantel, cloak.
stowtf.
||

II

xmTa: T :r
:

BeschluB,
sich

m. Stein,
f.

Dekret, decree.
"jna

adj.,

d.

Xn^V^a klumpen:

vb. Pe.,

Imp. ina:

formig,
n.
V

in

lumps.

xVaVa
\\

beugen, ftow rfoww. XD^a n. m. Rauberschar, band

m. Rad,
:

w^<?/.
||

of robbers.

(6a) n. m. Augapfel. -./ xn?a?i of the eye.

\\

99*
n. f.
id.
||

[xn^iO] (hebr.),
Rolle,
scroll.

oa [xmoa]
Kohle, coal.

n.

f.,

p.

nqa:
s.

p.

'K^JB

1 x|a
door.

n. m., p. ^>a:

Tiir,

vb. Pe., Impf. 2

\ian;

m. m.

Imp.

^aa;

Pt.

s.

^a
T
l'T

n.

m.

d. Galilaer,

#-

lean.

^a, p.m. pa, ia'a; is.xa-oa: T' * I-T' T" T "IT Af., Pf. schlafen, sleep.
\

Va n. m., p.

c. sf.

3 p. m.

s. c. sf.

1n^a: vbw n. m.
Kamel,
adj.,
f.

Mantel, cloak.
f.,

s. f c. sf.

m. niva.ax 3 s. m. nrpa.ax
s.

sf.

1 p.
||

Imp. ^aax,
Inf.
c.
sf.

sf.

s.

l^aax;
:

come/.
d.

s. f.

rpija'j&

XJVjVoa: groB,
act. c.
Vt33
2
:

Pt. p.

m.

iaat?; i s.

xraaD:

large.

Voa vb. Pe., Pt.

zu Bett legen, put to bed. xaa vb. itpa., inf. tx'aao: TT- '
Pt.
s.
f.

vergelten, antun, requite, deal out, do. "jnon ^oa der Wohltaten erweist, a
rfoer

X^aaO: T
:*

beschamt
be

werden,
J

hafilich sein,

ashamed, be ugly.
2ja. [xnnaa] n.
f.,

o/ kindnesses.

sf.

s.

m. m.

DBa vb.Palp., Pt.act. stottern, stammer.

1IDa-

nrQJa
2

Schwanz,

tail.

naa.

[X3a] n. m.,

sf.

s.

vb. Pe., Pf. 2

s.

s.

m.
Inf.

Impf. 3

m.

"loa
s. s.

praep.

sf.

1
s.

s.

m. '3a^;

ItMO; Pt. pass. p. m. noa; i

:

'

m. TB.a, xrpoa, T r :'

:

Ip.

133_;

m.

^aV;
8.

2 p. m. 133J(3); 3
1

m.

s.

nn^:
3

lernen, learn.
s. c. sf.

'33, H'lia ?: bei, zu, with,

to.
|

Af., Impf. 1
s.

s.

m.
s.

3i

m.

c. sf. c. sf.

account

of.

praep. wegen, on T 3a conj.

\

3 p. m.

p.

i:noj:
Inf.

Imper. p. m.
sf. 1 s.

conj. obgleich, although.

iaa

s.

nlOJK, n[1 m. nniDJN?: unterrichinstruct.

vb. Pe., Impf. 3 p.

ten,

UUaV; Imp. 2ia; p. m. '3a3: stelilen,

Pt. act

100*
itpe.
pass.
iaa ao
s

1135
Pt. aaap
I

= Pe.
:

p. 'aaap Pa., Pt. act. p. m.

, :
||

contend.
quarrel.
a

\\

Kian

n.

m.

Streit,

N33a n. m.,
|

vb. Pe.,
1 a:

Pt. act. p.

m.

p. >3Ja
'335
:

tf H Dieb, ^/. Anfiihrer von Dieben,

gefangen
captive.

nehmen,
p.

chief of thieves.
vb., Impf. 3
rollen, roll.
\

ana (pers.) n. m.,

<:na:

s.

m. Tiaa:
Trap'

Krug, pitcher.
K-r^ana
('a,

It., Pt.

'^a)

gr .)

n.

m.,

p. *!'?": v.
a

Riibe,

turnip.

KM.

KTaia
Inf. VllaK
s.
;

n.

m. Rauke,
s.

water-

vb.
s. f.

Af,

Pt. act.
1.

cress, rocket.

XJap; 2
s. f.
:

DMao

ma
3

vb. Pa., Pf. 2

s.

m.

c. sf.

pass.

KMa(')D

1.

m. nnTia: :rr KTia

\

kratzen,

p.Mao beschiitzen, protect.

Garten, garden. HK3a n. m., p. Gart'K|3
:

scratch.

n.

m. Stumpf,
P-

xn-ia n.

f.

r-

>

XJ:J ('3) ner, gardener. n. m.: Brautgemach, bridal

||

Weber, weaver. "3 (pers.) n. m.

s.,

p. d.

chamber.
\

pa vb. denom.
1

Pe., Pt. act. 2 p. ttfniaa: PIT das herBrautgemach

stellen,

= nxc.
Dia
.

^na

ein

MaB, a measure
sf. sf.

build

the

bridal

K^ia ncna; p.

n. m.,
-"o-ja;

3
3

s.

m.

s.

m.

chamber.

DDa
XJDa

KDa
n.

n.

m.
p.

Seite, side.
\jstt:

n'Dia: Knochen, &owe. 2 Dia vb. Pe., Pt. act. 013:

.

m.,

Weinstock, vine.

verursachen, cause. , Rebe, KTpna n. m., p. H'pia XJSJ ipy

:

Elle,

Baumwolle, cotton. Kia vb. Pa., Impf. 2

^lari
P"f.
:

CM&7.
s.

m.

Dia vb. Pe.,

b

Impf. 3 p. m.
act.
s.

reizen, incite.
p.
in.

Itpa.,

^DiaJ:
: :

'

Pt.
:

m. Dia, -T'
\

'3
s.

naK;
:

Impf.

p.

m.'DT a studieren, study.

n. m.,

m. 'lann

streiten,

SDia

Studium, study.

sna

101*
tf la

m
3
1

vb. Pe., Pf. 2

s.

s.

m.

c. sf.

(hebr.) vb. Pa., Pf. 1

s. c.

m. nnyi

scheren, cwf

sf.

s.

f.^ntf-U; Pt. act.

:
s

(the hair).

2
s.

s.

F)t-U

scheiden

di-

T13 vb. Pe., Impf. 3 c. sf. 3 s. m. Prn:u;

m.

vorce.
XJPJBtfa

Inf.

(pers.) n.

m. Siegel-

"nap

schleppen draw.
a

ziehen,

ring, seal ring.

(pers.)
n.

m.

Kleie,

n.
,

m.,
i

sf.
-

3
s-

s.

m.
m.:

ftraw.
ltf-l n.

^i
Pfeil,

P- 'I 3

sf
\\

'!*:

m., p. ntf-j

Brucke,
s.

arrow,

Hiaa

n.

bridge.

Pfeilmacher, arrow-maker. vb. Pa., Pt. act. 2 p.

Pfen 3D
:

vb. Pe.,
sf.

Pf. 3

m.

c.

s.

m.

nB/t^a,

"^:

be-

zermalmen, grind.

tasten,

1 v

"1

adhere. Pa.,Pt.pass.p3np:
\

NT

(9a)
diese,

pron.

dem.

s.

f.

angeheftet, clinging.

this.

Om.
p.

(hebr.) n. m.,

3n
1

vb. Pe., Pt. act. JJjH : besorgt sein, be anxious, con-

m.

1nnm:

Wort, Aus-

cerned.

spruch, word, utterance. T vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. c. sf.

^yi 331

X3-TH (176) n.m.(f.)

s.

m. ninn, 3
s. c. sf.

p.

m. 'inro'n ;

Fliege, fly.
>2

Pt. act.

X3T
n.

n. m., p.

3 p. in:i31:

Bar,
an.
|

fiihren,

den Branch liaben,

\

bear.

m.
n.

=
m.

lead,

be accustomed.

Pa.,

nosn

Pt. act. p.

nano:
n.
n.

leiten,

Altar,

al-

^m'^.
field.
||

X'12'l
|j

tar.

taaVt?
||

m. Feld, m. Wiiste,
n.

pri
1

vb. itpe., Pf. 1

p.

s.

''P.qns;

wilderness.

XJiaiD

m.

tx^nx- p t< prno:

Fiihrer, leader.
1

anhangen, ankleben, cleave,

'2 !

n.

m. Honig, honey.

102*
m. Liigner, liar. K3!TT n. m. Gold, gold. ]m vb. Itpe., Imp. >T7X fett
73 ! n.
:
1

X"li1

n. n.

m. Dorf,

village.

m. Herberge, n. m. p.
,

inn.

werden, become
adj.,
d.

fat.\\

[VH1]
fat.

Gastwirt, inn-keeper.
n. m.,

KJVPT:

fett,

p.

n !:
1

Geschlecht,
n. m., p.

in

vb. Pe., Impf.

fortfahren,

1 s.

1HX:
2
s. s.

generation.
""TT:

X1T
\\

^o on, continue.

pn (=
m.
f.

c. c.

pjn) vb. Pe., Pf. 3 sf. 3 s. m. rPSH; 3

sf.

in
m.

Reihe, row. "vb. Pa., Pf. 3 p.

sf.

s.

nnn;
(gr.) n.

Pt.

act.

s. f.

PinST: ein~
:IT

einholen, overtake.

stecken, thrust in. pn vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. pT

Pt. act. j?>n,

m. Gabe,

vb. Pe., Imp. TPI: stofien,

;

pn
1
-

pass.

s.

f.

Af., Pt. act. p.

id.

m.

sorgfaltig Xj?n, p. nJv.n betrachten , genau sein,

vb.

Pe.,

Impf. 2

s.

f.

observe carefully, be exact;

Pt. pass,

Pt. act. !?n^, p.

fiirchten, fear.

genau erwiesen,
genauen
Inter-

nach

der

vb. Pe., Inf.

c. sf.

s.

m.

pretation iibereinstimmend mit, proved with exactness;

nip ?:
3
s.

stofien,
s.

push.

vb. Pe., Pf. 3

m.

c. sf.

when
in
1-

correctly interpreted,

m.

nxm
-:

einstecken,

m vb. Pe.,
Impf. 2
;
:

agreement with.
"h^Ti; m. t-inn; Inf. Pt. act. s. m. in, f.
s.
:

thrust in.
vb. Pe., Impf. 3 p. m.
sf.

Pf. 1 p.

c.

s.

m. Pttprm '

-:

; '

Pt. act.

TO XTT p.m. ni; T n r

i

p.m. ''pm; * pass. .IT

1

s.

'

m. PTH,

IT

'

is.
,

xnxn, T fT
I
'

XJin T :-IT
Itpe.,

wohnen
Pt.
II

</we/A

"Hnp wohnbar,

drangen, crowd, Xp^n push; Pt.pass. eng, straitened. xpm (xpnn) n. m. Gev IT
f.
|| :

!:

'TTIIT'

habitable.

xnn T
,

:rr

n. f.,

sf.

drange, Bedrangnis, crowding,

,

s.

m. nnTJ: Hof, cowr^.

^3 Hiirde

distress.

jj

nT

sheepfold.

\\

T nota relationis (70),

103*
conj.

v.
1

(71). T.

v.

jener,

that.

^"T

no

der
the

! n.
j

m. Staatsdiener (insbes.
,

Herr jenes (Windes), Lord of that (wind).

DT
n.
f.,

Steueremnehmer)
v.

public

a.

^;

sf.

s.

m.

official (esp. tax-gatherer).

no.
s.

Ort, Stelle, place. vb! Pe., Impf. 3 s. m. c.

-H:

in VI
,'
1

vb. Pe., Impf. 3

l

m.

?.)

n <S n
l

?. ;

Im P:

s-

m. "^rDT, ^3'] ?; Pt. pass. p. m. ''TD'l, 1 s.

sf.

s.

"JH

p.
|

m.

1JH

richten,
Pf.

XJT3T

eingedenk
\

sein,

Itpe.,
Pt.
s.
f.

3
:

p.

remember.
t'jWtypt: remember.
\

Itpe., Pf. 2 p.

xnno: T T

sich

erinnern,
s.

pass.

Pa., Impf. 3 p. m.
sf.

Af., Pf. 2

m.

unV,
Imp.
Inf.
c.

s.

m. a
s.

c.

sf.

s.

IFTDTK;

Inf.

c.

sf. sf.

3
s.

m.
P

niD'lX?: erinnern, remind;

sq.

= Pe.
sf.

m.

erwahnen,
\\

/waAre

||

1*7

n.m-, d
Gericht,

mention.

SJIDI TT
:

n.

m.,

c.

p.

tXJ:n:

1DT: Andenken, memorial.

vb.

ProzeB, Gesetz, court, law*OH3 adv. mit suit, law.

|

Pe.,
s.

Pt. act.

s.

a Recht, rightfully. Gerichtshof, cowr J ofjustice.

\

im
:

W'V^, 2
m.
m.
1

n^T;
\

pass. p.

?!

draw,

lift.
;

schopfen, erheben, Itpe., Pf. 3 s.

Pt.

||

II

VI *r
.~

n. m.,

a.
||

X:>T TT

Richn.
f.,

^"W

ter, judge.
p.

KWHO

^p

sich er-

heben, hoch
be high.
\

sein, be lifted,
s.

KTUHO: TT
i:

Bezirk,' district,

Pa., Pf. 3

m.

province.
TT
r

n. m., p.

^n, FPT, 3

sf.

i p.

p.

inr^n;
-

IJ^T, 3 s. m. 3 s. f.
sf
-

denarius.

3 P- c

8-

m
/z

pSDH

n.

m. Sanfte,
Pf. 3
s.

JOT vb. Itpa.,

*y\

m. m.

erheben, wegnehmen,
M^,
#A'd
tfr] n.

abgetan sein, be gone.

(9/)

pron.

dem.

s.

away, m. Hohe, height.

deduct.

104*
vb. Pe.
17]
:

Impf. 2

s.

m.

KW

n. m.,

p.

^n

FaB,

spinnen, spin.

wine -jar.
;

pV"T vb. Af., Pf.

s.

m. pVlX.

JnDT

(pers.) n.

m. Portion,

3 p.
p.

1j?^T.K
<l

Pt. act.

p^m,
v. v.
.

m.

p7"jp:

anzunden,

ppi.
Brett, board.

##Af, kindle.

DT (136) n. m., d. HOT; sf. 2 s. m. Blut, blood. Sjtf]

:

yn\ XBT n. m.

pT

n.

m. Dattelpalme, palmm, Korb, basket. m. Bart, beard.

p'l
;

XD1

vb. Pe., Pt. act.

f.
s
\

>Ctt,

p.

tree.
n.

m. 1D1,
be like.
gleich ?

"^pn

gleich sein,
:

cn

^p

ist

es

denn XJpT

n.

&#

a/ a// like (the ppT vb. Pe., Imp.

\

Pt. pass.

case mentioned}? Pf. 3 s. m.

Itpe.,
in

WX
. .

pH: zermalmen,
pnpn
adj.,
s.
f.

grind.

der

Gestalt von

erscheinen,
\

appear
Pa.,

in the likeness of.

s.

xnpnp% p. m. t^p/pn (4A) "klein, small, ^/rn kleine Kin: :

d.

Pf. 3

m.

c. sf.

s.
f.
. .

der, small children.

m. PPB1;
"J^plp
:

Pt.

pass. p.
.

vergleichen, als

npT vb. Pe., Inf. c. sf. 3 s. m. ITIpntJ?: durchbohren,

pierce through.

vorstellen, liken, imagine.

\\

CH

n. p. m., c.
:

'CH

sf.

3 p.

x-n

v.

in.
s.

iiTpn
price.
i

Preis

equivalent,

vb. Pe., Pt. act. nn, 2

i
(n.!"l;J)

tragen, carry.
step.
d.

adj., p.

m. 'aion

schla-

Xi"! ! n.

m. Stufe,
n.

fend, sleeping.
n.
;

[XTl^]
p.
s.

m., p.

f.

'ytri

et
:

Hefe, dregs.

sf.

m.

n'"y_cn

pm
XDin

v.

ppn.

Trane,
!!!

tear.

1^1

(90)

pron. dem.

s.

m. Weg, way. m. XDi-H (hebr.) n. m. Suden,

n.

dieser,

this.

south.
|

D~nvb. denom. Af.,

;

nn

sn:no T

n.

m. Osten.

I-

Imp. p. 1BTT

Inf. 'Ol

105*
sich sudwarts

wenden, turn
m. Drache,
s.

nen), deliver in public (in

general).
\\

towards the south.

(gr.)
n.

xtfTTB'a: Haus

dragon.
vb. Pe., Pf. 3

desVortrages,Schule,se#00/. . Xtth n. m. (f.?): Tiir,

m.

c. sf.

s.

f.

atf Tl

p.

m.

tf

Tor, door, gate.

vb. Af.,
Pf.

s.

m.

Impf. 2 p.t-j^'-inn: 1. den

Schrifttext erklaren, inter-

B^X
T T

JntP'n :

schweigen, &0 silent. (pers.) n. f. menstruie\*

:

pret the
2.

Scriptural

text;

rendes Weib, menstruating

vortragen (im allgemein

woman.

part, interr.

= nonne.
(9c)

= num.
dem.

X?n
|

XHH

X^nna adv. ausdruckexplicitly.

s.

XH

pron.

s.

f.

lich,

(9<*) pron. dem.

this.

m.

diese, this;

im neutrischen

dieser,

Sinne (in a neuter sense}: Tin vb. Pe., Pf. 1 t'l^nnn, -j-iin ; 2 dieses, this. NH, "il interj.
||

p.
s.

xjiin,
;

m. n"jin
1

siehe, behold.
weil, because.

\\

XHT

conj.

Impf.

nnn ?,
1

ITIX; 3 p. m. inn ? inf. inno ?

s.
' 1

x:ixn TT -rr

v.

Try.
s.

Pt.' act.

"XH (9/") pron. dem.

jener,
that.

m.

p.

m.

mn

"nn, T'
; '

mn, -T'

f.

xiin, T;IT'
:

1 s.

:rr

XJTtn T -rr
:

zu-

X72H

n.

m. Hauch, Dampf, m. Finsternis, darkpron. dem.

s.
f.

riickkehren, return; sq. 3 seinen Sinn andern, change

one's

breath, vapor.

mind;
\

sq.

V umringen,

Xinn

n.

encircle.

"Tin adv. wieder\

ness.

um, again.
"h^TV!:
restore:
\

Pa., Pf. 1 p.

xnn

(9ffl)

zuriickerstatten,
Af.,
1 s.

diese, this.

nnnK,
;

*nn v. 'nnx. nn v. 'inx.

3 p. m. InjrnTlK m. n^nx ; 3 s. m.
sf.

s.

1T|,

106*
f.

NTOK

3 p. m.
;

c. sf.

p.

m. 1nj;
Inf. \ino
f.
:

Imp.
;

>\n,

p.

11,1;
')ji,
IT '

m. iHJn

Impf. 3
sf.

s.

m.
s.

Pt. act. s.

m.
f.

"IT&," ~>TU, "nnV,

" X'in';"p. r T IT

m.

1in, T'

Wn
IT
:

m.
3

HTTP

s. f.

Imp. s. m. c. sf. 'H'TOX inf. ninnx

; ;

s.

xnn, T
IT
'

r p. in^n; rr '
fre.
I

s.

sein,

in
:

IT

Pt. act.

TOO;

Is.

K3TOO:

V:

wie

geht

es
\

sp ^D 'T ihm?
T *nj
?/".

zuriickerstatten, wiederherstellen,

how

is

he faring ?

erwidern, betteln,

restore, reply, beg.

n.

xni~nD
\\

conj. wenn auch, evew Nn^p, nrrp, m^p adv. jedenfalls,

m. Bettler, beggar. m., N\nn f. (9/") pron.

at all events.
\

nin

c. Pt. cf.

5Sg.

dem. jener, jene, that. Nin m., 8 VI f. (8fc) pron.

pers. 3
s.
:

Palmblattchen, spalhe of a palm.

n.

m.

er,

he;
es

sie, s/ze.

||

[Knom]

n.

f.
,

p. ''Oin

eine

WJTT9B

was
it

nur
be.
\\

ist,

gewisse Dornart, a species

whatever

may

HD

of thorns.

adv. nur so, zwecklos, only 1)n pers. hazar 1000. HD2 adv. T! (^ c ) pron. dem. s. m. dieso, without aim.
\

um nichts, for nothing. H30 conj. da, since.

\\

ser,

this.

^n

(llc)
,

pron. interr. wel-

cher? which?

Dromedar, dromedary. nin vb. Pe., Pf. i s. t'n'in,

in;
i

[xn;pn]

p.

rn

(^n)

eine

gewisse Dornart, a species

tiwin, t^in, of thorns. 3s.f. XDVl wo? where? adv. m.t^n^ri; T 3 p. m. tnin, xni, ^_n N3V1Q: woher? whence? t Impf. 2 s. 11511 8 p^ f. IJin 1 SD\1 where.
p.

V.!n; 2 p.

r-

'

conj.

wo,

f-

r.V;

s.

m.
it

nn;
linn;

'D VI

adv. wie ? TJOW ?

|

^n

p. 'inl;
s.
;

2 p. m.
?

conj.

damit,

in

order

m. tvirn,
3
s.
f.

that. typ >in, xnn 3 "p. pvi v. '\nn,

;

IDX.

107*
irn m., *rn
?Y
T]H *
f.

(9rf): das

ist,

I^HO
3
s.

Nutzen
\\

bringen,
n.
f.,

&.
s. f.

benefit.

KiVJn

sf.

(9/) pron. dem.

jene,

f.

nn^n: ":rr-:

Nutzen,

benefit.

ion adv. T T
von
'3n
T

hier, /tere.

JOiiO

T T r

i^jn n. m. indisch, Hindoo.

hier, hence. adv. so. so.

i (9/) pron. dem.

I I

pi.

jene,

'3n 13: -T

fahig

dessen und dessen,

^n (9c)
tifef*.

pron. dem. pron. dem.

pi. diese,

capable

of

this

and

that.

pVn (9fl) pron. dem. pi.

these.
"J^n vb. Pe.,

diese,

TJJH

(9/)

pi.

jene,

go.

gehen, Pa., Pt. act. ^>nO:

:
||

Imp.

x*rspn v.

CJBX) vb. Pe., Pf. i

s.

wandeln, wa/yt.

Xro^rin.f.

SX; Impf. 2
Imp. ^E>n,

s.

m.

T]b>p;

Brauch, Rechtssatz, Rechtsentscheidung, custom, law,

legal utterance,
cision.

t]SN;:

wenden,
Itpe.,

sich besciiaftigen mit, ^wrn,

legal

de-

i^y
Pf. 3

oneself with.
s.

X^n
T

n.

lichkeit

m., p. "hhrc FestJT Hochzeit feast, ,

7
..

m. ?]BnnK; 3p.m. tiDBnrN sich wenden, sich ...

: ,
.

verwandeln, turn about, be

changed.

wedding
*!?^n

feast.
id.

^n
:

'3,

sn
m.

v.

^n
T

= Ps.
\

(hebr.) n.

nxns "

'n

vb.

ipD. Palp., Pf. 3

s.

m.

113118.
Pf. 2
:

"irnn:

nachdenken, muse.
n.

H vb. itpe.,
Impf. 1
enjoy
2
s.

s.

n^nnx;
s.
s

JDin

(pers.)

m. Dekret,

s. ^.nrj**.

genieBen,

decree.
T
:

Af., Pf. 1
;

JnN;
;

n.

m. Gericht von zer-

rvj.nx
act.
s.

s.

m. *;nx
p.

schnittenen Fischen, fish-

Pt.

m. 'Jno,

f.

hash.

108*

conj. und, aber; and, but.

"!1

(pers.) n.
n.

^ interj. wehe, woe. -kl v. 1^.

N^Tn

m. Rose, rose. m. Rosenstrauch,

\

rose-bush.

vyi
137

n.

m.

(f.)

Spaten,
s.

Kauf, purchase.

\\

vb. Pe., Pf. 1

J3T,

sf.
s. s.

n. n.

m. Kaufer, buyer.
'

'3 s. f.

arvj37 (nn\J37);' 2
;

m.,

xml37 T
;
!

n.

f.,

p.

m. FU37 m.
'

3
;

s.

m.

c. sf.

ni37

Wespe,

wflw??.
:

P1J37

Impf.

2 3

p.
s.

m. ^7 vb. Pe., Pt. pass. i7, iM m. S37O n. m., klar, c/ear.

||

Imp. 137,
137.oV; Pt. act.

13];
s.

Inf.

p.

^70: Becher,
inf.

<^jt?.

m.
3

137:
s.
f.

"im vb. Itpe., Impf. 3

s.

m.

kaufen, buy. 3 s. m. ':.37_ ;

Pa., Pf. 1
c. sf.
s.

t-mr;
sichtig
Af., Pf.

nin^sV:
2

vor\\

sein,
1

take care.
s.

n:37, 3 p. m. 1njJ3T; Impf. 2 s. m. 137_n; 3 p.c.sf. 3 p.

s. c. sf.

m.

!)Fnn7X

verwarnen, foref.

inrnn

Imp. IST, p. Inf.' c.'sf. 3 s. m. FUf3|V, f. a^iai ?, p. m. in:ji3iV,

; ;
1

U37

warn, admonish.
S17. xn^l
T
7

n.

'IT

Winkel, corner.
Paar, pair.
:

n. m., p. I\5i7,
717 TT
:

p.
I

VpJtai; Pt. act. 1 S. 1370. f.' nJ370 '

f.
" :

s. T

m.
p

n. m., p.

t-|H77: ReiseT
I

;-

kost, provision for

P-

ajourney;

:r-~

:'

'

s. c. sf.

s. f.

^l^. Sterbekleid,*AroMrf.

nn3370: verkaufen, Itpa., Pf. 3 s. m.

Impf. 3 p. i;^3^70, 2
n.

sell.

X717 n. m?,' p. \^7, sf. 1 s.

J"

13"1TK;

Silb erdenar , *z7i;er denarius ;

p. Geld,

U3^.
s.
,

Pt. 1 p.
|

money.

ruiplTp: pass.
sf.

m.

2
sf.

s.

m.
p.

vb. It., Pf. 3 s.m. lt?i7S; klein Pt. s. f.

iOUi^D:

p.

\Pril,

werden, erscheinen, be or

lit

109*
d.
d.
7

seem small.

"IDil
\\

adj.,

vb. Pe., Pf. 3

Pt. pass.

s.

f.

Xtti7;

f.

N1B17,

xh;

s.

f.

1 p.

m. nt3i7J nsn, wa#. l^ltSiT: klein,

p.

verachtlich

sein

von gesein,

ringem
Ittaf.,

Werte

be
\

pi vb. Pe., Inf. 1)0; Pt. act. Is. S3 '7 V T Trr (XJP7): ernahren, :r'T'
feed.

worthless, be of little value.

Impf. 3 p. m. far\h:
lose in
s

Itpe., Impf. 3 p. XJJ7Q n. m., WFti: pass. sf. 3 s. m. a:l7B p. V}1lB,

|

an Wert verlieren,
value.
|

||

Palp., Inf. tyhfi>

s.

Pt. act. 1

KJ^7B: T :r
::

ge-

sf.

2 p. m. i3'Ji7D:

Speise,

food.

ringschatzen, esteem lightly, treat contemptuously.

||

jm

vb. Itpalp.,

Pf.

s.

f.

xrj1?M n. f.Geringschatzung,
t
ivjert,
|

KJHSrnx: beben, quake. contempt. XJ17 pa) (pers.) n. m. Zoll- XJ07 n. m., p. Mai, ^'/we. haus, customs house.
IJTIM

:7
:

Zeit,
:

adj.

strahlend, bright.
f.,

mal, once.
zeitig,

Xin XJ07 T T n:p7 X?2

-:

ein-

vor\\

XBM. n. rPBM:

p.

c.

sf.

s.

m.

Nasenloch,

nostril.

prematurely. vb. denom. Pa., Pf. 2

c. sf.
sf. sf.
s.

pi
m.
c.

s.

*p

vb. Pe., Pt. pass. d.

falschen, ' falsify. I y i

XSM

1 s. 1PU8.1; 3 s.
s.
,

m.

m.

= IBM = X:BM
T:-

\\ if

XD'7 n. TT"
:

T T:"

Fal-

m. ^tt| 3 3 s. m. anJE>7
;

s. f. c.

Pt. act.
:

scher, falsifier.

XM

n.

Xn\7 n.

m. Wind, wind. m., p. tjonv: Olive,

olive,

m. 1070; XJB7D, sf. T .3 s. m. nriJt37_p pass. s. m.

f.'
t

..-

1JD70: 2.

Olbaum,
vb. Pe.,

olive-tree.
1
s.

1 einladen, invite; her eiten, prepare. Itpa.,

\

Iinpf.

3i

Pf. 3
fen,
c. sf.

s. f.

X:t?n7X
\

sich tref1 s.

Pt. act. ^37: 1. wiirdig sein,

occur.

Af., Pf.
;

be worthy ; 2. uberwinden, conquer.

sf.
||

s.

m. nnJD7K
s.
f.

3
;

s.

Xri37,
:

c.

rnD7;

m.

c. sf.

2
s.

m.

Tj:t57X

3 p.
ein-

s.

m.

Tjni37

Gerechtig-

c. sf.

txnun'ix:

keit,

righteousness.

laden,

invite.

110*
"IBl

-rat

vb. Pe., Pt. act. "ID]

||

sin-

ppT

Xj?7

n.

m.

p.

gen, sing. music.

X:T

~!1 n. m. Musik,

Funke, spark.
Inf.

(13&)
.

n. m.,

p. 'il:

Art,

'pip^X;

Pt. act. 1

s.

kind.
XJ7

XJp^Tt?, Ip.irRf^TO:
^arfctf.

sich

xrTJl n.f.Hure, T 'IT

n.

verpflichten ,
self.

obligate one-

'41

m. Buhle,
n.

whore-

monger.
XjPJ'lJT

pi
m. Kerker-

vb. Af., Pf. 3

alt

s. f. P

(pers.)

werden, grow

old.

meister, jailer.

Ipl vb. Itpe., Pf. 3 p.

xsyt

u.

m, Sturm, storm.
f.

TVT adj.,

XTV?

klein,

//.

aufspringen, leap forth. V1T adj. riistig, strenuous.

Kj?i.ri'[n.m. Schlauch, wine-skin.

ppi'vb. Pe., Pf. 3 p. m. c. sf. 3 s. m. niSpT: aufhangen,

yn vb. Pe.,

Impf. 2 a.m.
3

pfahlen

hang, crucify. XS^pT n. m. Kreuz, cross.

, .

||

saen, *ow. pi! vb. Itpe.,

Pf.
:

s:

m.

*pp7

Xj?7

n.

m.

Schlauch,

pTMN.

p"l;iX
6<?

gesprengt

wine -skin.

werden,

sprinkled.

xrvnn T IT

n.

f., '

p. *

xivan TT IT
:

13n

n. m., sf.

s.

m. Tjian

Weinfafi, wine- cask.

xnn^an T
I-

n.

f.

Liebe,

p.d.txnan, sf. 2 s.m.Tjnan; 3 s. m. n^ian: Genosse,

companion.
\

affection.

nian^

"tn:
to
f.

wan

vb. Pe.

Imp.

p.

man
beat.

einer
the

zum andern, one

||

schlagen,

klopfen,

other.

||

xnmn

n.

XtaanD

n.

m. Schlagen,

Freundschaft, Geselligkeit,
companionship, familiarity. vb. Pe., Pf. 3 pi. c. sf.

an
-.

n.
,

m. Strick,
n.

rope.

||

X'^Un T

-:

Wucher, usury. y

s.

m. niB^n

fesseln,

put

n sq."?^

interj. wehe, woe.

in prison.

111
n.

m.

p.

nn.

N]ino
n. m.,

(ass.)

n.

m.,

p.

Reigen, dance. Xian n. m. lahm, lame.

(pt. pass. d.

\lino:

Stadt, town.
p.

KBin
\\

t^pin,
p.

^n

Pa.)

id.

Faden, thread;
Pt.

Schau-

Tin vb. Pa., Imp. Tin;

pass. p.
f.

faden, fringes.

p^no

wetzen,

Win
pri

n.

m. Schlange, snake.

whet; Pt. pass, scharfsinnig,

kiihn,

vb. Pe., Pt. act.

^n,
:

p.
IT

sagacious, keen.

<3'n, i s. KJD^n, 2 s. r ir T' :IT'

nD^n:
-:

vb. Pe., Impf.

s.

m.

lachen, laugh.
s.

Pa., Pf. 3

tnrp,
Inf.

i 1

7. 2.

?.;

Im P-

8 -f-

H";
m.
||

m. J]n;

Inf.

<3ln

Pt.
|

XTO";
:

Pt. act. p.

act.

^HO,
,

p.
s.

'3nq:

id.
;

iin

sich freuen, rejoice.

n.

Af.

Pf.

2
;

xnn
id.

m. Freude
n.
f.,
c.

joy.

3
||

s.

m.
Fj;

TJ^nK
Inf.

m. rD'HK Impf. 2 p. m.

[xrinn],
vrn

nnn:
f.

3lriK; Pt. act.

adj.,
-:'

d.
j'

xran;
p. f.d. f

d.
I

n.

xmn, Tnn, T -

xnmn: ~ T T

m. Gelachter, laughter. n. m. Sand, ^antf.

f.

||

neu, new. Kin vb. Af., Pf. 3

nomen

unitatis.

s.

m.

Impf.
Pt.

1 s. ''inx;

Imp.
p.

Din vbT Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. on ; Impf. 3 p. m. \Drh ; Pt. act.

act. s.
:

m. *inD,

m.

D'n schonen, Mitieid haben,

:

lino

zeigen, show;

sq. "V^,

spare, have pity.

auzeigen, inform on. 3in vb. Pa., Pt. pass. p. m.

verpflichten
Itpa., Pf.
:
:

nn
s.

vb. Pa.,

Pt. act. p.

m.

'"TinD: reinigen, c/<?a;pass.

f.

oblis.

d.

XnTin:
nnadj.,

die rich-

m.

tige

Meinung,
\\

the correct
d.

3'nnx, 3'nx scliuldig ber funden werden, be found

'

opinion.
s.
f.

Xl^n;
f.
II

d.

guilty.
f

xrain
j|

n.
f.

f.

p.

d.

Km
:rr

T TIT

xn-nn, 'nn^n, p. weiB white. in

: ,

V3in;

sf.

s.

n^3in:

xm^n T

n.

f.

weiGes Mehl,

Schuld,

white flour.

112*
vb. Pe., Pf. 1
s.

son
T

et

3 zu Dank ver;

pflichten,

oblige.
: ,

eine p. "HTn i^rnn, 3 s. m. nnnn, 3 p. Xrnin n. f. m. injiTin; ip. tp_ifn, ]in, Dornart, a species of thorns.
sf.

2s. m.
:- -:'

SJJTtn,
f.

3 p.
:

mi.
s.

XT7PI n.m., p. 'Tin: Schwein,

swine.

injin.

3 p. ~

M::ITJ*n
s.

: '

m. nTmi, sf. i m. nn vtn 3

;

p. i;n;m, 3 s.

an vb. Pe., Impf. 2

'tsnrt:

s.

m.

m.
p.

c. sf.

s.

m. rnn, 'f. rmn,

m.

m^n
x;m,'

n. m., p. c. sf.
sttin):

sundigen, 3 s. m. rrxtin
\\

sin.

HXttn

0!);
nn,
sf.

3 3

s. f.

tnm,

Sunde,
Pf.

sin.

s.

m.
3
s.

m.'iin,
p.

sf.

nrpiii; 3 p. m. J-j^m, 3
p.
i
f.

vb.
ton
;

Pe.,

s.
:

m.
aus-

Pt. act. tt'n, T'

UUn T

m. inaiin (injm), 3 'rmn i. iTJltnj impf.

m.
!

hohlen, ausgraben, hollow

out, dig out.
\

s.

Pa., Pt. act.

\

Tinx; 2 p. m.(i)itnn; imp.

s.

tt'nO: ausgraben, dig out.

i\n

p.

m.

iin
s.

Inf.
Tin,

Pa.,

Pt. act.
n.

Bttno

id.
||

\m
p.

?;

Pt. act.
;

m.

Xtsno

m. Nadel, needle.
s.

m.

iin
s.

1 s. IWTin,
ri'jn; pass.

1 p.
s.

vb. Pe., Pf. 1

'DUn;

"jj^n, 2

m.

s.

m.

c. sf.

s. f.

HDDn;

sehen, see; sq. a beItpe., trachten, look at.

^ri:
\

Imp. ^Bn;

Inf. P|l3np: fort-

reiBen, rauben,snafc^ away,

Pf. 3

s.
:

m. nnns

Pt.

vnno
1
\

take by force.
X'1t3n

\7nD

gesehen werden, aus<l

n.m. Stab, Rute,

rod.\\

Af., sehen, &e seen, look. Imp. i.ns zeigen, *Aow.

:

Xlbno n. m. Zuchtigung mit dem Stock, beating with a

stick.
2

Ittaf., Perf. 3 s.

m. 'mn r
-:
'

; '

Impf. 2 p. m.
-;
'
:

ItriRFJ;
:

tnxinnx, "iinnx - r -rt r

nen, appear. pin (hebr.) vb. Af., Impf.

s.

XI tin n.m.Hiirde, sheepfold. erschei- x>n Vb. Pe., Pf. i s. tjrn, w f. 3 2 s. m.

Inf. .n
;

nn

p.

tln
2
s.

Pt. act. ".n, i

:

s.

x:^n,

pjrix

halten,

AoW;

sq.

n^n

leben, genesen,

113*
live,

become

well.
\

Af., Pf.
2
;

Xn n. m. Essig, vinegar.
:

s.

m.

c. sf.

s.

m. HTIN
s.

Inf.

\yiPIK;

Pt. act.

m.

7?n. J<??n n. m., p. a. et c. ^hhn Holilung,/w//0w space;

"flO:
vive.
||

wieder beleben, res.

sf.

2
|

tVVl) "n n. p. m., m. t]n: Leben,

"n*?
||

verborgene Schatze, hidden treasures.

p.
3

^Vn vb. Pa.,

Pt. act. p.

^no
|

//<?.

and good.

wohlauf, we// Ti adj., d. N*H:

||

entweihen, desecrate. Af., Pf. 3 p. m. ^HK ; Impf. 2

p.

lebendig, /jwngr.
f.,

XJTITI n.

m.

c. sf.

s. f.

a|^fW

p. xnjTi.:

Tier, animal.

Pt.
id.
|

act.

nn n.f. (=syr.hetta,y-inx?)
Sack, sac.

m. V.Vno, ^no, Ittaf., Impf. 3 s. m.

p.
1

S^n

n. m., sf. 1 s. ^Tl, 2 s. m. ^TI: Kraft, strength. xV>n ':a Soldaten, soldiers.
\

D'3n adj., 2 p. in'B'Sn: weise,

ww<?.
heit,
|| "

^nw, ^nn ? (^nnV); Pt. s. m. ^nno, s. m. xVnno, T pass. [H?nn hebr.] ?nn T vb. denom. Af., Inf. ?i nn ^5 Pt. s. f. xVnnD i p. pinno ~ T
|-

-1

||

l!

-;

; '

-:

xnODH T T
: :

n.

f.

Weisl

wisdom.
1

nhn

anfangen, begin. vb. Pe., Pf.

rtD^n
:

s.

f.

DPI vb. Pe., Pf.

p.

c.

sf.

fest

werden, become
n.

s. f.

nlJISH: verpachten,

solid.

give in rent.

8O^n

m.,

s. s.

f.

'Dl;
n.

1'p.
p.

l^n;
t^oVn,

f.

m.

SiiBigkeit, sweetness.

vb.,

Pt. 'Vn:

bekum-

n^ri; Traum, dream.

s.

^n;
c. sf.

mert, moved.

vb. Pe., Pf. 3 p.

^n]
3?n

n.f.,

p.xn^n: TT T
:

Glied, Stiick, portion.

n. m. Milch, milk. vb. Pe., Impf. 3 s. m.

m. Pnefyl Impf. 2 s. m. p^rin; 3s.m. s]!?n^, ^nV;

;

Pt. act. s.m.

I

Vn. T'

f.

HE^ri; T IT
:

'

Pa., mischen, mix. 3 s. m. B^ni, id. Impf. Margolis, Chr. Bab. Talni.
:
\

nV

pass, ^v.n: voriibergehen, pass by; Pt. pass, verwechselt,

changed.

Itpe., Pf.
8

114' 3
s.

m.

*]!?nx: Pt. -. r 7
I

._.

- .. *]WlB:
I

vb. Pe., Pf. 3

Inf.
s. f.

s.

m. Dn

,..

verwechselt
\\

werden

be

Dnp

Pt. act.
:

DXn, Dn,
sein
,

Pa., Inf. c. sf. changed. 3 p. f. VtJBiVn umtauschen,

:

XB'n T:
\

warm

be

IT

warm.

Af., Pt. act.

\\

DnD:

change.
statt,

\\

*)?n

praep. an-

in

the place of.

,

n.

m.

p.

'D?n

eine

erwarmen, warm up. D">pn m. d. ^DH: warm, warm.

adj., p.
.

Dornart, a species of thorns. Ni^n, NgVn n. m. Anteil,

portion.

ion n.m. T
-;
:
\

etf.,

d.XIDn; T T
-I '

p.

'iDn

Esel, Eselin, he-,

I

she-ass.
s. f.

xniDn T
:
1

n.
-;

f.

Ese-

IT -:

ts6n vb. Pe., Pf. 3

Pt. act. t^'Vn:

xi^n
faint.

lin, s/ie~ass.

X TiDn~3Ji(Sel. T
(13) n. m. Esel-

schwach sein,
\

ass.
||

X1n

werden,
id.
|

Je,

become
s.

treiber,

ass-driver.
n. m., d.
;

Itpe., Pf. 3

s.

m. ts6n, Pa., Pf. 2 s. m. c. sf. m. nPtS^TJ: schwach

\

ion. ion
2
s.

xnon

sf.
:

m. ^lOn

3
\\

s.

m. n*lpn

machen, weaken. Af., Pf. 2 s. m. c. sf. 3 s. m. nnt&6nx.

:

Wein, wine. XTpn n. m. Sauerteig, fermented dough. n. m. et f. 5.

TD(')&n,
f.

r- -: ,-'

id.
II

Xt!r?n n.
\\

m. Schwache,

"'"nitrv.

ts^ts

weakness.

W^n
m.,

adj.,

f.

no
:

ts^on,
n.'
.

'^(^on
:

15.
:

Xt$?n: schwach, weak.

[an]

ton r
s.

m., p.

^'bn
.

4-.

(13c)

n.

sf.

v.

on.
n.
rr

m. niBn:
2

Schwiegervater,

xn^n T

f.,

p. "pan: 'T IT
:

Ge-

father-in-law.
sf.
s.

xnon
||

n.

f.,

m.

^]rjDn:

Schwieger-

wolbe, Kaufladen, vaulted room, store. H nxun. ns:i:n 7 TT IT !T

II
;

TT1T

mutter, mother-in-law. xon vb. Pe., Pf. i s.

n.
.

m. Kramer, shop-keeper.
[xntsnj
n.
f.
,

p. 'tsn

s. f. c. sf. s. c.

3 s.m. n
3 s.m.
Itpe., Pf. 3 p.

Weizen, wheat.

Impf. 1

sehen, see.

pn vb. Itpa., Pf. 3 s. f. XWnx: um Erbarmen flehen,

plicate.

pass.

-pn
in vb. Pa., Pf. 1
s.

m. 'Bin:
.

engraveren
m.
caroft
p.

en-

schmeicheln, flatter.

grave.
T

ipn

n. m., p. t "pT.pn p.

Gnade,

n.
IT

Johannisbrot#r<?e.

Huld, favor;
jn vb. Af.,

Wohltaten,

acts of kindness.

baum, ain n.,

^-in:

Schwert,

Impf. 3 p. m.
ergreifen,

t'pjp.T:

Besitz

nn vb. Pe., Pf. 3

p. "Main.,

occupy. ?n vb. Pe., Mangel haben, be lacking. Pa., Inf. '"lion;

\

inn
3 n?
"!
s

Impf. 3
:

s.

m. ninV,

wiiste sein, verwiistet

,

werden
be,

Pt. pass.
:

m. ")pn, f. fehlen lassen, cause Xlpnp

s.

zerstort werden, become deserted, destroyed. Pa., Pf. 2 s. m. c. sf.

|

to

be wanting.
vb. Pe.,
Pt. act.
:

3
s.

s.

m. PIFOin T
..
:

:
'

Inf.

^irh:
IT
:

r-

m.

zerstoren,

destroy.

\\

Af.,
;

'n, T7

f. KDTl abreiben, rub. T IT In. m. junges Gras, young

:

Impf.

1 s. c. sf.

3 s. m. nainx
7

Pt. act.
id.
||

:nn, r
-:

s.

rains, r
: :

grass. NPtP'sn n.
f.

K3T1

n.

m. Schaden,

schwarzer Kafer,

injury.
n. m. Senf, mustard. Blri'vb. Itpa., Impf. 2 s. m. unnnn: Imp. tnnx: be- T - T

blackbeetle.

X^Tin

xaisn n. m., p. <asn i sf. 3 p. in'axn: Krug, pitcher.

'

i-

ran 'vb. Pe., Impf. 2

znF):
.

s.

m.

reuen, regret.
vb. Pe., Pt. pass.
s.
f.

ernten, reap.
n.
f.
,

[sn^no]

p.

K3nn
Pa.,

jTtnD: Matte, mat. n. m. Axt, axe.

in

anbrennen, burn. Pf. 3 p. c. sf. 3 p.

:

iroo-in

i.

irmrin;

Impf.
Pt. act.

adj. frech,
n.

impudent.

3
\\
'

s.

m.
:

!jTim,

^in?
p.

XBUn

m. Frechheit, im-

TltnO; T
'

pass. r

f.

13ino: T
' :

IT

pudence. HtjVpn n. m. Bauer, rustic.

versengen, sw^tf, scorch. Itpa., Pf. 3 s. in. ^inx;

\

ppn

vb. Pe.,

Pt. pass,

p'pn

Inf. ^.I'lnx,

pass.
.

b*

116*
.

51

in
:

ppn adj., s.

f.

a.

xns vjn
:

vb. Itpe., Pf. 3

s.

m.

scharf, sharp, keen.

n.

\\

XBin

^'nx
dark.

finster
\

m. Scharfe, etwas Scharkeennees,

(bitter).
:

werden, grow Pa.Jmp.p.m. ID^.n;

fes,

something

Pt. act. p.
p.
f.

sharp
2

l^no

m. "Ot^nO, pass, dunkel machen,

late.
||

*pn

vb. Af.,Imp. p. m. lB"in

sein, #e early.

spat sein, darken, be

Af., Imp.

frtih

p.m. 13^'nS: spat

||

NSnn

n. m., p.

snn

Graben,

sein, be late.
d.
'

tjlt^'n
-

adj.,
i

ditch.

KDltfn; p. d. T -;

tx^'n: T
:

pin vb. Pe., Impf. 3 s. m. p^nh einschneiden, make an in:

finster, elend,

dark, poor.

||

NDit^'n n.
T
-:

m. Finsternis, dark-

cision.
l

ness.
adj., p.

"nn

in
:

m.
\

xrnn
2

frei, free.

nn nn

p.
n.

f.
f.

vb., Pe., Pf. 1

s.

^.n,
s. f.

^n
act.

s.

m.

tS^'n
;

Freiheit, freedom.

tnt^n; Impf.
#0te.
s.

1 p.

tfm; Pt.
leiden,

Tin

Kin

n.

m. Loch,
Impf. 3
;

p.

p^n:
3
_
:
:

vb. Pe.,

m.

besorgt sein,
care.
-]nn vb. Pe., Pf.
sf.

suffer pain,

t6,
'n,

inf. atf no
f.

Pt. pass.

x:inj>n
:
,

p. d.

^yn
,.

s.

m.

c.

s.

xjantfi. i p. -.7 T

p^^'n,
-.7

3 p.

f.

MJDnn .... r

schnei-

s.

RD^Pl: rechnen, ach\

ten, count, esteem.

Pt. act. p.

Pa.,

den, cut. onn vb. Pe., Imp. p. io n n_;

Pt. act. 1
p.
s.

nen, plan. *
'

m.tT3B|nD: pla" sn3t^no n. f., T

II

l^pnn;
,

pass.

|"

p. c. sf.

s.

m. Pin3B(no Ge:

2 p. in^D^nn: subunterzeichnen sign

'tyn.ni;
,

m.

danken, Plan, thought, plan.

Pe., Pa., Pf. 2
sf.

scribe; schliefien, close.

s.

m.

c.

xjnn T
:

n. m., p. r 7

^nn, xnnnn: ... -7 TTIT

:

i p.

prm'n, -..--.
I

Brautigam, Schwiegersohn,
bridegroom, son-in-law.

verdachtigen, suspect.

11

PQB vb.
n.

Pe., Pt. act. 2

foV/.

s.
II

schlachten,

nnaB XFQB T T :

ne,
: '

sf.

s.

m.
:
:

* pass.

s.

m. d. K^ntJ
-T

m. Schlachter, butcher.
n.

X;::B

m., p. 'qtt

Gazelle,

antelope.

mahlen, grind. O, aits vb. Af., Pt. act. tansO: Gutes tun, do good,
deal
well.
||

hlU vb. Pe., Imp.

eintauchen,
fee

p.

l^aB:

atD

adj.,

d.

immersed.

xaa
s.

s.

f.

KM
heil

gut,

N?aB

n.

m. Pauke, drum.
Pt.
act.
1

vb. Pe.,

KaiU
T

n.

m.

Giite, goodness.

NjyaB,
Inf.

p.

l^y.aB:
||

verPa.,
;

n3ltD
he,

dem,
||

der,

sinken, be drowned.

happy
viel,

who.

xaiu adv.
very.
;
||

^yiaB^ Pt. act. yaB_

f.

sehr,
f.,

much,
Hrna'D
:

pass. p.

l^a.BB: versen-

U'tD n.
s.

d.

sf.

ken, einsenken, drown, fix

deep.

m. ^nia^ti

Giite,

Wobl-

tat, goodness, kindness.

nu
be

vb. Pe., rein sein, absein,

||

^ti n. m.

geschafft

be

clean,

V'D TT "

n.

Schlamm, mud. m. Araber, Arab.

ad.

clean gone.
s.

Pa., Pf.

niy*D
Arabic.

arabisch,

in

m.

c. sf.

3 p.

inmB r
:

-:

fiir

rein erklaren, pronounce

vb. Itpe., Pf. 2 p. m.

clean.
2

t'pn^BX
n.

spielen, play.

"IHB.

Xinu

m. Mittag, noon.
1 Pf*
1!

Pa., Pt. act.

zen, sport.

^.BD
m.

scher-

X1U

PaV
interj.

Pf.

lt5:

rosten, roast.
tDlB

X^D
loot!

n.
|

Schatten,

tut!

shadow.

^B

vb.

denom.
:

HJEit) n.
Ilia

m.

Sintflut,

deluge.

Pe., Pt. act. p.

^BO

iiber-

ints

m. Berg, mountain. vb. Pe., Pf. 2 s. m. rune

n.

schatten, overshadow.
;

n. n.

m. Dach,
f.
,

roof.
,

Imp. Vnt3;

Pt.

act.

p.

m.

p.

KI^BO

118*
Bedachung,
booth.
Hiitte, roofing,

tragen, load, bear,

2.

an-

klagen, sue.

X3t2 n.
\\

m. Last,

vb.

Af.,

Pf.

s.

m.

burden.
willen,
of,

ItSX
\\

praep.

um

y!?BX;
einer

Imp. y^BX:
Seite
stellen,

nach

&rw
s. f. d.

on

sidewards.
vb. Pe., Pt. pass.

interr.

= num.

wegen, for the sake account of; part,

Pt. pass.
p.
s.

NSB

vb. Pe.,
f.
:

m.
^BB

xnTBB
sich
self.

verbergen, hide.
:

'S_D ,

Itpe., Imp. p. m. riDBX.

fliefien,

X^DD, be abundant.

IBB

iiber\

verbergen,
|

hide onef.

Pa., Pt. pass. p.

:

adv. viel, sehr, mehr, /WMC/, very, more.

TJ8BB verborgen, hidden. vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. c.

sf.

S1BB

n.

f.,

p. c. sf. 3 s.

m.

nnBB:

Klaue, claw.
:

3
:

s.

m.

PJBtotD

Pt. act.

[Xt^BBJ n. m., p. 'Xt^BB

dum-

tP'Dtt

eintauclien, dip.

mer Mensch,

fool.

X3B
11313

v. IVtD.

X"1B vb. Pe. , werfen , throw.

(pers.) adv.

too together.

zu zweien, TIB vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. c. sf. 3 p. m. IruTIB ; Pt. pass.

xyB
DyB
3

vb. Pe., Impf. 3 p.lJK^;

inB,
drive

p.

nn.B

vertreiben, be-

Inf.

X^BQ
m.

irren,
s.

err.

away;
"lltSS

Pt. pass,
\

vb. Pe., Pf. 2

s.

m.

schaftigt,

busy.
;

Itpe.,

c. sf.
s.

3 p.
;

s.

m.

Impf. 2 p. m.
1

Impf. 3
s.

m.

D'yB,
:

m. D'ya Imp. p. m. IBjns Inf.

;

inf. 'liitss ?
1
s.

Pt.

XJTTtSp:

be-

DgBB
n.

kosten, fcwte.
sf.
,

XOJKS
|

schaftigt sein, be busy.

m.,

s.

m.
,

TTDytj': T
1

-:

H1B

vb. Pe., Impf. 1

i
s.

s.

1T1BX
i

Grund

Meimmg

reason,

Pt. act.

x:rn_B,
s.
f.

p.

opinion.

p'n-lB; IT
:

'

pass.

xnnB:
pain,

^yu vb. Pe., Pf. 3 p.

Pt. act.
lyiD
;

TO;
s.

sich

mtihen,
oneself;

take

pass.
:

m.

trouble
lastig,

Pt. pass,
\

WO, p- m. \PItt3

beladen,

burdensome.

Af.,

SI*
Pf.

119*

3 p. m.
p.

c.

sf.

s.

m.

verkaufte Grundstiicke den

wrnax, 3
Pt. act.
trouble.

m. iruttriBX;
bemiihen,

Kaufern zu

rnBB:

entreifien, a document which permits the

seizure of property sold by

s. f.

vb. Pe., Pf. 3

\\

XB1B

the debtor.
;

Itpe., Pt. p"lB vb. Pe., Imp. p. m.lplB klopfen, knock. f. s. XBltSO entrissen werPt. act. pnti: 1. schlagen,
:

den, be snatched.
.

stechen, strike, sting;

2
s.

2.

XBIB
:

n. m., sf.

m.

verschliefien,

close.
1tf B.
;

T]5"]U

ein gerichtliches

Do- Xtf B vb. Pe., Pf. 3 p. m.

Pt. pass.

kument, das
gestattet
,

dem Glaubiger vom Schuldner

nB,

p. itfB

sich

verbergen, hide oneself.

X"

vb. Pe.,

Pt.

act.

W:
m.
hin-

s.

m.
s.

^^

p. (sive du.)

schon, passend, fair, comely.

c. sf.

3
:

m. rPT, 3
\\

p.

m.

?T

n.

m. Gras, grass.
Pt. act. p.
f.

;rPT

vb. Af.,
p.

(=

Hand, hand. T TX 1 T'Vy) conj. da, well,

because.
"1
\\

iTkfiO,
bring.

1^310:

since,

n*!^
\\

fiihren, bringen,

conduct,

praep.

durch,
;

through.

nn etc. (10&
wy
etc.;

48d?) mein,
etc.

nn^j
etc.
s.

(616)
;

sf.

s. f.

at3la

die

Schwaa

mich,
>

we

gerehe

vollziehen, rfio brother-in-law's of /ice.

vb. Pa.,
Pt. pass. p.

vb. Af., 3

m. niX

Inf.
:

nix
m.
1.

Pt. act.

H10, p. mo
confess;

gesteheu,

2.

^3^0
dry.
|

trocken
||

machen,
f.

dry up.

K^'3^ adj. trocken,

X^3:
sf.

(=s.
8.

d.):

danken, ^z'y<? thanks. vb. Pe., Impf. 3 p. m. sf. 2 a. m. ^y^f?;

1ST$,
Inf.

trockenes Land, dry land.

VIO

Pt. act.
i

s.
8.

m. yT,

XT T:

n.

f.,

tvw

tT, ..7-7

p.

m.">yv,

x:yv,

120*
i p. te'STP,

s.

ny/r

2 p.

sf.

3
;

s.

m. nnn s., aan,

:i

f.

nan
wissen,
2
s.

p.

lan
;

Inf.

an^o,
s.

#wo>.
|

Af.,
sf.

Pf.
i
s.

ano, sanp
arp.
T'
f.

Pt. act.
p. *
s.

m.

m.
;

f
r]y_Tin,

xan\ T

- IT' :

m. t^an% -:IT"

iny/lix

Impf. 3
;

s.

m.
3

c. sf.
1

s. m.'

ajnfo

inf. 'yinix ?
,

*an% nn>; i -IIT' -:tr' nan': pass. -. r

.

xjan% 2 T rr'
:

s.
:

!rr 7

p.

m.

'a\"P
:

Pt. act.

yiiB
i
s.

sf.

s.

m.
s.

geben, ^we;
legen,
sq.
'P

Pt. pass, ge-

nyTiD;
c.
sf.'

s.

KJjnte; 2

placed.

insnitD:'

kund

griifien, greet,

tun, benachrichtigen,

make
||

sq. '^y. begehren, desire.

known, declare, inform.

2 s.m. 2 p. m.
i^.riy.'l
,
:

itpe., Pf. 3

s. f.

t
1

in
i

11

n.

m. Jude, Jew.
:

BewuBtsein,
,

vb. Itpa., Pt. "in0

fee
f.

sich
|j

Verstand
V.

Meinung

con-

iiberheben,

overbearing.

sciousness ,

mind, opinion.
||

TiT

adj., p.

"|TrP: iiber\\

s. ^SJ, p^D. KJH1B n. m. Erklarung, declaration. yilDntPK vb. denom., Pf.

miitig,

arrogant.
r-

Sin; n.

\\

m.,

nn*n* T
n. m.,

n.

f.

tY bermut,
'

arrogance.
p. a.
T]Di'
:

Ip.c. sf. 3

s.

m.Yl.1 JjnlonBte

^VP^*

i 1<l
?.

identifizieren, t recognize, identify, oyjiD,

anerkennen,

sf.

s.

m.

Tag, Tages||

licht,

day, daylight.

NOJ^a

^D:
s.

etwas, something.
s.

adv. 3
day.

am
n
||

Tage, during the

o1> -|0 conj. seit,

a,T vb. Pe., Pf. 1

c. sf.

m. nrnrr;
s. s.

i p.

tijqn,

t'l^an^j

twafT., 2 s. 'm.

[XPJi'J

n.

f.,
5

sf.

f.

rnrr; 3
c.
f.

m.
3

zirpn,

an

11

!,

^lO)^'

P-

t-jli;
'

s.

Taube,
act.

sf.

m. }(*)arP; 3
p.
m.''

s.

tina.T;

vb.
1.

Pe.,

Pt.

]:
lei1
s.

(ian); Impf. i p. an: ( 3 s. m. anj Imp. s. m. an,

;

borgen, borrow; 2.
|

hen, ^wrf.

Af., Pf.

121*
c.
sf.

s.

m.

TjPiDliX;

s.
f.

P)D' vb. Af.,

Pf. 1
!

s.

tnBDi;

m. nsriX;

Inf. c. sf.

3 p.

Inf.

DiDiS ?:
|

V1JB [tyiX; Pt. p. m. 'BTlO: leihen, fentf.

D

add.

hinzufugen, Ittaf., Pf. 3 s. f.

BDln,

Impf.

p.

m.

vb. Af., Impf. 3

Pt. pass.
s. f.

S.

m. HDlJ

ispinV, pass.
[X-jID'j'n. m., p. niD'.:

xrjDiB : zurecht-

Ziich-

weisen, feststellen, beweisen, reprove, decide, prove.

tigung, chastisement.

IV s [X^ViO]
.

n. m., p.

tKJlVlO

V vb. Pe., Pf. 1

Pt.
act.
s.

s.
,

"fn

^,
p.

Fest, festival.
IfV*

VD;
1

(hebr.) vb. Pe., Pt. act.

H/D :

*:

:IT

konnen,
,

p.

m. 'SV 1 -:IT'
\

1XJP: -:rr

raten,

vermogen, be able; sq. uberwaltigen, overcome.

advise.

Pa., Pt. act. p. m.

'SJPB: Rat pflegen,

counsel.
:

take

1^

vb. Pe., Pf. 3

1
1 '

s.

f.

rn ?

gebaren, bear. Itpe., n^adj., d. xn^;. einheimisch,

p.
f.

Pf. '3

X-I^nX; T
: ;

'

Pt.

native.
TY!l\

T?'nt5,

pass.

Af., Impf.
1

(hebr.) n. m. (boser)Trieb,

Imp. "I?iX: (evil} impulse. H? n. m., 1p* vb. Af., Pf. 3 zeugen, beget.
s.
!

m. T?in;
s.
f.

||

p. c. sf.

s.

m.

sf.

nn^l.:

Kind,

nnj?ix:

anzunden, kindle.
act. s.
\

child.

1 tp vb. Pa., Pt.

f.

Xlj?>_B

D0\ XQ*
"j^l adj.,

n.
s.

m. Meer, sea.
f.

XJ^:
p"
1

rechte

Itpa., Pf. ehren, honor. 3 s. m. 1j?:x Inf. nlpTM

:
t

Hand

(rechter Fufi), right

||

hand (foot).
Af.,Pf. 3
s.

vb. denom.

teuer werden, become dear; geehrt werden, be honored.

|

m. 10'X: rechts
the
right.

Af., Imp.
act.
:

p.m. npiX;
"lj?10,
||

stehen,

choose

Pt.

s.

m.

s.

n. m., p. 'pi^: Knabe, Joy. XPpiP n. f. Madchen,

|

rnpio
adj.,

ehren, ^onor.

"\^_

girl.

||

xnipP

n.

f.,

sf.

s.

XT

XTp.l: teuer, dear. vb. Af., Pf. 3 s. m.

f.

m. nnipj^: Jugend, youth.

Pt. act. p.

m.

V^B

122*
lehren, teach.
n.
f.

= rnln.
:

n.

m.

nan>3

Pt. pass.

s. f.

beruhigen, quiet, soothe.

Af., Pf. i
sf.
s.

HT

n.

m.
|

p. *rn

Monat,
:

'anix; i p.
5

c.

w0w/A.

xn'T

ttfn
II

Neu-

s.

m. HjaniS

s.

m.

mond.wewwwon.
n.

nxJTlT: TT r :-

m. Astronom (Berechner des Mondlaufes), astronomer

(computer of the course of
the moon).

anix; sf. 3 s. m. nanix, 3 p. m. injanix 3 p. m. c.

;

sf.

s. f.

njanix
3
s.

Impf. 3 p.
;

m.

c.

sf.
s.

m. HUniJ
sf.

Imp.

m.
p.

c.

3
sf.

s.

f.

p1V,

PT
1

adj., d.
I

Xp T; T
s. f.

s. f.

naryix;

m.

c.

s.

*.

P^!?.^
adj.
id.

:
'.

grun, green.

lianix; Inf. ^ainix, sf. 2 s.

pV

(17c)', Kraut, herbs.

p
vb. Pe.,

||

THJPT Kj?T_ n^mi

m. ^ainiX ? Pt. act. p. m. 'anto;

;

s.

m.
p.
:

p^aniD
setzen,

pass.
seat,

s. f.

sanits

Impf. 2 p. m. i l ?-5 3 s f fl* *?.; 3 PP: erben, inherit.

-

set, place.

Ittaf., Impf. 3 p. m.t-parjiJT ; Pt. s. m. aninp : sich nie-

B"
^

xnW

n.

f.

Schlaf, ste^.
sf.

nota accus.,
2 p. m.

1 s.
s.

derlassen,
n.

settle.
\\

sani
2
s.

m.,
:

c.

aniB;

sf.

m.

TbTV; 3

m. nn\
Pf. 2
s.

Tjanlo
ort,
:

Sitzung, Sitz, Wohnseat,

f.

(3n*) vbTpe.,
m. rnrv
,

session,
n.
:

home.
||

nan^

3p.m.
;

sna^no T r
Schule,
:

(Si6cV
\

a
):

tnrp
m.

nnn

Impf. 1 s. 3FIK ; 2 p. 3 s. m. aw, an*?

;

college.

vfn

Imp. an (an), p.m. nn;; Pt. act. s. m. an>, f. xan^,

p.
:

Schuloberhaupt, sna^no head of an academy.

0n>

n. m.,

p. 'Drv

Waise,
iiber-

m. -qrp,
:IT'

f.

''"lan^,

2s.

orphan.
adj.,
d.
,

nan%

2 p.tpn^an>': sitzen, e f :IT

sein,
\

KTFJ2:
in

wohnen, bewohnt
rfweW,

Y,

schussig

excess.

ie inhabited.
s.

Pa.,
s.

xnTTl^a adv. iibermassig,

to

Impf. 3

m.

c. sf.

m.

excess.

123*

3 praep. wie, like,

^3

as.
||

13_,
\

v.

conj. als, wenn, when. 113_ adv. schon, jetzt, now.

:

X13 T
: i

n.

m.
m.
p.

et

f.

p.

XH>J13 TT ~
:
i

Maultier, mule.
n.
f.,

3X3 vb. Pe., Pt. 3X3 sehmer- S113 T oam. n. zen, r X3'3, X3XD T T
II
II

--.IT

yi3.
'

II

'

XnJH3 TT

-:IT

= p3
'

ni13 T
:

-IT

"

n3.

n.

1X3

m. Schmerz, pain. pers. bar Esel ass.

,

[n}3]
c.

praep.,

sf.
s.

s.

tin)3,

X33 vb. Pa.,

sf.

Pf. 3
:

s.

m.

t'n]3,

nj3; 2

m.'t](^)ni3;

s.

m. PP33

auslb'schen,

p.
:

m. '13T1.3;
(

3
:

s.

extinguish.

m. Eiter, j0ws. 2 333 X3313 n. m. Stern, star.

n.
.

^aa.XSS
.

3. nni3; 3 p. m. 1 Tni3 T -IT Sni3 n. f., p. v|3: Offnung,

'
:
:

m.

Fenster, aperture, window.

X713 (pers.) n.m. Krug, pitcher.
113

p3 NW330

n. f.,

sf.

s. f.

nnJ": Kapuze, /worf. 133 adv. langst, already.

'133 vb. denom.,
Inf. \yi133_
:

vb. Pa.,

Pf. 3

s.
;

m.

ft3_;

Impf. 3
p.
f.

s.

m. 113^
:

Pt. pass.
|

tlJOO T-

richten, ^rec?.
s.

schwefeln
sulphur.
ff'33

fumigate

with

Itpa.,

Pf. 1

^3_:
||

be13

absichtigen,
s.
f.
s

intend.

vb. Pe., Pf. 1

s. f. c. sf.

tntf33;
runt2>33
;

3 p.

adv. so, thus. D13 KD3 n. m., p. D3

<>

Becher,

3 p.

c.

sf.

3 3

s. S. f.

f.

anto?;
unter-

cup.
n.

Inf. c. sf.

nty33p^; S113
:

m.,

p.

nj3:

Fisch,

Pt. act. 1

s.

NJB>'33
T
:

r-r

driicken, unterwerfen, sup-

v.
,T -:

ins.

press, subdue.
p.

^33
'

NBJ'33 n.m., Geheimnis, secret.

||

'rns n.

m. Scbminke, eye-paint
s.

(stibium).

13 v.

3.

vb. Pe., Irapf. 3

m.

113

X13_ n.

m. Krug, pitcher.

?,

f.

tfnsn;

Pt. pass.

H3

v. 3.

mager

werden,

124*
become
*3 v. 3

NB22
lean;
Pt.

pass.

D'^3

irgend
||

etwas

any-

schwach, wm#.
v.

thing.

xVb

n. m., p.

^3:

N3/3
7^3,

3N3.
Impf. 2
;

allgemeine Regel, general rule. K^DO adv. impli|

713 vb. Pe.,

;

s.

citer, in
"1

an implied manner.
es

m. 7l3n
act. p.

s.

m. 7^.

Pt.

y?3:
it
. .
.

ergibt

sich,
that.
\

m.

*7J3t

abmessen, m. "(')D^2

dafi,

follows
:

measure
KD'3

off.
:

7 ?D

N?
\\

n. m., sf. 2 s.

no way.

gar nicht , in ??D vb. denom.

act.
s.

Betitel, purse.

Pe.,
f)'3:

Pt.

m.

?'3,

XB/3

n.

m.

c.

Ufer,

y?3: eine Regel aufstellen, establish a rule. x? ?^ T

11

II

T]D

adv. so,
n.,
s.

n.

m. Krone, crown.
. ,

pSi X23
>D3;
tooth.

p. '33;

sf.

1 s.

773

m. ^33:
p. '133

Zahn,

Xn73 n. f. xn? 3 p. c. sf. 2

:

sf.
s.

s.

f.
:

m. ?]n^3

Braut
:

Schwiegertochter,

R133. n. m.
talent.
1

Talent,

ftrtrfe,

daughter-in-law.
p. n37 3:
;

d73
Pt. act.
,

v.
;

^73.
f.,

X^3 vb. Pa.,

N^3t3
out.
:

vernichten

[Snp7 3] n. wear worm.

s.
f.

Wurm,

>B7.D

v.

PpX.

N73

[xrv73] n.
kidney.

f.,

p.

xn^3:
3
s.

1?.

v. 113.
.

Niere,

1J3

K33 n. m. Stamm, stem.

s. f.

N3?3
1

n.

m.
:

p. c. sf.

m. yjD vb. Itpe., Pf. 3

'^J3K.
:

^33K,

tVTi37 3: Hund, dog. s !^? n.m. Mager, astrologer.

sich
oneself.
sf.

demutigen,
3

humble
KBJ3

^MatoN
?3
. ,

q. v.

n. f.,

S.

f.

sf. 3 X^2n. m. -^3 nb s. m. P&3 ^3

=
p.

s.
f.

p. (sive

du.)

c. sf.

HBJD; s. m.

^BJ3
^'r#.

Flugel, Zipfel,
||

wm^,

n^3,

X^3/
p.
f!

m. ^1n^3,
cf.

f]J3

vb. denom. Pa.,

:

in&,

\ib,

46.

||

Impf. 3 p. 'SJ37

versam-

125*
meln, assemble.
II

"

JOBUD T
: i

n.

SD vb. Itpe.,

Imp.

Versammlung, assembly.
xntf'JS n. T
:

sich angelegen sein lassen,

f.,

p. KDtf'JS T T p

Ver""3
\

make
3 p.

it

one's business.

sammlung, assembly. XFiB^3 Synagoge sy/za:

IBS vb. Pe.,

"pSD;

Pf.

p.

13B3;
1

Pt. act.

p.

gogue.

1^JB3, 2s. nJDD: hungrig

sein,

XDD

vb. Pe., Pt. pass. p. m.

:

be hungry.

\\

"JB3

adj.
n.

verbergen, hide. Pf. 3 s. m. c. sf.l s.

"JD3

Pa.,
i:D3_;
;

hungrig, hungry.
f]BD vb. Pe.,
p]^3
;

XJBD
\\

m. Hunger, hunger.
Imp.
f]b
;

Imp. D3,

sf.

3 p. m. 1ru'03
s.

Pt. act.
:

Pt. pass. 2

FW33B:' be\

pass. p.

f.

ID'Q

beu-

Itpa., Pf. decken, cover. 3 s. m. D3X 3 s. f. c. sf.

5

3 p. 1ruiy03X pass.

gen, uberwinden, bend, subdue. Pa., Impf., 3 s. m. c. sf. 3 s. m. HB'DV: um|

ODD

NDDO

n.

m. Zoll

tax.
s.
f.

biegen,
n.
f.,

bend

over.
||

XS2
ab-

vb. Pe.,

Pt. pass.

Schale, bowl.
act.
\

KB/D3

1rfc

XB'03

sie scha-

1B3 vb. Pe., Pt.

1B3

men

sich, they are bashful Itpe., Impf. 2 p. (55rf).

|

wischen, wipe.

Pa., Inf.

nlB3

Pt. pass.

1B?0

aboff,
s.

m. 1BD3F!; 3 s. m. ^DD ?; 3 p. m. 1BD3^> Pt. s. m.

;

wischen, suhnen, wipe

expiate.
\

Itpa., Impf. 3
Pt.

schamen, beschamt werden, be ashamed, be put to shame. Pa.,

p]D30:
sich
\

m.

IBD*?.;

IBDnD: ge||

siihnt

X11BD

werden, be expiated. n. m., p. niB3 Ver:

Pf.

s.
:

m.

c.

sf.

s.

m.
to

sohnung, atonement.

XOi^
||

nriSDD

shame.
"ID!)
:

||

beschamen, put XBDD n. m.

,
||

^ IB DT

Versohnungstag,

a.

tfay o/" atonement.

s.

Silber,y/v<?r.

XB1DD nBD vb. Pe., Pf. 3

3
:

m.

c. sf.

n.

m. Scham, shame.
n.
f.,

s.

m. nnB3

fesseln, chain.

nlB3
Mist,

p. *>1B3

(\".i33)

KID

n.

m. kor, ein MaB,

dung.

measure.

126*
X")3
.

XJT3 n. m. Haufe, heap

n.

-T

'

p.

m.

XIH3
xri3

n.

m. Kohl, cabbage. m. Kopfsteuer, poll tax

1
.".

Fufigelenk, FuB, ankle, leg,

313 vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. nri313 5

sf. sf.

s.
s.

c.

sf.

W
^3
3

foot.

(B>n3, Kt^nS,

KBH3) n. m.
c. sf.

in. c.

s.

m. H313

3 p. m. 3 p.

c.
f.

Haifiscb, shark. vb. Af., 3 s. m.

s.
:

3 p. m. ln:*3i3,
5

VI J} 313

Imp.
,

p.

m. ^"13
:

m. n^'DN machen, cause

Slits'-) (ass.) ' T IT V

straucheln
to stumble.

Pt. act. ?fl3

p. '3-13

um-

n. m., p. nltfS: IT

wickeln, zusammenwickeln,

Balken, &ea/.

wrap, wrap up. xnB'"| T]"13 eine Mahlzeit halten, dine.

Itpe.,
Pf.

s.

m. 313X:
&e wra/?p. c.

3HD vb. Pe., Pf. 1 p. c. sf. 3 s. m. 3 s. m. c. VtiJqro sf. 3 p. m. iruans; impf.

;

eingehullt
joerf

sein,

2 p. m. nn3F|; Imp. p. m.

wj.

||

X313

n. m.,

nn3, nnD;
Pt. act.
1
s.

Inf.

3F)3^;
:

'3"13:

Stadt, city.
Inf.

vb.,
scliiitteln,

^'121 D:
:

ab-

t]Wan3;
schreiben,
Pt. p.
f.

W3TI3, 2 p. pass, s! m. 3n.3

write.
:
||

shake
sf.

Itpe.,

off.

Xt^SlS n. m.,

s.

m. n 12/3 "13

13/130
,

eingetragen
registered.

werden
Wiesel, weasel.
p. d.

be

Mastdarm, gut.
xnty'3"l3

n.

f.

xnr)3tD
*0ri3.

n.

m.

Griflfel,

stile.

XD"13 n. m.

tx*D")3

n.

m. Flachs,
f.

flax.
s.

Weingarten, vineyard. XD13 n. m., sf. 2 s. m. ^D"13;

3
s.

Bn3_

(XB3) n.
:

(m.), sf. 3

m. nsn 3_
shoulder.
\\

(HB3):

Schulter,

m. np"]3
f.,
;

P)rO vb.

denom.
;

Bauch,
^.13
;

belly.

Pa., Pt. act. rjFIDO, p. 'Bn3D

1 S. 1 p.

Xjn3
sf.

n.

sf. 1 s.

s.

f.

Xj;i3

p. (sive

du.) ^13.,
;

s.

m.

TTV"I3

s.

m.

WBFI30, l^BFJ3p: aufladen, tragen, carry on the shoulder.

127*

V praep., tXJ ?,
1

sf. 1 s. ^.,
s

^n.3
;

1 p.

Inf.
sf.

^a?p

Pt. pass. p. c.

s.

m.

3 p. f. 'iT^al?: anziehen, put on ; Pt. pass, bekleidet,

clothed.
|

ID?;

s.
, 7

?m,
.. -.
j.

f.

nS

, 7

a^?n:
-.j.

m. a?, p. m.
i

Af., Pt. act.

\\

tyin^?,
zu, fur,
sativi

in^n:,
to,

p.

f.

W:
1

bekleiden, clothe. n. m., sf. 3 s. m.

1

/or ; nota accu|

(616).
;

1 p.
s.

Gewand, garment. frl; XH ? vb. Saf., Pt.pass.

ermiidet,
v.
I?'

Vl

2 p. m. fiD^'H
p.

m. a?* !,
>""t3
|

^rerf.

m. yilt?^ (48rf).
1

nnx.
Pf.

praep. wegen, on account of. ^ I ? (67) adv. nicht, nein,

not, no.
|

vb. Itpe.,
:

s.

m.

^riX
join.

sich

anschliefien,
s.

rpx_

xV

v.

n'x.

Pa., Pf. 3

m.

c. sf.
s. s.

vb. Pe., Pt.

ft'rerf.

pass. 'xV:

s.

miide,

m. yfi_ ; Impf. 3 3 p. m. c. sf. 3 ;

s.

m. m.

^D
p.
1

n. m.,

d.

XDxVo

begleiten, accom-

"OxVo: Engel, angel.

.

aa?
2
:

X3?

n. m., sf. 1 s/37;

:

pany. Af., Pf. 3 2 s. m. !|^K id.

\

m.

c. sf.

m. ^3^ Herz, heart. 1 X3^>X: im Sinne von. acT

s.

n.

m. Levit, Levite.
id.

12

cording
2

to.

33?

X3*?i7 n.

m. Palmzweig,
p.

f.

d.

n.m., p.m. 'K3^, XJT31V: aus Libyen,

branch of a palm.

Libyan.
n. m. Log, log a measure).

pV

xn:^ ?

n.

f.,

3aV: Zie-

(ein

MaB,
c.
sf.
s.

gel, brick.

vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. f. c. sf. 3 p. laJPB^a? Impf. 1 s. c. sf. 3 s. m. nt^ta

;
,

vb.

Pe., Pf. 1

s.

s.

m.
3

Pine!?
s.

c. sf.

Impf. m. 'wvh* 3
;
;

1
s. s.

m. m.

s.

m.

5^3?'.

Imp.

vh T

:
'

Inf. tD^D
T

1 sf.

128*
Pt. act.
s. s.

m.
1
: :

d.
IT '
:

S
v.

n.

f.

Spott,

scoffing.

XBN ?, T
1

-; IT

'

XB'V. 2 T IT
:

'

Ht^ ?: -

pass.

s.

m.

d.

KB1?, NB1
\

verfluchen, curse.
act. s.

Pa., Pt.
id.

n n. m., p.
'sf.

m.
.

d.

XDti^D

s.

m.

Pe., Impf. 2 p.m.

n,
'

US^F); Imp. p. m.

3 p. m. tp'ppVE&n: Schuler, disciple. xni&^n n. m. Tal\

mud.
(gr.)
n.

^'pt.
ro^y a. m.
2
s.

act.

p.

p.y^: kneten, *iea<fc||*ttf,

Teig, dough.
ni V praep., sf. 1 s. t vn

robber.

II

xnr^D ? T
1

m. Rauber, n. f. RauIT
:

berei, the
to.

robbers business.

-rir6 v.
v.

m. ^lO)n^ " nnx.

2

zu,

iy? n. m. Fremdsprachiger,

speaker of a foreign language.

n. in.,

sf.

s. f.

?]pn^

'lD ? (gr.) n.

m. Pfanne, pan;

Brot, bread.

eine aus Feigen verfertigte

s.

n^ vb. Pe., Impf. 2

ty'nVn;
flustern,

m.
1

Speise, a dish

made of figs.
'j?
:

Imp.

s.

m. ^'n ?:
vb. Pe., Pt. act.
act. p.
f.
1

ge-

whisper.

vb.

Pa., Pt.

schlagen werden, be beaten.

"jl^^

gliihend, glowing.

n. m.,

d.

XJt^ ?: Zunge,

v.

n.
NnW,
||

Ausdruck,
*fyh:
n.'f.

tongue,

ex-

^5

n. m., p.

pression.
r\rh vb. Pe., Pt. act. p.

Nacht, n^rA^. HR^ = n^> (weiblicher Damon,

anfeuchten

(Getreide),

female demon).

moisten (grain).

n.

f.,

du. inxo,
n.
in.

100.

(hebr.)
blemish.

Makel,

(N)0 n. m., p. J sf. 2 p. m. ID'JD :- IT

: '

s.

m.

3 p. m. Q)i'T:0: Ge-

0X73

129*
tg:

faB, Gerat,
utensil,

Gewand,

vessel,

garment.

cumcise.
;

II 11

beschneiden, cirS^ino n. m. BeT |T

DXO

vb. Pe., Inf.

DXOO

Pt.

Schneider, circumciser.
v.
.

pass.

D^XO
Pt.

despise;
lich,

verachten, pass, wider-

jn\
n.

1100

m., d.XJiOO:

loathsome.

Geld, money.
v.

xTi2p, xiao v. my. l^p adv. umsonst, gratuitously.

Xty'iaOX
n.

ny\
f.

m.

Magier,
v.

ma-

JliO n. m. Made, worm. vb. Pe., Impf. 3 s.

:

gician.

imp. BftO zubereiten,

xiano, -' T
: :

xnaio TT
:

"m.
sf.

prepare.
s.

TTQ

X"1O n. m.,

m.

O,

n>0 vb. Pe., Pf. 3

s.

m.

T^O: Kleid, garment.

^p

v.

yt\
v.

T "!.
1

rvp, f.+nrvp, xn>p; 3p.m. tin^O; Impf. 3 s. m. tni&% f. tn^on 3 p. m. t(^nio%

;

v.

nn.

t^n8^>, WHD^, Wish;

Inf.
s.

oyjip v. yp. HO, XO, 'D pron. interr.(! la;

noo, nOO; nxo, p. m.

1
:

Pt. act.

m.

t^n;.o,
:
:

'n;.o;
'

50rf) was? what?

<SX:
\

warum? wherefore?
worin
?

womit ?
:

p3: wherein ?
\

s. d.

p.p^n'O, 2 s.nn'^O; pas's. * rr' IT xn'O: sterben, die;Pt.

pass, tot, dead.

XJn^O
\\

n.

m.

wherewith ? nos wie, T^o

Toter, a dead person.

n. m., n.
f.
.

noV: wozu? wherefore? MD?n: da6 nicht etwa, fe*/; ' T p

:

SJnp

n. m.,

Tod, o>a/A.

vielleicht,
"l
S

perchance. T no,
\

X10(?)

0: dasjenige, welches,
\

X^.p n. m., sf. 1 s. 3 s.'m. H^p, f.H^D: ^1O;

\

was, #ia which, what. "T HOD conj. wie, *.

v.

Haar, hair. [xn^O n. f. MO;} sf. 2 p.m.'iDSO; 3

,

p.
s.

Tin.

m. a no

id.

vb. Pe., Imp. p. m.

Pt.
act.
1 p.

&1D

xanlo
x-no f
:

v.

an\
9

IJ^no, 2* p.

v.

M.

Margolis,

Chr. Bab. Talm.

130*
v.
7IJ.
s.

absol.

sq.

? sive accus.

vb. Pe., Pf. 3

sf.

m.

c.

gelangen, reichen, einholen,

arrive,

1 s. l^no,

s.

m.^np;
;

reach, overtake.
s.

3 p. m. c. sf. 3 s. m. nvnp, nine, 3 p. m. iruinD impf. 3 s. m. c. sf. 3 s. m. wnp^

inf.

Af., Pf. 2

m. rPB.OK

3 p.

m. iUX, sf. 3 s. m. H^ppx, 3 p. m. inj^tspx Imp.

;

xnpp,
:

sf.

3 s.m.

nnpp ?;
s.

t^DOX,
fiihren,

sf.

8.

m. nvtiOX
conduct.

Pt. 'no,

p.

liTiD, 2
,

Pt. act. p.

m. itspp: bringen,
|]

ivno
smite.

schlagen
|

strike,
s.

carry,
n.
f.

Pa., Pf. 1
:

Tjp;

xniUD
:

Bitte, petition.
:

3 p. inp

verwehren, verprotest
against,

iD^O, ^30 xn^t5a: 'T T IT

'

bitte,

hindern
hinder.
T T
;

/ pray thee, you. :pVVp v. hhv.

ntsp n. m. Regen, rain.
3 part, interr.

xnno T
nn
.

v.

Tin.

= num.
v.

IT

||

Xn'a,

xnb

n. m., sf. i s. Tib:

nnp, m*p
i^p

mn.
2
s.

Gehirn, brain. xtsno v. T :

n. p. m.,

sf.
:

m. ^*P;

v.

"nan.

3 p. m. I.Tp Wasser, v. ^3X.

act.
'

'vb.
T

Pe., Pt.

s.

n.

m.

/LiiMOV.

:Ti: rT
:

verzeihen, ' y forgive.

(gr.)

n. f., p.

v.

Wolle

wollener

Mantel,

tD() adv. morgen, to-morrow.

ott'nD v. at^n.
:

wool, woolen cloak.

rp
p.

n.

m.

sf.

s. f.

W'p

-:

^p:
v.

Art,

kind;

Ha-

20 vb. Pe., Pf. 1 s. 3 p. m. iUtt, sf. 3

ni>tt
5

^3;
s.

retiker, heretic.

m.

xnx.
V. ]JJ.

Impf! 3
:

s.

m.

c. sf.
;

s.'

I^D^
s.

3 p. ItiDJ
I50,
f.

Pt.
p.

v. x*n.

act.

m.
f.

;t3D,

vb. Pe., Pf. 3

s.

m.

!)O;

m. 1BB,

V150, T IT
:

'

2 s.'n^D T

Imp. T]b

Pt. act. p.

mJ

131*
unterbreiten, lay, spread.
Af., Pt. act. S]pp
:
\

niedrig

machen, lay low.

2
:

^DDadj.,

denom. Pe., Impf. m.t!)*5t; Pt. act. s.m. ^O, 2 p. W'3^0 regieren,
TJ^O vb.

s.

s.

HD^p
v. v.
.

niedrig, /0w.

XD2D T

ODD.

m<7W. Af., Pf. 3 s. m. TjVoX Impf. 3 s. m. TJ^DJ id.

|

aro.

'?i3

vb.
;

Itpe.,
Inf.

Impf. 1
;

s.

Pe., Pf. 3 I" m. p.

Tj^DK
Pt.

*3i^eK

Pt.

s.

m.

Impf. 3

s. f.
f. f.

.^0, p. m. 1^0, T' T' ^

pass. r
.

t-p^o Ir :,T'
:

m. t-j^Vonp: sich beraten, andern Sinnes werifettoj p.

K'?B. ?&, -' T :' ibO: voll sein, 'pbo, Pa., fiillen; be full, fill.
1

den, take counsel, change one's mind.

Pf. 3

p
s.

c. sf.
s.

3 p.
3

p
3
s.

n.

f.,

d.

snD,

sf.

Impf. 1
sf.

s. in. c.

m.
s.

rP>,
m.
c.

f.

"!;
3
\

m. nnVp; p. '^b, sf. 3 s.m. n^OJ 3 p.m. 1n^0:

\\

Pt. act.

sf.
fill.

s.

f.

K^OO:
n.

Wort, Ding, word, thing. N^tDB, X^tDD adv. von selbst, T T "
.

.t

fallen,

m.
v.

of itself.
speech.

||

iWO n. m. Rede,
v.

Fiille, fulness.

IN^.

p
s.

n.

m.

v.
(f.)

Salz,

salt.

nhft vb.

denom. Pe., Pf. 3

3 p.
;

m.

c. sf.

f.

p.

m. firsts
n. m.,
\

Pt. pass. p.

TUr6_S m. "JO,
;

XB'DD r
*
:

v.

-p,

p
t-|p

praep.,
7

sf.

s.

W5JO:
?O ]
t

salzen, salt.
d.

t^p,
2 s.m.
13>.3P;

>jp;

l p. -]3p;

>O^?: Konig,
n.
f.

^p;
3
s.

2.p. m. t-ji^p,

king.

^nDVo
\\

queen.
s.

n^|O
:

n.

Konigin, f. sf. 2

m.

PI3O,
f.

f.

n|'p,

p.m.t-jinjp, in^.p,

wvo:

m. t]rD?O Reich, konigliche Person Regierung,

,

von, aus, als, of, from, out NJO v. IK. of, than.
||

Herrschaft, reign, govern-

IP pron. interr.

(1 la
13
\\

50)

ment,

kingdom, royalty.

wer? who?
j|

p,

^p

9*

132

(11&): wer
is it?
||

ist

es?

who
der-

1 s. 'nCJO

S.

m. ^
:

-jo

(516):

TlTlon
'T
: :

:
'

s.

m. n^HDD
: :

es ist

jenige, welcher, whosoever.

vb. Pe.,
1JDJ
sf.
;

he who,

genug

fur, it is
sf.

D] n. m.,
p. c. sf. 3
s.

enough for. s. m. HVO

Impf. 3 p. m.

m.n'yo,

n^y o:
:

Inf. \)BD, Imp. 'JO 3 p. m. injJBB Pt. act.

;

Eingeweide,

intestines.

vb. Pa., Inf.

Blyt3: aus||

1 p.

p^JO IT
I

..

zahlen, count.

schliefien, exclude.
n.

Itpe.,

Pf.

sq. "*?$_:

3 p. m. UBS, durch Stimmenvote for,

\\

m. AusschlieBung
v.

Nt3ivp ex,

clusion.

abgabe wahlen,
elect by ballot.
:

x^y. T
v.
;

Njp
m.

n.

^y.

m., p. 'JJJB Zahl, Zahlung, number, count.

v. ~Hl.
v. v.

^y.
iiy.
v. PDJ.

vb. Pe.

Impf. 3
:

s.

c.

sf. 1 s.

1^30^
\

zuriickhalten,

JPBO,
3,'

xnpso

restrain.

Itpe., Pt. p. m.

n.

m. Schaufel,
v.

shovel.

1D.
v.

Pe., Pf. 1 s. 3 p. m. iSD Pt. pass. 'so, 1 s. KJ^SO, 2 s. n^ao vermogen, konnen, be able.
''stS
;
;

SD'vb.

XnnfcDB
'

ISO.

^ao

adj,

p.

m. 'ys>
:

I.

v.

p$D
s.

^y^D,
adj.,
id.

s. f.

d.

Kny^ao
\\

mit-

1DD
s.

vb. Pe.,

c. sf.

Impf. 2 s. m. m. rnDttn ; Pt. act.

1
s.
:

telster, middle.

[ru$^3K]

p.yao

(=K^tt),
s.
:
?.

m. "1DD,
f.

Nj"lQD

pass.

p.

ITDB
|

iiberliefern,
s.

vb. Pe., Pf. 2

m. nao,
saugen,

^anc? owr.

Itpe., Pf. 3

Pt. act.

m. "1DDS;
s. f.

Impf. 3

s.

m.
Pt.

tiD^/iponV, IDB;
S-JDSo', 'pass.

p
p.

n.
c.

m.
sf.

sf.

i
f.

s.

nap;

3 p.

; sf.

Grenze, boundary.

nna
iSD
tian. n.

133*
bitter.

m. Agypter, Egyp-

ino

adj.

vb.
s.

Pe.,

Pf.

s.
s.

m.

X1j?0 n. m., sf. 1 Gehirn, brain.

1

tnjPD:

O;
Bto:.';

Impf.

3
;

m.

Imp.
Bto, T
"

^b
f.

Pt. act.
1
s.
I

X10
2 3

X10T

n. m., c.

no

sf.

s.

m.
r

S^'O, T IT'
:

KJ^'O: rr
s. s.

m. !)0)1, p. m. 13*10; m. nio, f. nio, p. m.

1
:

Af.

1
;

waschen, wa^A. s. c. sf. 3 s. m.

3
s.

PHVtf OX
:

m.

c. sf.

s.

p. Kfino, inno; p. m. irnnno: Herr, "ITT

IT

sf.

m. PPtfDK *
:

id.
s.

lord,

'D vb. Pe., Impf. 3

:

m.
\\

master.
2

>

X10

vb. Itpe.,

Pf.

xnox, new
N^aip, xnyaio xrTJriO (gr.)
pearl.

= no
v.
2

s.

f.

tS^p

messen, measure. n. m., c. ntfO Ma6,

:

q. v.
.

y:n.
Perle,

xn^'o

n. m.,

c.

n.

f.

01, oil

vb. Pe.,
3tf
:

Pt. act. p.
II
II

m.
:

TIB vb.Pe., Pf. 3p.m.tniO; Pt. act. 110 sich emporen,

:

IT

ziehen, rfraw.

XDtt'O T
;

n. m., sf.

s.

m.

HSt^'O

p.
||

revolt.
\

Itpe., Pf. 3

s. f.

rmsx T
* :

^0:
XDtT'O

id.

n.

Haut, Fell, s/rw. m. Ausdehnung,

X2no T
: :

v.

an.
Pf.

extent.

UtilO

vb. It.,

s.

m.

B>D T
:

n.

m. Wesent-

BB1.SK; Inf. 'UitSIOK: in Fetzen zerrissen werden, be

torn
n.

licbes,
v.

something tangible.
v\tf.
:

in
,

shreds.

II

II

Kt^UlO T
;

m.

p. 'Dlirip.

Fetzen,

XPO

n.
:
'

f.

c.

no;
:

sf.
:

s.

rag.

TiO - T
3
s.

3 r m. irpno p. - .T

Stadt,

IO

n. ra., sf.

m. av.10

city.
;

p. t-pjrjO: Krankheit, sickness.

nno

vb. Pe., Pt. act. p. m.

:

Tl.ro

spannen, stretch.

134*
T

v.
i

nn\
sq.

m.

Gleichnis,

Sinnspruch,

TTlD vb. Pe., Pt. pass. p. m.

n.B ,

simile, parable.

sive 3

vern.

XJHS

n.

m. Strick,
]nj.

gleichen, liken.

nD

v.

HXJ
XDJ
23J
PQ.3

vb.

Pe.,

Pt.

act.

'JO:

Beln,

scourge.

Af.,

Pf.

passen, become.
.

s.

m.
,

[riJ03J (hebr.)j n. m., p.

fx**::::
.

313

Prophet, prophet. n. m. Flote, /7wfc.

Pt. act.
s.

1. p. m. X^i; n. m. H3J Zieher Schlepper,

: ,

oe

w^o
n.
-

tfrawjr ^z ship}.

\\

vb. Pe.,

m.

m. Fiihrer, leader.
f.

rn:, p. m. ^rO-J: bark.

bellen,

n.

= man.
TT
-'

\\

Hag-

gada.
JJ

xr^^
V3J

n.

f.

Aas, carcass.
Pt.
act. s.

vb. Pe.
late.

sich verspaten,
r\h n^J,

vb.

Af.,
p.
f.

m.

come

nh xn.p

V3D,

"JV2D: sprudeln

er verspatete sich, he
late (55rf).
JJ
JJ
.

came

lassen, cause to

gush

forth.

rm
-ttJ

vb. Pe.," Pt. act. 3iJ: sich

xV-lD n. m. Sichel, sickle.

trocknen, rfn/ oneself. vb. Pe., Inf. naJO Pt. act.

;

vb. Pe. sq. 3:

||

beriihren,
s.
f.

touch.

Itpa., Pf. 3

s.

m.

Ttf, p.

m.

"'"T.JJ

weg-

N^JX

^33K

aussatzig

ziehen, remove; 2. flieBen,

flow; 3. geifieln, scourge. Itpe., Pf. 3 s. m. "ttJrx,

werden, become leprous. n. m. Tischler, carpenter. "1^J

i:: n., p. c. sf. 2
1.
s.

m.
2.

?jn:j

t^S;
1. in

Pt.

s.

m. nj30,

I^D

Kanal, canal;

Fufi,

Ohnmacht

fallen, ver-

Schritt, foot, step.

X1J vb. Af., scheiden, /am#, j^oy* away ;

2.

Pt. 1 p. p.nt?:

gegeifielt
\

werden,

be

sprengen, sprinkle.

scourged.
Pt. act. p.

Pa.,

Inf. Hi-iJ;

21J

vb. Pa.,
Pt.

Pt. act.

m.

t-jnaJtD: gei-

Itpa.,

m:
freiwillig geloben,

135*
,

offer as
sf.

clear.

\\

Xlin:

n. m.,

a freewill -gift.

2
|

s.

ma
3

vb. Af.,
s.

Pf. 3 p.
:

c.

sf.

light.

m. Tjnt-U: Licht, iin: ,p. nfru ^D

:

m. ttrprns
Pf.
\

ausstofien,
2

blind, blind.

thrust out.

in:

XTU

TV

n. m.,
:

c.

in:, p.

vb. Pe.,

s.

vTU:
s.

geloben, vow. m. c. sf. 3 s. f.

c. sf.
c. sf.

Af., Pf. 2
;

nn:, snnn: TT|T-:r

-;\-'

Strom, river.
s. f.

nrrns

3 m.
s. f.

1W

vb. Pe., Pt. act.

sich

s.
s.

f.

aTTK; 3

bewegen, wove.
Pf. 3
..

f.

aivn:

ein

m:

vb. Pe.,
s.

s.

m.

m
s

Geliibde auferlegen, impose a vow. STia n. m. Geliibde,

||

Impf. 3

n:n T m.
s.

:
7

..

inf.

m. n::, n:!?. T T HJD Pt. act. T

7
.. 7

f.

s.

'

vow.

ma

m., ^via

f. f.

(63a),

p. inaa
er,

Xn J, IT:, pass. SIT: ruhen, zur Rube f. T

s.

m.

d.

m., Tiaa
sie,

pron. 3 pers.
they.

kommen,
rest;

rest,

enter into

/&, s/*e; sie,

Pt. pass,

angenehm,
ist

an: vb. Pe., Pf. 3 p.

:nna
;

impf.

s. f.

m.tun:, \n: Pt.

s

annehmbar, pleasing, acceptable.

run: es
|

an\

act. p.
'a Via
:

m.

^ana, pass. p.

m.

nehmbar,
Itpe.,
Inf.
lie
s

it is

acceptable.
s.
f.
:

fiihren,

conduct,

beobachten, conduct oneself,

Pf. 3
:

RrURK. TT

'

ni:riS

sich hinlegen,

accustomed.

observe; Pt. pass, gewohnt, an: (3) Klj

:

down ; darauf eingehen,

\

acquiesce.
TI:S_, sf.

Af.,

Pf. 1
;

s.

Ehre erweisen, honor. son: n. m. Brot, &ra*rf.

s. f.

nnms
s.

i p.

ts:n:s.

impf. 3

m. ma;
;

^na

vb. Pe.

hell

dawn.
|

Af.

3
:

s.

werden, m. c. sf.

inf. 'ni^s, sf.

3 p. ln:nl5K!?
pass.
:

Pt. act.
Hit?, s.
f.

n:t3;

s.

m.

3 p. f. VUTrUK erleuchten, Tn: adj., cause to shine.

||

sn-JD

legen, Linlay, place,

c.

legen,
leave.
||

lassen,

p.

m.

n via,

s. f.

KTna,
,

P.

f.

srr: n. m.,
rest.
||

n^:
n.

leuchtend

klar,

Ruhe,

snin^

f.

136*
Sanftmut, Ruhe, gentleness. HJn vb. deriv. Af., Pf. 3 s.

p.

l^nn,J r

herabAf., Pf.

m.
D1J,

mnx
;

= rux.
Inf.

steig-en, descend.

1 p. c. sf. 3 s.
s.

m. iTJTinx
c. sf.

D'J vb.

Pe., Pf. 3

m.
s.

l.

n:nns

s.

m.

3 p.

DM.

Impf. 1 p.
;

D:
;

m. aUJ

DJB
Tin*

Pt. act.

m. injnns, f. *njnnK; 3 p. m. "hri Impf. l p. nn:

';

s.m. D'J. f.KB'J. Is.JOBM: T T :I-T

7

Pt. act. s
p.

m. nnO;
f.

pass.

schlummern, schlafen, slumber, sleep. Pa., Pf. 1 s.

|

m. Tino, r'
-:

inntt
r
-:

herab-

W,
11J

id.
|

Palp., Pt.

act.

kommenlassen,niederlegen, cause to descend, place.

DJtMB,
n.

id.
(f.), d.

snin:
r
IT

n.

m.

\s& Trim T~
,
.

IT

m.

iOU

Feuer,

DM r

'

"nv. " ''

?t3:

fire.

vb.Pe., Imp.
n.

nehmeu,
s. f.

hi)

S^D
r

m. Schicksal,
n.
f.

Itpe., Pf. 3
pass.
[|

fortune.
si

VVLSDS,

niB'U T

Verweis,

113

DS praep. wegen,

um

rebuke.
plJ

vb. Af.
1
s.
:

Pf. 3
Inf. .

s.

f.

c. sf.

willen, on account of, for "l ^Itsas the sake of. conj.
\\

Pt.
\

weil, because.
Vt3J vb. Pe., Pf.

act.

pJD schadigen, injure.

s.

s.

m.

c. sf.

Ittaf., Pf. 1

7.WX;
s.

s.

3
5]tM

s.

m. ny.lW pflanzen, plant.

:

m. n j?.jn
:

Pt. p.

m.

'j?*FjB:

m. pVJK Schaden
;

vb. Pe., tropfen,

n.
f.

KnDWJ
"KM

Tropfen,
Impf.
s.

erleiden, sw/fer injury.

n: (hebr.) n. m. \ / ,T
:

= "PU.
-T
:

vb.'^Pe.,
;

3 p.

f.
:

t-jIDJJ
1.

'rnJ

T -:r

n.

m.

, '

p. r

''T'm
-:\-

Bach,

m. "IBJ() bewahren, guard; 2. warImp.

brook.
PIJ

ten,
T :-

wmV.
|

Itpe., Pt. p.

f.

vb.Pe., Pf. 3 p.m.'hnm; Impf. 2 p. m. innn (innn j r >

-:

SltiJO

bewacht werden.
\

T:

-/

:
'

be guarded.
sf.

Pa.,

Inf. c.

l'

Imp.
Inf.

s.

m. rhJ,
1

p.

m. inn

3 p. m. inrritM^:

be-

nnD ?

Pt.

act. s.

m.

wachen, guard.

13'

K3'J n.

f.,

p.

c.

sf.

s.

m.
ab-

ried (take

a husband).

|j

rprPJ: Zahn, tooth.

Af., Pt. act. 3p:D: verhei'33

:

N3J vb. Pe., Pt. pass.

ziehen, subtract.

raten,

marry

off (give

a
3

wife
riDJ vb.

to).

D3J vb. Pe., Imp. DD: schlachten, slaughter.

\

Af., Pf. 1
:

s. c. sf.

Pa.,
id.
||

Inf.

p.
1-

m. InwnDS

entfernen,

HDr: ?
1

leg.

KD33?,
sf.

D34
D3:
;

remove.
]DJ
.

n.

p.
s.

m.

s.

TODO
S3DJ
n.

n.

f.

Traktat,

2
t

m. ?JO)D33;
:

s.

m.
2

treatise.
-)DJ
.

VpD3:, FPCD3
n.

BeritE, jMf1

m. Metallbarren,
t^pj/p;.:

sessions.

bar of metal.

nx"J33

m. fremd, foreign.
m., p. 'BB3: Decke,

DDJ.KD3

n. m., p.

N'ttttj'n.

Wunder, miracle.
2

!33

adv. -auch,
vb. Pe., Pf.

DDJ N^DD humor.

.

n.

m. Mi6mut, bad
act. p.

oder, or.

1DJ vb.
1
s.

Pa., Pt.

m.

DJ
1

'3D3
s

tCj)nDJlD: sagen, saw.

.

2 s. m. F]3B3; Vyj [i6yjD] n. m., p.txjqpj; 2 s. m. 3DJH, 3Dn, Impf. Schuh, *7oe. 3 s. m. 3DJ^ sf. 1 s. NSJ [NnBJl n. f., 3p:n T T ;J
; ; .
I.

p.

p.

TT

IT

t 13DJJ; 3 p. m. 'p2D>; Imp.

Sieb,

eye.
act.
\

nehmen
Pf. 3

3pi; Pt. act. p. m. Cl)'3W: heiraten take,

, ,

HSJ vb. Pe., Pt.

fachen, blow.
s.

HSJ: an-

Itpe., Pf. 3

marry (take a wife).

S. f.

Itpe.,
\

m. HB3K pass.
vb. Pe., Pf. 3

Nns:
||

n.

trODtfiK. X3D3

m. Schmied, smith.

^W
Pt.
p.
s. f.

s. f.

nnojp, p.
;

n.

'3wo,

f. t^DIp 1 s. 33D3p (Ki3O|p), 1 p. 1^3D3D, 2 B.

3 p. m.t^D:, ^BJ; Pt. act. s.m. ^DJ, Is.N^DJ: fallen,

/a//.
|

Af.,

PtVIL
^w

rnp3Q: sich verbeiraten, verheiratet werden, be marf.

abortieren,
birth
to.

X^SO: premature

138*
fSJ vb. Pe., Imp. fb: schiitteln, ausklopfen, shake out,
beat.

cause

to

go forth, bring
\\

out,
sf.
-

lead out.
3
s.

xnpsp
exit.
1

n.

f.,

m.

nnps, xjpso T'T ':--'

:

n.

pBJ vb. Pe., Pf. 3

s.

m.

XBi
p'BX

m. Ausgang,
'E;

3 p. m. pteJ ; Impf. 1 1 p. 3 s. m.

s.

n.

m.,
>^'DJ;

sf.

s.

f.

tt^'DJ,
s.

bn; 3
p. IpS
s.
;

p. Q)1pB V;
:

Imp.
;

p's,

m.^BJ;
s.

Inf.

pBBj
f.

Pt. act.
p.

2 p. m. m. neteJ 3 s. f.
;

m. pBJ,
1 s.

XjPBJ
:

m.

Seele, soul;
reflex.

c. suff.

= pron.
\

7B3, :rr"
1

XJpDJ: herausr> p-r

(48).
:

nt^B30: aus

gehen, hervorgehen,
\

coze

sich

selbst,

ow, go forth. ]h Kj?BJ 'D aJD was ergibt sich uns

:

at^sno
Mitteln,

o/ himself. aus seinen eignen

0w
B^'SJ

o/"

his

own

daraus ? what follows for us therefrom? aao K|?B:

means.
pass.
p.
s.

||

vb.
f.

Pe., Pt.

n^:

m.

tJ^BJ,

XB^BJ,
gro6,

was fiir Bedeutung hat es? what is the significance

thereof?
sf.

m.

V^DJ:

viel,
\

Af., Pf. 1

s.

npBX,
;

numerous, large. Af.Jmpf. 3 s. f. Bten: vermehren,

multiply.
J
f.

2 p. m. 1DJTVJ7BX.

s.

m. npBX, sf. 3 s.m.'nnp|N; 3 s. m. pBX, sf. 3 s.'m.

s.

vb. Itpe., Pt.

s.

m. ^SW,
2
s.

HpBN; 3 s. m. nrpBX
sf.
s.

f.

nj?BK_,

sf.

X^4, p. n^O: streiten,

XPISO
J

m.

1S3t3,

quarrel.

\\

s.

3 p. m. tlpBX, m. HJpBS Impf. 2

; ;

n.

m. streitsuchtig,
s.

quarrelsome.
vb. Af., Impf. 3
1
s.
:

m. pBnj 3 p. m. ^pB^; Imp. s. m. pBS, p. m. IpBN;

Inf.

m.

c.

sf.

1^
;

Pt. act.
,

1 s.

7JBX^
f.

Pt. act.

s.

m.

XJ^sa
3
s.

(er)retten
\

save,

pBD,
1 s.

Nj?BB_, p.

m. (l)V.BO,
:

deliver, rescue.

Ittaf., Pf.
s.

P.7.SO hervorgehen machen, heraus-

WpBO,

1 p.

m.

^n

Pt. 2

pass.
J

ziehen, cause to

come

out,

vb.

Itpe., Pf. 3

s.

m.

139
3j?3
;

Pt.

s.

m. 3p3

durck-

act.

t^j?D

vergleichen,

lockert
forated.
J,

werden,

be

per-

gleichstellen, compare, place

on an equal footing.
s.

ttpJN vb. Pe., Pf. 2

m.

J
r

n.

m.
T

Beil,
n.

axe.

FjBp.J;

s.

m.

c. sf. 1 s. "jUpJ,
s.

H^J
:

m.

m. HUp:; Impf. 1 B'pJN; 2 s. m. BpJF); 2

3
s.

Ftirst,

prince.
p.

m. USpJF); 3 s. m. Bp^.; 3 p. m. 1t2j?JJ, BIjM; Imp.

ts'pJ;

vb. Itpe., Pf. 1

s.

3 p.
Pt.

c.

sf.

s.
:

m.
vergessen,

Inf.

c!
f.

sf.

3 p. m.
Pt.
1 p.

s. f.

^3t3

forget.
T

in:up:p^,
act. Bj?J,

TOBJMO^;

1 s. NJB'i?J, T
s.

vb. Pe.
:

ntr'J. ~
:

"p/up: 2

ntspj; p ass. p.
er-

2B/J vb. 3B(3 net.

'J

Pe. wehen, blow. m.

,

m.

'B'fcJ,

1 p. iJ'B'jH:

n.

p. '3Bft

Netz,

greifen, halten,

seize, take

hold, keep; Pt. pass.

= act.

vb. Pe., Imp.

Bfr'J.

ent-

(sc.

xn^o) anjns up:,

es iibel

hauten, *A:m.
':

jmdm
with.
|

nehmen, auf
be angry
Af., Pt.

jmdn bose sein,

sammeln, gather.
act.
j

vb. Pe., Pf. 3

s.

m.

*]t

Pa., Pt. act. BjMO:

\

fortriicken,
J
sf.

depart.
Pf. 3
;

vb. Pe.,

s.

m.

c.

2
;

s.

tipJt):

auflesen, pick.
act.

m. -prB{;
s.
:

3 p. m.
f.

vb.

Af., Pt.

s.

pIBti

Pt. act.
^ptP'J

Ki?B(;,
,

XJDJ5MD:

umringen, encom-

p.

m.

kiissen

sich

pass.
J

beruhren, kiss f
:

touch.
s.

vb. Pa., Pf., 1 p. tKTJjM:

vb. %Pe.,

Impf. 1

inx;
"jn:
f.

Fett

und

gewisse

Adern

3 p. 'm. tyjn^;

Imp.

beseitigen, remove fat and

geben, ^we.

||

xni.no n.

certain veins.

Geschenk,

gift.

Pe., Pt. act. Af. klopfen, knock.

||

vb.

vb. Pe., Pf. 3 p. m. l^nj,

f.

t-jiw: abfallen, /a//

off..

140

TIG

[xnXD]
ein
-JXD
.

n. f.,

p.

)KD:
sf.

Seah,
3

something
reasoning.

arrived

at

by

*CO n.
f
:

MaB, a measure.
m.
,

s. f.

D vb. Pe. t Pf.

3
s. f.

1 p.
;

tOKDO

t^D;
m.
1_3^D:

p. *:(K)DD sf. 3 s.

XV1D, 'JD

Pt. p.
p.
,

m. PP:NDD: Schuh, shoe. T n. m. sf. 3 s. m.

,

tftID,

t^b,
,

gehen
Pt.
s.

wandeln
s.

walk.

F!D, -T
:

'

id.
s.

Itpe., Pf. 3

f.

vb. Pe., Pt. act.

:

m.

X^RDK;
vorwarts

c.

m.

^J.ripp:

hzD ertragen, bear. -QD vb. Pe., Pf. 1 s. n.3D;

1 p.

kommen, proceed;
nV
id.
|

^RDS
I:DD,
p.

Af., Pt. act. s.'m.

tKTDD,
3
;

1P"|3D;
s.

2
T

S.

m.

mab:

^.ptD,
:

'f.'.TDD: "
s.

'

= Pe.

f.

K^qo,
||

p.

3D adj.,
p.
f.

m.

3 p. m. "liap
"!3D^;
1

Impf. 3
s.

m.

t-piOJQ;

13D:
>5D
:

viel,

Pt. act.

m. "DD,
s.

numerous.

pV
1
1

es ge-

p.

"pnaD;
:

rr '

2
:

Fna&: :
:

IT '

pass.

s.

f.

KTap
,

meinen,

niigt ihm, Y w enough for him. NiVlX X ? ! ViD X^: ich T :rT
T
:

nachdenken
^7

verstehen,

muB

think, reason,

XTaD T
'

es

understand; 1st meine

opinion.

gehen, 7 must go. Tin:.... v. joinx aD

vb.
:

Meinung,
Itpa.,
fur

it is

my
f.

Pe.

"USD:
:

zu-

Pt.

s.

JTDnpO:

schlieBen,

lock.

richtig

befunden wer3

D vb. Pe., Imp. "Up,

sq. ^

den,
Af.,
sq.

be found correct.
Pf.
s.

sich niederwerfen vor, pro-

m. 13DS,
freundlich

strate oneself before.

n.

'BS

et

h:

m.

p.

^p
,

Fiirst,

sein, anerkennen, be friend-

prince.

ly
n.

to,

recognize.

\\

Niap

no

m.

etwas

mit

dem

Xnp n. m. sf. 3 s. m. " rnp FuBblock stocks.

.
:

\\

Verstande

Erschlossenes,

n.

m.

SJ1D TT -

n.

m.

141
Verfertiger von FuBblocken,
"1PID
.

"linp adv. rings

\

herum,
n. p.

maker of

stocks.
n. m.,
sf.

round about.
3
s.

V."1HD_

pD XJHD T
.
:

m.

m.,
XJtiD

sf.

s.
,

m.
surroundings.
(hebr.)
n.

nj^TD

leinenes Tuch, linen

Umgebung
(XJDBJ) Satan.

wrapper.

m.

no
n.

vb. Pa., Pt. act.

||

TOO:

XTTD xnpp n. m. Seite, */fe. ordnen, arrange. m. p. ""Tip Ordnung 3'D vb. Pe. , alt werden, grow X3D n. m. Greis, oW old. (= Teil der Misna), order
: ,
||

T T

part of the Mishna).

.

man;
elders.

p. die Altesten,
\\

the

TID

xnnD
||

witness.

(xnnfe) Zeuge, "THD vb. denom.

:

old woman.
n.
f.. sf.

Greisin, xnqo xnno, xnn'p

\\

n.

f.

3 p. m. "hVKJX; pt. act! HPIDD: Zeugnis ablegen, bear testiAf., Pf. 3

s.
;

m. TIDX

s.

m. ani3S3 r

(''to) ^ r-'

Greisenalter, old age.

D'D, DID vb. Pe., Impf. 3
s.

m.

mony.
ID
.

D^DJ,
... 7

D^DJ; 7

Pt. act.
\\

D'D: T
..

XVID T-:r

n.

m.

, '

p. *

nno --:r

Mond, moon.
51D,

Pa., Pf. anlegen, put on. 3 s. m. D'D Inf. XO*DoV,

;

XJD1D m.

n. m., p. c. sf.
:

3 p.

sf.

s.

m. PlO^pO^
,

Pt. act.

frQJDUD

Pferd, horse.

p.

m. ^O^pp
,

id.

anlegen

XB1D,

Kf*D(140) n.m.Ende,
1

lassen

cause

to

put

on.
\\

letzterFall, end,latter case.

FjiD ?,

P]iD2^

adv. zuletzt,

m. Schatz, treasure. (gr. ?) n. m., sf. 2 s. m.

n.

endlich, at last.

xnp T

vb. Pe., baden,

,

6a^.
3
s.

vb. denom. Pa., Pf. 2

c. sf.

s.

m.

Af.

Pf. 3

s.

m.

c. sf.

3 p.m. IrunO'D ir "

:

schlie-

m. nnpX: baden, bathe.

\\

Ben, conclude.

Itpa., Impf.

xniDO(16c)n.
1PID
:

f.

Bad,

&af/t.
s.
f.

s. f.

D^npn

bestimmt wer-

vb. Pe., Pt. pass.

'
:

den, be correctly ascertained, fixed.

v. IKD.

XD^nD niederwerfen, throw T

down; pass,

ruheii,

142*
D
!

n. m., sf.

s.

m. PIPD: "T
:

Impf. 3
"jDPpp
:

s.

m. IBRD?; Pt.

Hut, hat.

pass.
:

y>D vb. Pa., Pf. 3

3
s.

s.

m.

c. sf.
s.

XDDD

n.

m.

dummer Mensch,

m. ny*D

c.sf. 3 p. 1nJy.p;

Pt. act.

s.

stupid person. Inf.'y1p; -DD vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. c. sf. m. ir'pB, f. X^DD: 3 B. m. PHDp ; Pt. act. 1 s.
;

Imp.

m.

unterstiitzen, support. Itpa.,

\

Xj")3D
.

verstopfen, stop up.

:

Pt.

s. f.

x^rnpp

xn^o, xrta T T:
'
:

v.

xrvW. T:
:

gelingen, succeed.
*)<D.

X1?p
.

n.

m.: Dorn, thorn.

n.
f.,

XB'D, XD^D n., * T- ' p T: -7 sword. Schwert, XD^p n. m. Schwerttrager, swords\\

xn^p, xn^p 2 s. m.
. . :

sf. i s.

s.

m. nr&p
2
s.

Korb, basket.
1
;

man.
XD>p
v. XDl'D.

vb. Pe., Pf.

s.

m. np?D

p.

m.

X3D

vb.
:

Pa.,

Pt.

act.

s.

f.

"hp^D OpQ?),
1 s.

p^D;
;

Impf.
3

X^3DD
XJ^3D
-pD.
n.

ausschauen, erwar-

pDX
;

1 p.
s.

pDJ (p^DJ,
s.

ten, look for, expect.

f.
:

p^p:)

m. pen

Messer, knife.
n.
f.
,

tpp^ Imp. pD;

Pt. act.
p.
s.

Inf.
f.

[XnZJD]

p.

'3D:

m. p^D,
1 s.
s.

m.
'

Pflock, peg.

p.!?D,

vb. Itpa., Pf. 1

s.

'VsnDX
3
;

P7^D, 2 IT'
:

p. X:p^D, npVo:' aufstei:'IT

:

Impf. 2

s.

m.
f.

s.

gen, ascend.
in

p?D: den Sinn kommen, come

xny.'lX

m. ^3no:,

p.

l^noV Imp.
sq.

into the mind,

tinyi T
' :

xp^D
'T
:

IT

VSRDX

^.tonOK schauen, betrachten, look

: ;

Inf.

du denkst, you
Inf
'fclVp;
:

think.

Pa.,
1 p.

Pt. act.

at,

consider.
Pf.
1
s.

D vb. Pa.,
2
sf.
s.

c.

sf.

remove. IJ'P^DO entfernen, Itpa., Pt. i s. x:p^npD

m.^nJ3D; 2
i
s.

p.
1.

2 p.

1JVpVnD: 'p
: :

sich
\

ent-

yr\)r3D

gefahrden, endanger. Itpa.

ziehen, withdraw. Pf. 3 s. m. pDX, sf. 3

Af.,
s.

m.

ISO
3 p. m. "hpox,
sf.
s. f.

143'
pass. lean.
c.
sf.

ordain;
Pf.

Af.,

8.

m. PHpDK
act.
:

Imp.
Inf-

3 p. m.
:

3 p. m.

c. sf. i s. VP.B.N;

'pte^;
1
s.

in^SODK
Lehrsatz
vers),

anlehnen (einen

Pt.

s.

m. j?DB,

an einen Bibelto
\\

XJjPDB

aufsteigen lass en,

cause (a scholastic
rest

cause

to

ascend; wachsen
cause
to

proposition)
Scripture).

(on
n.
f.

lassen (Fleisch),

xrpDDX

grow (flesh); benennen, Anlehnen, causing to rest. name; vollenden, complete; DBD. XBD n. m., JT t-msD, p. r T ~' 'jDD: Medizin, medicine. (rm) !J3 XJjPDQ du bist mir '"inOD Drachenblut (Name (Geld) schuldig, J/OM owe
r
'

\\

me

(money).

||

XJJ2DD n. m.

Ausgang,
5D vb. Pa.
sf.

result.
,

eines Gewachses), dragons blood (name of a plant).

Pf. 3 p.

m.
3

c.

pDD 10D

adj.,

d.

XftOD;

p.

m.

s.

m. rnnDD,
s.
f.

p.

7.JDD: rot, ra/.

irulBQ: blindmachen, Wind.\\

S

vb. Itpe., Inf.

D]

adj.,
||

d.

xrv&D:
f.

sich in acht

uehmen, take

blind.
heit,

xn^OD

n.

felind-

care, beware.

blindness.
(gr.) n.

nnoo

v.

DOD.
Inf. c. sf.
;

ITBD

m. Feinmehl, XJD vb. Pe.,

Pf. 1
s.

s. s.

m. m.
m.

fine flour.

BD

vb. Pe.

'3BD
;

n^DD, rUDD "JD, f. X^D, T' T iir'

3
s.

Pt. act.
p. s. *

m.

c. sf.

Imp. p. m. 1DBD, 13BD c. sf. 3 s. m. asoqpV

act. s.

Inf.

m. tyrix:;?, 3 T
f.'

p.

Pt.

tyirpxjfr; p.
:

c.

sf.

i s.

m.
:

S)BD, 1
:
'

p'.

1J'3BD,

s.

FOOD
:

rr

pass. r
sich

s.

?PBD
:

anlehnen
die

Hand

anlehnen, auflegen (bei der

tWlJD: pass. s. m. ^D. f. r T :' hassen, p. m. iJD: X^:D, hate. Itpe., Pf. 3 p. m.
IT '
|

tr:ntyx: pass.

Ordination), ordinieren^bm, lean, lay the hand upon

(a person
to

X^DD T
:

V.

DDJ.
:

vb. Pe., Inf. "n?Dp

spein.
f.,

be ordained),

sen,

dine.

\\

xnnyo

144*
sf.

"li'D

s.

m. tJWV.D

Mahl-

xnnDBD T
IT
:

""

(pers.) NiX '

n.

f.

Ver-

zeit,

meal.

mittlung, Maklerwesen, bro-

vb. Pe., Pt. act.TD

1

(5/)

kerage.

untersuchen, examine.

NBD
s.

n.

m.

Schwelle,

SSD

vb.

Itpe., Impf. 2
Pt. 2 p.

Pfoste, threshold, post.

'BFjDFl;
2

UVSnDft:

PBD (hebr.)
doubt.

n.

m. Zweifel,
Buch,

sich fiirchten, be afraid.

XDD

vb. Pe., Pf. 2

s.

m. fPBD

1OSD

n.
|| 11

m.

c. "ISO
in.,

zu speisen geben, speisen,

give to eat, feed.
\

buch.

XIBDn. T
:

IT

p.nBD: :IT

Af., Imp.

Schreiber, scribe.
n.m., p. d.tNnsDO,

'BDK, 3

id.

nSD vb. Pe.,

s.

Pf. 3 p.
;

m.

c. sf.
s.

n.

f.

m.

nnDD
3
'p.

Impf. 3

m. T\D vb. Pe.,

saddle.
\

Schere, scissors. Pf. 3 p. m.

t-IBD'.;

m. 1^nBD'.:

Pt. act. p. r

m. T1D :IT

satteln,
f.

trauern, klagen (um einen

Pa., Pt. pass. p.

Toten),

mail, lament (for

||

"jriDS:

id.

JttBDn N1D vb. Pe., a dead person). Pt. pass. s. (hebr.) n. m. Trauerrede,

Pf. 3
f.

s.
:

m.

no

X^D
f.,

stinken,

funeral speech. KttSD (pers.) n. m.,

3 p. m. liTBBD:
chest.

stink.
p. c. sf.

21D.

n31D T
IT
I

n.

sf.

3 a.m.
,

IT

Kasten,
1
:

"rr

Vornehmheit

as-

sumption.
f.,

sn^DD
ship.

n.
||

c.

rWBD

Schiff,
2

XJiSD

n. m.,' p. \JlBD,

nnp adv. mehr, more. HID vb. Pe., Pt. pass, nno:
verderben, verwesen,
spoil,
s.

W1BD:

Schiffer, sailor.
n. m., p. 7JT

X^DDD (lat.) / TT; -\

XJPD1SD
bran.
N"JpE>p
(syr.

'^DBD T
..
:

decay.

Af., Pt. act.

m.
an-

Bank, bench.
(pers.)
n.

rnDD, p. m. Kleie, "pD vb. Pe.,

n.

m.

TpDD
to.

id.
:

Pt. act.

^D
sf.

pers.)

hangen, cling m. DID. XptDO n. m., 'TT

:

s.

Schwert, sword.

":

Kamm,

comb.

145*
p adj., p. ^ HP l eer empty. rip n. m. Winter, winter.
:
>

ino

vb. Pe., Pf. 3

sf.

trnno
1

3 p. m.
c. sf.

n.

m.

Unbestimmtes,
\

tnnD; Impf. s. m. ninps

1 s.

s.

Pt.
nie-

adv. something undefined. schlechtweg, ohne weitere

act. "ino, - T'

WIPID T -IT
:

derreifien, tear

down;

auf-

Bestimmung, simply, without further qualification.

losen, loosen.

X:y r

n. coll., sf. 3 s.

m. n:

keit erweisen, do

a favor.

Kleinvieh, small cattle, sheep

Itpe., Impf. 3
f.

s.

m. TaynV,

and
nay
2 3
f
s.

goats.
Pf.
i
s.

naynn:

getan werden,
Saf., Inf.
;

vb. Pe.,

nay;

gemacht werden, be done,

be made.

rnay;
f.'

s.

2 p. innay_'; trmy; 3 p. m.
'i
s.

Hiayt^

Pt. act. "la.y.Bto

d.

pass. p. m.

nay;.

m. nayn, f. nay m. nayn; 3s. n,'p. m. nain, p. m. nay^.; imp.

i
:

Impf. p. hay: ; 2

s.

nay;

H^V.Bto:
,

unterwerfen,
subject, obliPt.
s.
f.

verpflichten
gate.
|

Istaf.,

s.

m. nay,
;

p.

m.
m.

nay
s.

inf.

snaynt^'p, p. m. nay.n^'p, i s. xjTayrjBto: pass.

xnay_ n. m., p.
slave.
||

||

nay.o

Pt. act.
p.

m. na^,

Hay

Knecht,
sf.

f-inay,
i

(i)na; ,"f.
; '

xna'y n. m.,
;

2 p.

m. tovnv T
p.

P. c. sf.

s.

m.

pnay. :rr
s.

2 p. in nay r rr
:

nnayV
business ,

Tat, Werk,
occurrence.

Ge-

pass.

m. Tay,

p.

m. H/ay

schaft, Ereignis, deed, work,

||

tun, arbeiten, pass, beschaffen sein, pflegen, be liable, likely, accustomed.

\

do,

work;

XPTay

n.

f.
,

sf.

2 p. m.

xip' nay: BC
'

Ehre

erweisen
'y
:

honor.

lyiytoy: Arbeit, Geschaft, work, business. iD^nvay '0 Hna: was babet ihr zu
-:

3 Kni3*B
Margolis,

eine Gefallig-

tun

mit

.?

what have
10

Chr. Bab. Talm.

146*
you
to

>=

do

with

.?

xnpy n

f.,

p.

a.

py

r T

X"Tiaytt{ n.

m. Verpflichtung,
1i
s.

Not,

distress.

obligation.

nay vb. Pe., Pf.

1 p. t-jjnay.; 2

nay,

ny vb. Itpe., Pf. 3 s. m. .nx: erwachen, awake.

.

s.m. rnay';

itpa.,Pt.

s.f.

x^yno:
:

Pt. act. naj7

iiberschreiten,

blind werden, become blind.\\

l.y
t

cross;

sq. ~^V. ubertreten,

\

adj.,

f.

XTiy

blind.

transgress.

Itpa., Pt.

s. f.

ra - Blindheit,

mayo T
:
!

schwanger werden,
\\

become pregnant.
m.,
c. "lay:

Xiay

n.

my
wy.

vb. Pa., Inf.

n1l?:

ver-

Seite,
\\

Gegend,
n.

derben,
v.

side, region.

xnati n. m.

uy
f.

Fahre, ferry.
x
2

XliaD
||

m.

riy. adj.,

Xl'iy.

stark,
F|t3y.:

Fahrmann, ferryman.

Itpa.,
einhiillen,
a-'y T
'

Pt.

sich

^y. ^y. X?jy T

I"
:

V^yV adv. alsbald, soon. 7 "S

n.

wrap
:

oneself.

m. Kalb,

n.m., xna^y n. f.Woike, T r:^y n. p. (flu.) c. sf.

s.

"iy_

praep. bis, until.

(4tf#) conj. wahrend,
while,
als,

cloud.
f.,

when

(56c;

58ft).

p-V^.V; 3
f.

m.
t

tnu^,
:

X !^ (9ft) pron. dem. s. f.

1

diese,

n\py., n^'ry.,
eye.
\\

n^ry Auge,
l^y,

this.

^y

vb. Pa., Pf. 1 p.

s.

ny. Kwy. n. m., c. i^y.; sf. 3 s. m. HJiy Zeit, time. T XJ^xn adv. jetzt, now, at TT
:
I

I^V.; 3

m.

3 p. m.|
(ir.v^
'

'

ti;

-IT

>

=
1

impf. i p.
l?.v.^);

i?y_j

i;
s.'

imp.
f.

ib.;

pt

this time.
s

act.
s.

m.

'l?y_D,

XJ'.y.O,

l^ (9ft) pron. dem.

m.

s.

X^yO:
||

betrachten,j

dieser, this; p. diese, these.

vb. Pe., Pt. pass. s. m. *py_, f. xsny, i p. p.'Bny, 2 s. ns^.V, sq. "IP besser,
better.

untersuchen, consider, examine. X^yo n. m. Quelle,

spring.

vb. Pa., Pt. act.

auflialten,verhindern, delay

147'
check.
|

Itpa.

Impf. 1

s.

n.

f.

Ranke,

2?y_X: verweilen, tarry.

insidiousness.

D^
i/

m. Maus, mouse. (gr.) n. m. (f.) Otter,

n.
sf.
;

vb. Pe., Pf.

1 s.

s.

m. h>_

f.

adder.
>yj,

3 p. m.

Impf.
s.

Ti^X

praep.,
;

s.

1 s.

^y,

>ly.

1 p.

ll^V.

yyx; 3

m. m.
Pt.
f.

s.

m
p.

10)&?5 3s. m. tvrt^ n^y., n^v.; 3 s.f.

m-"0fe
aiVy.; 3 p.

Im P"h^;?.;
m.
s.

1?;
m.
.rr
7
:

Inf.
,

act.
'

m.

tiwy,

irp'py,

m. t-j^y
i s.

ilTl^y.:

auf, tiber,

wegen,
of.
?

^y x.y, p. r T ^y, ^y, f.p'V: T T

,T'
:

'

'

'

upon, over, on account

w!?$, 2

s.

n^ y,
:

2 P

*^V/S
above.
"X^y.
||

*?$?.

adv

oben

inv'y: hineingehn, enter. Pa., Pf. 2 s. m. n!?V_; 3 s.

\

^V. adj. nx^y.; p.

1

^>

^.V_,
s.,
f.

sf."3
X^.y_;

s.

m.

oberer, oberster, wpjt?<?r,

uppermost; ^y ? oben,a&0v<?. xn^X n. f., p. xn>^V.; Oberstock, Soller,

n^y.; 3

3p.m.

t^.y, ^'y_, sf. 3 s. m.m^y, p. m. 1n:^.y_; Impf. 2 s.m.

^.y.H;

upper story,

room.
Pt.

|j

S^y
s.

vb. denom. Pa.,

3s. m. ^y_V; 3p.m.

sf.

pass.
:
),

s.
f.

m. ^y.p,
d.

d.

^'.yj

s.

m.

rn'^yji;

s^y.o,

xn^y.q
vor-

(xn^

p.

m.

i^y.o, p.'f.d!

Imp.>g; Pt. act. s.m. ^y_D, p. m. "f"V^y_, 1 p. l^^.y.O:

hineinhineinbringen cause to enter; fiihren,
1
. ,

xn;^y.D,
n.

i p. i:^yt2:

ziiglich, ea:ce//en^||
f.

Xni^^t)
3
s.
f.

Vorziiglichkeit, excel|

2. intr.
n. p.

= Pe.
c.

||

^.yo,

^O
;

lence.

Itpa.,

Pf.

m.

Eingang, Rust-

tn^ys, N^y.X:

vorzuglich

tag,

entrance, commence\\

werden, become excellent. JnVy n. m. Bedruckung,

oppression; p. 83
:

ment, day before. x:^y D n. m. Eingang, entrance.

tsVv n.

Anma-

m. Welt, Aon, world,

\

Bung, excess of authority.

aeon; das Volk, the people. 10*

148*
D^y
die zukiinftige
\

po:?

2
2

s.

m. 7jy_

Pt. act.

Welt, the world to come.

ever.

antworten, answer.
x:y.

D*?^? adv. auf immer, for

\

jwjy. n. m.,

c.

i^y.:

merely.
liche

xaVya adv. T VT XD?yn ?B T

:

bloB,
welt3

Angelegenheit, affair.
xjy.
-oy
:

ft

adj.,
.

d. x>jy_;
00/*.
II
II

p.

Dinge, secular mat-

" jy
..
;

arm
sf.

*T

Xnr. T

ters; Gegensatz (opposite):

n.

f.,

1
||

s.

t>rr: Arniut,

XQB(! 'ip Dinge, die sich auf Gott (Religion, Sittlichkeit) beziehen, matters ap-

XJy vb. denom. poverty. Itpe., Pt. MyD: arm wer..

..

,..

den, become poor.

n.
f.
,

||

xrp^
Fasten,

pertaining
morality}.
le

to
\

God

(religion,

p. XiTJy_H:

XttVy
I

^3
:

tout
Bftx
-:

fasting.

monde.

XC^yo' T IT

X2jy T
:

n.

m.
,

, '

p. r

^jy
:

WeinxrjSJ

irgend ein

Mann, any man.

young

traube

grape.
f.

[|

^y n. m. Jiingling, man.
y_

xnn:y

n.

id.

Augenbeere
,

(ein Fehler im Auge) pustule.

n. m., p. H^ay_:

Jjy vb. Pa.,

Saule,
F03y_p
:

Pt. pass.

s.

column.

vergniigt maclien,
v

DDy. XDy_

n.

m.,

sf.

s.

m.

delight.
!jy.

Xjy.

n.

f.,

p.

r;: Ziege,

Volk, people;
Nichtjuden,

p.

goat.
D^i-l

Gentiles.
f.

XJjy n. m.. x 'Jjy: p. '*T -; TT '

Wolke,
3
s.

V adj.,
p. 'p.'py:
n. m.,

s.

d.

Xnp'oy;

jy_

n.

m., p.

c. sf.

m.

tief,

deep.
:

d.

xnsy,

Wolle,

riDjy: Zweig, branch. vb. Pe., Pt. act.

1QV v.
n. m., sf.
T

HJW.
s.

bestrafen, punish.
vb. Pe.,
Pt. act.
;

m.

p.

^y

12:

Volks-

-;

2 p. HVp.pV IJ^qy,
s.

pass,

genosse, fellow-tribesman.
Jy vb. Pe., Pf.
s.

mTp^py,

p.'VR'?^
beschafti^

m.

c. sf.

2 p. UVp'DV:

149
sein,

be occupied.
s.

Itpa.,

1 s.

Nilp^r entwurzeln, zu
richten, losreifien,

Pf. 2

Impf.
Inf.

m. nptsy.ns, 3 p. m.
:

Grunde
uproot,
p'.

destroy, remove.
Pf. 3
s.

'i?.iDy_8>
:

Pt.

m.

itpe.

m.

'pDy_D

sich

beschaftigen,

busy oneself.
d.

Ngoy.;

sf.

poy 2 s. m.
||

n. m.,

p.m. tnp.yns; pt. losgerissen werden

ent-

t]Dy.:

Geschaft, business.
*|Dy

vb. Pe.,

Pt.
P]^y_:

act.

wurzelt werden, be pulled, move, be uprooted. Pa.,

\

Impf. 2

s.

m.
||

"1|?y_R

ziehen,

pass.

P]^,
,

doppelt
,

pull out.

Nlpy. m. n. un||

legen

verdoppeln

fold

fruchtbar, barren.

XTp.y,

twice, double.
F|B_y_D
:

Pa., Pt. pass.

Xlpy
X2-lpy_
1

n.

m.

Kastrierter,

verdoppeln, double.

castrate.
n.

xnsy. n. m., sf. 2 s. f. ^"i.cy.5 3 s. m. n"isy_ Staub, dust. 3Sy vb. Pe., Pt. pass. s. f.
:

(m.),

p.

2np.y_:

Skorpion, scorpion.

my.

my n. TTrr

m., p. t-p:ny: -T[T

'

X3^xy, p.
:

m.

d.

^xy,
-:

s. f. 2

Biirge, sponsor.

H3'Xy betrubt, sad Itpe., Pf. 3 p. m. tnsyx: sich r

betriiben,

my

vb. denom. Pe., Pt. act.

K3")y
:

s. f.

untergehen,
s.

*e#.
:

become

sad.
\

Itpe., Pf. 3

m. rnyx

id.

S3Sy T
;

n.

*.

m. Betrubnis, sad/

ness.

naked. ^>D")y_, ^13"]^ adj. nackt, n. m., sf. 3 s. m. ncny. XD-jy_

:

NFnxy
cost.

n.

f.Wochenfest, Pente-

Bahre,

bier.

n.

m. Ferse,
hinter,

heel.

N^Biy. n. m. Gewolk, clouds. l vb. Pe., Pf. 3 sf.tnp.-iy,

pjj

Knpya:
n.

nach,
2

Xi?iy;

Impf. 3

s. f.

p^n,

behind, after.

p'lyn: fliehen,
root.

flee.
f.

m. Wurzel,

ply.
thong.

npiy.

n.

Riemen,
3
s.

first.

||

adv. anfanglich, at "lj?y vb. denom. Pe.,

s.

Pt. act.

m.

1p_y , r

f.

ny. nrr

myo
T :ir
;

n.

f.,
5
:

sf.

m.

p.

Hohle, cave.

150*
vb. Pa.,
Pf. 1
;

VJS
s.

c. sf.

y_

adj.,
\\

f.

d.

xnp^ny
n.
m'.

alt,

3 p. m. iPUn-'fry Inf. c. sf. 3 p. injyitt^ zwingen, force.

:

old.

Xf?nV

Alter,

old age.

X3fry. n. m.,' p. -qfry.

Kraut,
10.
tenlh.\\

iny
3

vb. itpa., Pf. i

s.

s.

nnyx,

herb, herbage.

m. nny.nx
:

impf. 2 p.

ifcy n. m.,

rrjfry

n.

f.

m.

1"lfly_nn

reich werden,
\\

n'xrfry n.m.zehnter, P- 20. V"lfry

grow
f.

rich.

d.

xn-pny.
\\

Tny. adj., s. p. m. <Tny_

:

p^'y

adj. teuer, dear.

reich, rich.
sf.

xnn^ny
1

n.

f.,

Try

adj. zukiinftig, future;

s.

tvv

Reichtum,

sq. Inf. sive Pt. in der

Zu-

riches.

kunft, in the future.

jB

vb. Pe.,

sq.

treffen,

rtB adj.,
hasty.
||

d.

XP1B:
n.

iibereilt,
f.,

xniWB
:

sf.

1iS vb. Itpa., Impf. 1 s. 13BK. miifiig gehen, &e eW/

n.

p.

m. iD^niPiB

tlbereilung,

haste.

m. Schadenersatz

X1HB T
s.

-; |-

n. m., sf. 2

s.

m. TrnB: T '

|-

pensation for damages. xns y-is vb. Pe. , Pf. 3

,

Fnrcht, fear.
XirjB n. m. Topfer, potter.

m.

c. sf.

s.

m.
3

PI

VIS, PPTB

nns'vb. Pe.,

Inf.

nnsp ?:

sq.

3 p. m.

c. sf.

s.

m.

PnjTTB,

"jD verringern, diminish.

t^n^B,

n^"ts; Pt.act. yiB,

bruise,

Itpe., Pf. 3

s.

m. nriEX:

HB:

verwunden,
|

schadhaft werden, become

rickety.

wound.

xny.lB n.

f.

Wunde,
m.
tfB

bruise, wound. BHB vb. Pe., Pf. 3

DOB
s.
;

vb. Pa., Inf.

1tSB:

(ma-

sten),

besanftigen, mollify.
Pf.

3 p. m. tflB,
act.

f.

Xtr'B; T T '

Pt.

112S

vb. Itpe.,

2 p. m.

B^B

iibrig

bleiben,

im.tDBN.;
Inf.

3 p. m.
:

13
verab

remain.

m'DB^

sich

1GB
scbieden, take leave.
Pf.
I

151

Pa.,

s.

m.

c.

sf.

3 p. m.

ein streitsiichtiger Mensch, a quarrelsome man.

t-p-jrritsB;

2 p. m. t}irni|B;

vb.

Pe.,

Pt.

act.

s.

f.

s.

m.

"1KB: entlassen, ent-

SD7B: spinnen,

spin. p.
'p'pB:

binden, dismiss, free from

obligation.

D^B

'(lat. ?)

n. m.,

Schlag, stroke.
n. l?B^B (sanscr.)
f.

N^B
HDD

m. Elefant, elephant. Pa., Inf. TTiDD ?: schwinden macben, cause

n.

Pfeflfer||

vb.

korncben, grain of pepper.

X^B^B n. m., T
j

sf. 1 s.

V
:

to vanish.

Scharfsinn, keen mind.

'
:

*hv. f?B adj., d. X'J^B s. f. 'T T :rr d. NrpJ?B ein gewisser,

:

; '

DB n. m.,
?](')tDB
;

c.

DB;

sf.

2
;

s.

m.

S.

m. PDB

3 p.
:

a certain one.

m.irPDB: M\m&,mouih.\\nzh

&B
s.

vb. Pe., Pf. 3 p. m.

t^s
;

Impf. 3 p. m. ^.?W

Imp.
Inf.

praep. gemafi, according to. XJS vb. Itpe., Pf. 3 s. m.

;

m. J^B,
Pt.'

p.

m. I^B;
s.

Impf.
sich

p.

^UBP;
frei

jVBB;
p.

pass.
:

f.*i^B;
,

3 p.m.
'JBD:
sein,

tUB, UsV; Pt.s.m.

wenden,

m. ^ vB

teilen

aus-

teilen,

unterscheiden, distribute, divide, deal out, distin-

die Notdurft verricb-

guish; Pt.pass. abweichend, verschiedener Meinung, contrary, of

ten, ease

turn about,
oneself.
\\

be free,
n.

iOJ.B

m.

Abend, a different (con- pJD vb. Pa.,

\

evening.
Pt. pass. p.
f.

trary) opinion.

Itpe., Pf.

tlJ?3BB:

verweichlichen,
\\

3 p. m. "h^BX; Pt. p. m.
M.VsB: geteilt werden, ver-

pamper.

snip^BOn.f.Verpampered weichlichung
,

schiedener
be divided,

condition. Meinung sein, be of a different HDD vb. Pe.,

Pt. pass.
\\

TDB

(contrary) opinion, be divided

in

opinion.
,

\\

X37B
\\

n. n.

m. m.

schadigen, injure. 2 s. m. c. sf. 3 p. 1rurnDB

Pt. act. p.
f.

Af., Pf.
;

Halfte

half.

N^B

IIDBB,

id.

152

me
c.

vb. Pe., Pt. act.

sf.

s.

m.

in

Verwahrung geben,
vb. Af.
,

de-

s.

m. H^DB; pass.

1 s.

posit.
!

SJ? S DB: untauglich machen, render unfit. Af., Pf. 3

\

Infin.

<)

V.ipBK

Pt. act.

VpSO:
II
1

entziehen,
n.
: '

s.

m. ^>DBX,

id.
s.

withdraw.

NVpB, Xi?B T IT
\\

pDB 3s.m. nppB; 3p.m."hpDB,

.,

vb. Pe., Pf. 3

m.

c. sf.

m. Spalte,
n.
f.

fissure.
,

Kn^B
plain,

Ebene

Tal

sf.

s.

Pt.

act.

m. rnpDB. Inf. j?DDO; s. m. pDB, p. m.

;

valley.
1

"lpB

n.

m. Geschafte, dealfrei-

"pDB; pass.

s.

m. p'DB: ab2

ings.

schneiden,zerschneiden, cut Pa., Inf. off, cut through.

\

npB vb. Af., Imp.lpDX:

||

'piDB?

zerschneiden
\

cut

Nlpsn geben, give free. (hebr.) n. m. Ziigellosigkeit,

licentiousness.
v.

through.

Af., Pf. 3
s. f.

s.

m.

pDDN;
1.

Pt. act.

Kj?DB.: xn^s
XD"1"1B

yps.
n.

Pa.;

2. sich unter-

m.

Baumgarten,
m.

brechen, interrupt oneself. B n. m. sf. 2 s. m.

,

park.
Sty'D'lIB (pers. ?) n.

Fiirst,

prince.
verse.
\

pDB vb. denom., XJ3:niB

:

(orig.?)
official.

n.

m.

Be-

Imp. pDB

(einen Bibelvers)

amter,

hersagen, recite (a Scrip- N;qniB3

tural verse).
Xj?B v. VpB. T
XpJIIB 'T :IT
:

(gr.) adv. offentlich,

publicly.
(pers.) ^r
n.

m.

Bote,

vb. Pa., Pf. 3

s. f.

*np>B;

messenger.

Imp.
2
s.

p.

m. np.B
:

Pt. pass.

S^HB

n.

m. Eisen,

iron.

rnpDO befehlen, com- PTJB vb. Pe., Pf. 3 p. "^rnB, mand; ein Testament hinnns; Pt. act. s. m. ms,
terlassen, Af., Pf. 3
act.

leave
s.

will.
;

p.

f.

]rns>

fliegen,
fly
c. off.
sf.

davon\

m. tpDN Pt. s. m. "IpBD, p. m. HpED

fliegen",

'"fly,

Af.,
s.

Pf.

s.

m.

m.

153*

nrnCN
3s.
f.

Impf. 3

s.

m.

c. sf.

(gr.) n. m., sf.

]B
:

s.

m.

nrnEJ: fliegen lassen,

to fly off.
,

Gesicht

counte-

cause

nance.

BIB vb. Pa.

Pt. act.

t^BB

P"1B vb. Pe.,

sf.

Impf. 3

s.

m.

c.

einzeln aufzahlen, specify.

J
i

||

p.

13Fns:

1.

ein-

[xnDns] n. f., p. xBns, T " f T:r: 'BnB small Kleingeld

:

stiirzen, fall in; 2. erlosen,

deliver.
sf.,

change.

s.

Pa., Inf. ^.ng^, m. npitB ?, 8p.m.

\

xnB
2

(gr.) n. m., sf. 1

s.

s.

n.B;
\

irup;hB^;
1
s.

Pt.
:

act.
l.

piso,
de-

m. 7]ns
n.
f.

Lager, couch.
id.

SJp-lDO: T' :r'T

2.
3.

trennen,

wins
Inf.

separate;
Af.,
liver;

erlosen,

"IB vb. Pa.,

Inf. '3fil&,
:

auf eine Wider~

0/hBsV

zerreiben,

legung antworten, meet a

question of objection.\\Xp r n. m. Vortrag, discourse.

ND1B

(pers.) n. m., p.

D")B:

\\

Parasange, parasang. XD1B (gr.) n. m. Vorrichtung,

contrivance.
riSD"iB n.
T T
:IT

S|?nB n. m., p. ^.nB: Antwort auf eine Widerlegung, answer to a question of

objection.
"IpHB.
1j?.").B>t

NJ2PD1B

m. Perser, Persian. (pers.) n. m. Bote,

c.
s.

adv. riicklings,

messenger.

on the back.
sf.

yiB vb. Pe., Pf. 1 s. 2 s. m. TI'pyiB, 3

HFIV.IB;
1
s.'

11B.

[Nni B]
:

n.

f.,

p.

m.
sf.

Kleie, bran.

Imp.
;

s.

m.

c.

vb. Pe.,
Pt. act. p. *

Inf.
1. sich

10)V.1B
s.

Pt. act. yiB,

s. c. sf.

m. 'triB: :rr
,

sf.

m!
:

ny/IB, 2

absondern
self;
2.

separate

one\

1 s. "pPy.lB

bezahlen, pay.
y"]5tt<
:

reisen,

travel.

Itpe., Imp.

sich be-

Pa.,
s.

Pt. act.

zahlen lassen, be paid.

).Pe.,Pt.pass.s.f.

m. BhBD, -T :'

ttnsp 5 pass, p. m. ^'IBD: * :rr

:

1.

absondern,

separate;

ausgelassen, licentious.

2.

genau angeben,

154*
s n. m., r
nation.
|

fOX
sf.

s.

m.

n.

m. Rabe, raven.

Erklarung, expla-

vb. Pa., Pt. act.

pass. It&tep
pret.
keit,
||

I^DO

t^nsa adv. ausexplicitly.

n.

deuten, inter-

driicklich,
2

"IBteX. n.

m. Moglichmoglich,

B>1B.

XB>'-)B T TIT

m. Reiter,

possibility;

horseman.
xrflB n. m. Exkrement, Mist,

possible.

NfcjnB n. m., i p. TT
7
.

mnB: Wort, -T
:

excrements, dung. adv. em wenig, a

vb. Pe., Pf. 3 p. m.
sf.

XFHB
\

word.

nns :

vb. Pe., Pf. i p.

s.
f.

3
:

s.

m.

PrtBtfS;

Imp.
:

xnns, p. m. Imp. s. m. nns, p. m.

1

Bfete

: '

Ft. act. Is.* XJtDBte T

s.
f.

I-T

: '

Inf.

nnsp ?;
o/?e/2.

Pt. act.
||

pass.

Xli^B:
stretch

1.

aus-

offnen,

XnnB

n.

m.

strecken
2.

out;
losen,

Tur, door.
X^flB
n. m. Topf, J30?. B n. m. Breite, breadth. n.
:

einen

Zweifel

straighten out a difficulty;

Pt. pass,

klar,
clear,

selbstverself-evis.
f.

f., '

p. ^TIB, r :'

xn^ns: T T
r
:

standlich,
dent.
|

Docht,

we'cjt.

Itpe., Pf. 3
:

X|?nB (gr.) n. m. Tafel, tablet.

'

Ststy'BX

solved.

II 11

gelost werden, be XTinB n. m., sf. 2 s.m. Tni T T IT XDt^'B n. m. natiirTisch, table. T T
:

licher Lauf, natural course.

xns

n.

m. Brot, bread.

vb. Pe., Pt. act. 2

s.
f.

s.

m.

Finger,

wollen,

want.

las n.
||

finger.

Wille, Ding, Bedarf, will,

thing, need.
.

X113S

n.

m.

coll.

Gemeinde,
s. f.

congregation.
n.
'

[xynsx, xny^sx] T
c.

f.,

nix vb. itpa., Pt.

P.

sf.

s.

rrtuso): sich ge-

ros
sellen,

155*

be attached.
\

XFQS
sf. 1

^V

n.

p.

m.

Brennholz,
Pf. 3

(RTpX)

n.

m.
:

(f.),

p.

kindling mood.
"pX vb.

pn38
2

(VITI8)

Gesellschaft,

denom. Pa.,

s.

company.
n3;J.

m.l'S; Pt.act. VSD: kenntn.

f.

xnas
n.

Xj?ns

Zange, ftmgv. m., p. 'j^S: Gerighteous

f.

lich

machen
n.

bezeichnen,

mark.

rechter,

man.
\\

xns^S T
:

f.

Haarlocke, Flamme,
ts
;

xnp/18 n.
giving.
?

Almosen, a/ms-

forelock, flame.

vb. Pa., Pf. i

s.

n;^z,

1(K) iS n. m. Hals, nec/r. K8 vi>. Pe., Pf. 3 p. m. -mi;

Pt. act. 1
s.

Impf. 1

s.

^SK

s.

xrrS:
f.

m.
jagen,
Itpe.,
Inf.
:

SJ; Pt. act.s.m.

D,

fangen, Awnf, cafc#.

p.

m. fysa,
|

s.

XJ^W:

Impf. 3 p.

nTSP6;
I

beten,jray! Af.,Inf. wljaj ;

Pt. act.

nisnx

Pt, p.

m. 'nans

^S,

p. l!?SO: nei-

pasB.]|XTi'Sn.m.,p.t pTi'a:
Fischer, fisherman. HIS vb. Pe., Inf. niSB; Pt.
acfc 1 p. l^nl.S:

gen, beugen, incline, bend. vb. Pe., Pt. act. p. m.

&S:
i>>xp:

kreuzigen, crucify.

schreien,

vb. Pa., Pt. act. p. m.

spalten, cleave.
Af., Pt. Act.

cry.

xivsis

n.

f.

= xns'a
ft.

q. v.

'.

nte:
s.

IIS vb. Pe., Pf. 3

sq. "Vy
:

m. IS:
m.
:

Erfolg haben, succeed.

vb. Pe., Impf. 3

belagern, besiege.
Pt. act.
:

m.

HIS vb. Pe.,

s.

huh; Pt. pass.

nxs, T
'

f.

xrps, 2 T IT
'

s.

nn*s: - IT
:

^^S,
xn^^S T r
mind.
2

^.8,

f.

m. ^8, xV% p. m.
s.

gehorchen, otey. Af., Impf.

2 p. m.

^^8: klar
n.

sein,
f.

be clear.
\\

WSn
:

: '

Imp.

Klarheit, clear

horen, hearken.

ms

v.

^a. X^8

n.

m.
||

Fell,

Leder,
n.

xns, <na vb. Pe., Pt. act. 2 s. diirsten, be thirsty.

hide, leather.

x^8

m.

Gerber, tanner.

156

p,

is
Itpa., Pf. 3
s.

[XVs]
Bild
idol.
,

n.

m.,

p.

tN'Jt&S:
,

insult.
|

m.

Gotzenbild

image,

IV.ttSX

Impf.
3

1 s.

nS

vb. Pe., Inf.

nBXB:

zu-

1 p. iy.I2S:;

s.

m.
:

sammenziehen, contract. N3S n. m. Korb, basket. PS vb. Pa. , Inf. 'tfsxV ab:

Pt. act.

s.

m. ly.ttSD

sich

qualen, sich gramen, vexed, be grieved.

be

ku'hlen,

cool

XJ1BS
off.
s.
f.

n.

m. Norden, north.
n.
f.

yjS vb. Pe., Pt. pass.

xy^J.S, p.
:

p]BS.
1

snES

Matte

a#.

f.

a.

iny/JS, 2
,

s. f.

1D2J.

XI DS

n.

zuchtig heimlich, ny^JS modest, secretive. X^JS n. m. Verborgenheit se||

morning.
gens,
2

'S3,

m. Morgen, 'sV: mor-

^e
n.
\\

-]SS.

K1BS

morning. m. p. nSS
,

crecy.
secretly.

xy^.S.3
||

heimlich,
n.
f.

Vogel, bird.
3

KRI.SS

n.

f.

id.

xnWJS

1DS.

XTBS

n.

m. Ziegenbock,

Ziichtigkeit, Verborgenheit,

he-goat.

KPTBS n. f. Ziege,
n.

modesty, secrecy.

she -goat.
act.

ppX

vb. Pe.,

Pt.

f]3S:

N1S.
XZi-jS

ns

m. Spalt, crack.
:

wiehern, neigh. Kilns n. m. Loch

(etym. ?) n. m.

13310

'S

(in

der
<?00r-

Gelehrter, scholar.
-|1S

unteren Turschwelle),
socket.

vb. Pe., Pt. pass.

2 p. MVS'I.S: notig,
1
;

iys
3
sf. sf.
sf. sf.

vb. Pa., Pf.

s.

s.

c.

sf.

sary; bediirftig, in need.

Itpe., Pf. 1
s.

m. nniys
i
s.

s.

m. m.

c.
c. c.

*31t5SK

s.

irny,s
;

3 p. m.
s.

m. ?]1t3S; Pt. s.m.?]1t:SD:

bediirftig sein, notig haben,

1 s. *piyS_

Imp.
inf.

i
i

s.
s.

fljfii'j

niys;
'

be in need, need.
vb. Itpa., Impf. 3
s.
"

f!1
1
,

$R
s.'

pt act
-

8-

m.

m.

c. sf.

ilVSO,
s.
f.

p.
(-

m.
:
;

rnus ?, - r
1
I

'

3 p.m. 'SlttS^: Pt. ~ IT

:
:

Cl)nysD ^ r
~:
.

'myao T

p.

m.

'DltiSQ:

vereinigt

qualen, beschimpfeu, vex,

werden, be joined.

nx
TIB vb. Pe.,
Inf.

157*
znsammenbinden, wrap up, tie up. Pa., Impf. 3 B. m.
|

Pf. 3
;

s.

m.
s.

ISO, 11110
"l"l
,
:

Pt. act.

m. "PS

einwickeln,

c. sf.

s.

m.

HTxV

id.

n. m.,

p. \Dp:

Kab

(ein

yap vb. Af.,

Pt. act.

Ma6, a measure).
apV] praep.,
1
sf.
:

festsetzen, fix, appoint.

1 s.

pp vb.
q. v.
\

Pe., Imp.

yap

p.

joap

entgegen,
Pf.

gegen,

opposite, against.

vb. denom. Pa.,

lap vb. Pe., Impf. 3 p. sf. 3 s. m. tn:i3p' Pt. pass.

..

.1

..

: .. 7

sf.

2
,

s.

rp
ap
3
s.
s.' f.

ap; i p. m. TJJ^aj? 2
'

s.
,

m.
s.

begraben, bury. Pa., Impf. 3 s. m. tnaj?*: id.

"l^ap
:
\

||

sf.
;

i s.

naj?

Xiap

n.

m.

sf.

s.

m.

m. nrtap 2 p. m, t-pnVaj? 3 s. m. !?3j?, sf. 3 s. m.

; ;

ap

n.

m. Knauel,
Pe.,
Pt.

Bliiten-

3 p. m.
;

c.

sf.

s.

knauel,
.

coil, cluster.

m. "l^ap
f.

Impf.
;

1 s. c. sf.

act.

s.

f.

sfcaj?
;

p.

c. sf.

jlj?

aufsprossen, sprout
up.
sf.

H^apJ

3 p. m.

up,
,?]

grow

Pt. act.

^ap,
,

2 p.
,

praep.,

p.t

erhalten

empfangen
|

re-

ceive, accept.

Itpa., Impf.
Pt.

s.

m
sf.

3
s.

s.

f.

praep.,

1 p. "|Dp;
s.

s.

angenommen werden, aufgenommen wer3|?D:

m.

m.

T]Sj?_;

m. "Dp; 3
before.

p.
\

m. iiTap:
JT

vor,

den, be received, be accepted.

|

'nonp-10

adv.

vor-

Af., Inf.
:

sq.

mals, heretofore.
conj sq. Impf. bevor, before.
.
\

,T

begriifien,

salute.
'.Sj?.,

:ap n. m. Zinne, turret.

p.

m.

'XBj?_

p.

f.

158*
TT
|T

:'-

, '

TT

|T'-

erster,

Sabbats sprechen, say the

benediction at the

first.

||

Pt. act.

Dip sf. HOIp T :lir'

vb. denom. Pe.,

,

commen-

sq. ^ vor:

cement of the sabbath.

Af., Pf. 1
s.

angehen, uberholen, precede, overtake.

\

yipx

weihen,
d.

Pa., Pf.

dedicate.
\\

t^^p. adj.,
||

s.

m.

D'lp

(sive

DHp
;

3 p. m. DHj? Pe.), sf. 2 s. m.

;

S^np.: heilig, My. K^"Tp n. m. Heiligkeit, holiness.

p. X^i? n. m., c.
!?(?
:

jponj?;
(D^lp^)

impf.

Imp.

s.

p. nnp: m. D^p, p.

Stimme,

twee.
vb. Pe., Pf. 1 p.

m. to^p;
p.

Inf. 'Bttj?; Pt. act.

V (nota acsive verbo in eadem cus.)

sq.

WpB,

t^;
m.
Oj?
;

s.

m. nj? T

s.

s. f. no'j?',

HD|?

3 p. m.
s.

forma (69a):

friih tun, zu-

t!Dj?,

vorkommen, do early, antiAf., Impf. 3 p. m. cipate.

|

07; ImpUl
3 3
s.

7K; Ip. Wpj,

m. IDIpri;
^Pc!5

ipj;

Dips, 2 p.

m.
f.

lO'TpV;

Imp.
sf.

s.

D^lpX;

p.
;

^EHpX

s. f.

rnsnpN

S.

Inf.'OttpX: friih tun, schnell

sein,
XYT.P. T

^pFJ;
?
;

3 p. m.
s.

n.

do early, be quick. sf. 2 s. m. ^VTp f.,

pot.

Imp.

D^p

Pt. act.

f opf,

f.

T XBft,
f.

p.

m.
1

IR vb. Pe., heilig werden, become holy.

der
the
tf"Tj?

p.

'tl&ij?;

NttT 1

(J'pj?),

s.

FjOft; pass,

(Sabbat) Tag

hat

be-

gonnen,

day (of the

:

s.m. D^p, f. XD'p: aufstehen, stehen bestehen bleiben,

,

sabbath} has commenced.

Pa., Inf. 'B/ni?V
fiir

rise,

stand, remain;

Pt.

heilig

pass, feststehend,

certain.

erklaren,
1.

pronounce holy

(obj.
2.

Xnn)
den

trauen,

IpH: die Frage bleibe unthe question beantwortet

,

betroth;

spruch

am

SegenEingange des

remain unanswered.
\

Pa.,
1 s.

Pf. 1

s.

tntyj?; Impf.

159
DP_X
,

p. D*p_:

Imp.

[NITlipJ (hebr.) n.

f.,
.

p.

nip:
c. sf.

liTp; Pt. act. 1

pass.
s.

s. s. f.

Balken, beam.
vb. Pe.,

m. DP_B,

Pf. 1
;

s.

erfiillen,

feststellen,

3
sf.

s.

establish ;

DP_O

am Leben
|

m. nnVtDp 2 s. nVtSp, 3 r m. Inwfap: 3 s. p. '

1

erhalten, /wm$r.

Itpa., Pf.

m.

c. sf.

s.
;

s.

m. Dj?K
Pt.

Dj?n;

D:P_:

Impf. 3 s. f. erhalten
\

m. iru^Bp 3 s. m. n^Dp_,

m. n?Up_, 3 p. 3 p. m. c. sf.
3 p. m.
1
sf.

Af., Pf. bleiben, remain. 1 p. c. sf. 3 s. f. ajppjx

s.

m.

c. sf.

s. f.

XRDPJX
s.

s. c. tlU^t?p; Impf. 3 p. m. t-jU^pX., in^DpN; 1 p. ytDpJ, sf. 3 p. m.

2 p. m. t-pnDPJX; 3

m.

DPJX, 3 p. in.
Impf.

sf.

2 p.'m.

I3ji?1;

t^tipJ; ^s.m.'rbpn; 2 p. m. c. sf. 3 p. m. inj^Dpn

3 p.
c.
s.

c. sf.

1 s.

3 s.f.niopiX; DPJX, sf. 3 s. m.

s.
f.

sf.

s. f.

Imp.

m. Vbp
f.

Jfl?j$ sf. 3 s. f.

ruspix, 3 3 s. m. bpj^,

ruppix;
;

nVt5P_, p.

sf.
sf.

3 p. irnppi
1 s.
.

3 s.m.

rUtPt.
1

t^up;

Inf.c.sf.
act. s.

Imp. 'PJX,
Inf. 'Biplx
;

m.

Pt. act.
;

m.

s. s.

XJ^,
nSui?,
s.

DPJJO

*gto

i s.
,

2 p.

1 p. i^pp.lo 2 s. 2 p. in^PiD: aufrichten, pi

:
i

pass.

toten, kill,

m. ^pp, d. murder.
\

Itpe.,

bestehen

lassen

stellen,

Impf.

p.

m. t^tspnn;
||

sich beziehen lassen, raise,

Pt. ^tipD: pass.

N^p
n.

n.

cause

to

remain,
\

place,

m. Tod, death.

cause

to refer.

Ittaf., Pt.
\

ppp

adj., d.

XJnsp
\\

p. ^ts.p

DjTinp: sich beziehen, refer\

klein, small.

XJtsp

m.

D 'R
n.

adj.

am Leben,

be-

standig, living, abiding.

Winzigkeit, smallness. vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. f. c.

3
s.

sf.

m. Nadelohr, eye of

m. nnjtop
Nn;Pt2p

Pt. pass.

a needle.

s. f. d.

abschnei-

160*
den, verstiimmeln, cut
curtail.
F)t3p
off,

leicht,
s.
f.

light.

Itpalp., Pt.
:

X?p?pO
s.

verdorben
spoiled.

vb. Itpe., Pt.

P]t$j?B

ab-

werden,
Af., Pf. 2

become

geschnitten werden, be cut

off.

s.

m. H^pX ; Impf. m. hfh Imp. t>pX Pt.

; ;

Ittp vb. Pe., Imp. "Ittp: bin-

act.

7j?D

pass. ^|?p
\

er-

den,

tie.
||

Xlttp n. m.,

p.

leichtern, lighten.
Pf. 3
s.

Ittaf.,

nttp: Knoten, knot. JO Dp n. m. Rauch .W0<?.

,

||

^p

pass adj. leichf, light; adv.

:

m. ^prix a

KTTTDPN T
:

IT'

Rauch

etwas, das verursacht , somen.

f.

ein wenig,

little. s.

vb. Itpe., Pf. 1

^y.Vpx.
;

thing that causes smoke.

Xtt'.p,

p.
;

XB'j?

n.

m. Sommer,
Holz-

(l^V^p.X), l^.pX

Pt.

s.

m.

summer.
XD'j?
n.

y?PP,
,

p.

m. t^y^pp:

ein-

m.

p.

'D'p

treffen,
strike.

arrive; begegnen,

stiick,
"!D'p_:

piece of wood. Caesar.

xrvp^p, xn^p'p, xnp^p T :':'' T'T 'r'

IT :'
:'

n.

f.,

XTp

n.

m. Wachs, wax.
Pf. 2
s.

l!

P-

?.P.^P.5 "7P."

?.'-

Misthaufen,

vb. Pe.,

n^_p;

dung heap.

3 p. 3
s.

c. sf.

m.
;

3 p. inriVp 5 Impf. vp?, sf. 3 s. m.

'"?
;

XDp v. Dip. Xnpp n. m. Mehl,

flour.

H^pV
s.
f.

Pt. act.
:

pass.
,

^p

v.

mp.
(gr.)
n.

X vp
,

sengen

ver-

XtSppp

m. Kessel,
s.

^kettle. parch , roast. Itpe., Pf. 3 s. m. ''VjPX. Pt. XJp vb. Pa., Impf. 2 1 p. X2pn eifersiichtig p. f. l^p.p,
;
:

brennen

m.

sein,

be jealous.

||

Xip

n. in., sf.

^Vp;
2i

X^p(?)

n.

m.

Stein,

s.

m. Hip:

Eifersucht,

stone.

jealousy.

?^p vb. Pe., Pt. pass.

!?7,
f.

d.

Xn^i?, p.

m. xjp vb. Pe., Pf. 2 s. m.rv:p m. ^/p Imp. Impf. 3 s. m. tfjS^

s.
:

161*
HJp; Pt. act.
s.

m.

Vlj?,

p.

3
c.

s.

m.
3

c. sf.
s.

m. ^~jp; 3 p.
;

m.

i3j?

erwerben, kaufen,
Rohr, reed.
fine.

sf.
;

m. nvip

Imp.
;

acquire, purchase.

np
act.

Inf.

XIpD,
p.Vlj?,

NJ Jp n. m., p. ^j?

ng,

npD Pt. lp'. P.^:

s.

XDJp

(gr.) n.

m. Strafe,

rufen, nennen, lesen, call,

vb. Pe., Imp. fbp;

Bj?
:

Pt.

read.
\

Itpe., Impf. 3

m.
s.
:

springen, leap.
n.

tnprv;
f.

Pt.
f.

s.

m. njra,
1 p.

[fctig]

HJ3*?.: Fleischhauer, butcher.

m., p.

d.

;Vp.o, p.
|

pp.np, inj?_o

pass.

Af., Pf.

c. sf.

vb. Pe. t Pf.3p.rn. tjj? ;

Impf.

s.

fpX; 2

s.

m.

3 s.m. tVp'Jn.pX; 2 s.m. sf. 1 s. innpN ; 3 s. m.

sf.

c. c.

p.

3 p. m.
s.

ttp; Imp.
Inf.

tinpx, 3

s.

p.npN, m. nnpx

s.
;

m.
3 p.

m. fp,
sf.

p.

m. IBp;

m.
p.

c. sf. 1 s.

TnpK

c.

s.

act. pxj?,

m. n^appV ; Pt. p. m. 'X*p pass.

;
,

m. ilpS

Pt. act.

s.

Imp. m.

pp
cut
Pf.

abhauen
off,

bestimmen,
\

npo, p. c. np.o, i s. xjnpt? : lesen lassen, cause to read.

xnp
n. m., sf. 2 s.

\\

determine.

Itpa.,

m.

spioj?,

3 p. m. tnragnx: abgehauen werden, be cut off.

adj.,
d.

TSj?

XTSP;
""PJ?:

p.

d.
2

Bibelvers, Scriptural verse. n. m. Leser, reader.

XJ^"i]?

\\

n^p:
Xj?j?

krank, sick.
Pelikan,

xip! 'xn-ip n.

f.,

p.

nn p:
:

n.

m., p.

Stadt, Dorf, town, village.

pelican.

vb. Pe., Pf. 3 p. m. tuij? ;

vippT

(pers.) p.

m.

Amomum
Kiirbis,

Impf. 2

s.

m.

3np.FJ;

3 s.m.

Cardamomum.
n.

m.

p.

'")]?:

inf. anp^ come near. X31pD^ nahen,

yyph]

imp.
s.

gourd.

Pa., Pf. i
'

n:n,

sf.

sf.

ip vb. Pe., Pf. 1 s. nofr 2 s. m. ^0)nnp; 2 s.

sf.

s.m. ^innip; 3p.m. r T HT

:

'

tmp;
*** *

m. n-np,

s.

m.

Imp. p. Ulj?; Inf. c. sf. 3 Pt. act. p. m. s. m. nriilp^

;

Margolis,

Chr. Bab. Talm.

11

162*
;

pass.
:

s.

m
T
:

f.

Hyiptt. T IT
:
'

'

1
,

s.

rr

t 3s.m.ny-|p.; 3p.m. 'V ]p; 3 s. m. c. sf. 3 s. m. Impf.

<

nahebringen
opfern,

darbringen,

bring near, offer;

nyi j?i; Pt.

:

act.
||

Vli?: zer-

Pt. pass, verwandt, related, Af., Pf. 3

s. f.

reifien,

tear.

Itpe., Pf. 3

trn-jpn; Pt.

p.

f.

t^lP.H: pass.
s. f. c. sf.

act. S'lp.E: bringen, opfern,

pj?
1

vb. Pe., Pf. 3

s.

bring, offer.

[|

2nj? adj., d.

IR^lp:
||

kneifen, nip,

pinch.

N!T)p n. m. Stuck,

VSFjj 2
m.
1
s.
:

s.
:

m. ^ni?T
3
s. f.

s.
:

piece, v. ^ON.

pnnp -'IT'
I-'T
||

mnp
-

-'IT'

XW"1p: verwandt, T
NDlp
XJ3HJ?
n. n.

re-

lip vb. Pe., Inf. 1j?q Pt. act. s. m. ISp f. NTp kalt T
;
..I

, J

j-jlrr

fated.

war.

||

m. Krieg, m. Opfer,
kahl, &a/d.

sein,

&e coW.

||

Af.,

Impf.
Pt.

p.

Ip:;
s. f.

Inf.

nipX;
adj.

sacrifice.

act.

Nipt?: abkiihlen,
||

mp adj.,
T'
:

>

'

d.

xmp: TT
1

cool

off.

in.i?

kalt,

xn^.Dnp
chest.
^"lj?
1

(gr.)

n.

f.

Kastchen,
v.

n.

m.

Wurm, worm.
eine

^;p
f.

adj.,

f.
:

^B(i?,

p.

m.

KO'1R n.

m., p. 'Dip:

^p

hart, schwer, hard,

||

gewisse Pflanze, a certain

plant.
2

difficult.

NIVBfl? n.

f.,

p.

xrvty'p

Nt3"lp TT'
:

n.

m. Haut, Kruste,

p.

Kern, kernel] N;^;p, nVp 0^): Schwierig: t

skin, crust.

keit
p.

Frage
||

difficulty,

RT|p_

n.

f.,

(du.)

V:TJ?,

question.

Xt^'p vb.

denom.
einen
raise a

\Hj?: Horn, ^orn; p.Nnjip. Ecke, corner. XDJ"lp n. m. Hammer, hammer.

[XD-I;?] n. m., p. c. sf.

Af., Pt. act.

^pB:

Einwand erheben/
point of objection.
vb.
;

s.

f.

Itpa., Pf. 3

s.

f.

n^plp:

Knochel, ankle.

Pf. 3 s. V"lp vb. Pe.,

m.

c. sf.

Pt.

s.

Imp. s. f. f. xetf?B:

sich

opiap
putzen, dress.
n.

163*
s.

m,

m.

tfp,

f.

XB>p: alt wer\\

Wahrheit, truth.
vb., Inf. H0[
p.

den,
d.
'p

grow
:

old.
alt,

B"#p
oW.
0n>.
f.

adj.,

XBt5(p
n.
f.,

/ptypq: behacken,

Bogen,
handle.

hoe.
'p

np

n.

p. sf. 3 p.

\TFjj3:

vb. Pe., Pf. 1 p.

Stiel,

DX1.

Xn
Xtfn
m.

n.

m. Wildochse,

n.

m.,
;

c.

yi3")

sf.

s.

m.

HJ12"!

Herr, Zortf.
sf.

BftO.

n. m., c.
;

n.
S

f.,

s.

m., 7
,\\

sf. 1 s.

nn
p.

s.

m.
1

herrisches Wesen, lordship.

[313"l] n. m., p. s. m. t

s.

a>n, n^
c.

-},

f. ntr'

m.

c. sf.

B^n: Haupt, Anfang, head, beginning.

Xt^n;

VTiJinT],

PPa'pl;

p.

f.

13113"I:

grofi, large;

adv.

anfangs,
adv.
id.
s. c. sf.
s.
f.

GroBer, grandee.
31.

no
s.

V31X
4.
.

n. m.,
,

n$;3]X
'

n.

vb. Pa., Pf. 1

f.

"1D(')3-|X

f.

V2_1

m. nn>:n
.

c. sf.
s. f.

'IDC^IX
731X.
m.'
'-J-.

14.

'||

m. Pri^l; Impf. 3
Imp. ^3"
\

ys-lX.,
'

n. p.
||

m. 40.

||

'3"in;

groBziehen,
n.
f.

n.

X^3T
2
s.

n.

bring up.
chen,^zr/.

Xn^"]
[|

Mad2

m. Quadrat, square.

xnui n. f. Ausdistinction.
d.

V21 vb. Af.,

:

Pf.

m.

zeichnung,
.

31 adj.,
1
s.

X3~l,

H31;

nV3"|X lagern lassen, cause n. m. to lie down. X^3-|O

\\

sf.

t^l, >31; s. f. d. ^nST; p.m. c. sf. 1 p. p.31:

Xn^31D

n.

f.

Lagerstatte,

resting-place.

groB, great; Lehrer, teacher.

II

vb.

Pe.,

Pt.

act.
\\

WT

" xn33i, xnisi n. f., p. 1121, T 'r r :" d. xni31: 10000. n XJI'31 TT T
:

>

'

ziirnen, be angry.

"JIJI

adj.

II

jalizornig, given to anger.

11*

164* xn(-|)
Fu6,
Pe.,
n.
f.,

ram
p. c. sf. 3
s.

m.

vb.

Pe.,
Pt.

Impf. 2
pass.
s.

s.

m.
d.

tvrfr:n;
foot.

3 p. m.
||

lirp^n:

m.

&n

vb. denom.
*?\ri,

N^n

sich berauschen , be
\

Pt. pass,

UvVvri:
stomed.
Bft")

gewohnt,

2 p. accu-

drunk.
3s. m.

Af., Pf. 3

s. f. c. sf.

nn/ns: berauschen, make drunk.

commotion.

vb. Pe. rauschen, be in Af., Pf. 1 s.

\

mi

vb.
f.
:
'

Pe.,
Xni~1
T
!

Pt. act.
(T

s. s.
,

m. m.
be-

mi, - T
n'n

nt^TIX;
^tttfnV;
1.

Impf.
Pt.

3
act.

p.

m.

sich
|

pass. r erweitern
; '

tfsr\V:

in

Bewegung
2.

bringen,

come wide. Pa., Pt. pass. nrio weit, wide, ample.

\

empfmden, merken, Xtn n. m. Geperceive.

stir;
\\

nn
n.

n.

m. Raum, space.

rausch,
-IT) vb. Inf.

noise, commotion.
s.

soil

n.

m. Hohe, height. m. Romer, Roman.

Pa., Pf. 3

m.

TP;

d. T T n.'m., p.

tn
-

T- |T

" :

sf.

3 s.m.

HiY!

plattschlagen,

beat out.
f)Tl vb. Pe.,

tvrin: Geheimnis, secret. H. JOno n m Rinne, water-

Pt.
p.

act.
f.

p.
S

m.
:

spout.

DTI: IT
:

'

pass. *

SH1

m.

rasch
mently.

fliefien,

flow

vehe-

m
-:

x;n~l
n.

n.

m. Miihle,

mill.

p. r
\

passion.
;

m. Mitleid, comvb. denom.

Dm

urn

vb. Pe., Pf. 3 p. tDirn

s,

Pe., Pt. act.

..

Imp.

Pt. act.

m. urn, s. m.

m. ^n~l; m. tWTJ, p. T
p.

m. Drn; sf. 3 s. m. PIDm; p. m. 'Din. r T !rT 1 s. XJDHT: lieben, love;

s.
7
..

..|

t^tsni, f. 1OT: laufen, rww. Af., Imp. s. m. c. sf. 1 s. 'jttrnx: laufen lassen,
|

Pt. act.

Freund, friend.

Pa., Pt. act. IBrnB:

sich

erbarmen, have compassion.

cause

to run.

\\ II

Ktsm T -;i"
||

n.

m.

xnoni

n.

f.,

sf. i p.
||

vnorn
n.

n.

Laufen, running. *tt$i'"n m. If 'tsim p. "IT Laufer,

, :

Liebe, der Barmherzige, the Com-

love.

XJDHT

m.

runner.

passionate One.

165*
vb. Pe.,
Pt. pass.
1
s.

2D-1

'.,
Vertrauen,

vertrauen, trust. sf. is. tyxrn:

'TT:IT

\\

2210^,
n'<te.
|

vb. Pe., Imp. abl; Inf. Pt. act. reiten,

Af., Pf. 3 si

ayj" m.

c. sf.

tfrws/.
f.

s.

m. nariN: reiten
to
f.

las-

vb. Pa., Pt. pass. p.

s-

sen, cause

mount.

V.?"^)
d.

2 p.
re-

pi. ^:n

adj.,

*yy\
soft.

zart,

entfernen,

weich, tender,
X^Dl'H (hebr.) n.

move.
||

pTHadj.,
XjPTH:
II

XP/rn;
far,
,

m. Hausierer,
s.

s.

f.

fern,
n.

peddler.

distant.

XPim
'T r

m.

c.

DD1 vb. Itpe., Pf. 3

m. ODIN

pirn: Entfernung, distance.

Itpe., Pf.
Pt.
s.

3s.m. BfrnnX;
p.

verloren gehen, oe lost. vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. f. c. sf. SO-j

m. tfrnn.o,
:

m.

s. f.

n1
s.
f.
1

Impf. 2
;

s.

m.

^rnno
occur.
||

sich

ereignen,
n.

c. sf.

3
s.

m. rPDin
3 p.
f.

Imp.

Xtfrn

m.

coll.

nr|,
Inf^
s.

ww;
;

Gewurrn, worms. on adj., d. *yur\:

1 vb.

[moist.

feucht,

*onp^ Pt. act. m. nri, i s.xrDi, "pnn: r' T -IT' '- -rr'
s.
f.

ND-IO ?,

Pe.,

P\

act.

^CH:

pass.

X^OT:
contrast.

werfen,

murmeln, murmur.

erheben, gegeniiberstellen,

nn

vb. Af.,

Pt. act.
||

rniB:

throw,
Pf. 3
i :

lift,

Itpe.,

riechen, smell.
sf.

XtV") n. m.,
:

s.
||

m.

nnn

Geruch,
adj.,
d.

m. 'Binx, f. K;oinx, >-inx: Pt. 's. m. wnb: s.

'
:
:
\

smell.

inrn
odor,

sich ereignen, occur.

Pt. act. i
s.

Af.,
i p. f

wbhlriechend , of
v.

x^enn T ....

, 7

l^cno
1B-|

zusammenwerfen,
f.

DN1.
)yn.

cos/ together.
vb. Pa., Pt. act. p.

xnsn

v.

1JO10

vb. Af.,

Pt. act.

ausleeren, emp^t/ OM/ adv. leer, empty.

v.

winken, wink. xntD") n. m. (f.) Speer, spear. X3D") n. m. Granatapfel, pomegranate.

166*

suarn
Pt. p.

pi
1

vb. Pa.,

m.

'J.riB:
s.
s. s.

(hebr.) vb. Itpa.

Pf. 3
i"

murren, murmur. xjn vb. Pe. , Impf. 3

m.

nnN: r'

Pt.

s.

m. miB: be recon-

m. m.

besanftigt sein,
ciled.
p-i

71J
d.

Inf.

'VIB^
" T' p. 'in,

Pt.

X>y.: T -'

iyi: weiT

(hebr.)

n.

m. Firma-

den, tend; Pt. act. d. Hirt,

shepherd.
2

ment, firmament. n vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s.

nj?j?T;

f.

tnjsn,
s.
f.

xyi. xijn_
c.

n. m.,

xnr>n

n.f.,

Impf. 3
5j9

nijn': Wille, will.

3's.

speien,
;

yjn vb. Af., Pf.

Inf. >V iHK^
rfo evil.
|

m. jnx
3

n.

m. Speichel,
n.
f.,

spittle.

Boses zufiigen,
s.

sf.

2 s.m.T

iittaf., Pf.
s.

m.

Erlaubnis, Darlehen, permission, loan.

inns.

Impf. 3

m.
,

jn_l^>:

xniBh
|

no

sich verschlimmern

grow
s.

Schuldner, debtor.
.nsh adj., d.

worse.
2

X^l;
Impf. 2
s.
:

p.

d.

yjn vb. Pe.,

d.

Pt. pass.

m.

tx^tih, 7^1:
wicked.
vb. Pe.
,

gottlos,

X^jn
:

f.
;

X^iTI
|

schads.

haft, ftroAr^n.
PSTltt
:

Af,

Pt. 2

s.

m.
;

schadhaft machen,
n. f.,

nrnn
in

Pt. act.

f.

xnrn

impair.

pass. p. m. TlTll
sf.

sieden,
,

xnsn
t]nsn.
:

s.

f.

Zorn aufbrausen

boil,

Brot, bread.
Pt.
act.
||

be hot with anger.

j?EH:

Pa.,
:

vb. Pe.,

Pt. pass. p.
ziirnt,

m. ^nrnp
\\

er-

pfliigen, plough.

XjPST n.
||

angry.

xnriT n.

m.

m.

Pfliigen,

ploughing.

Zorn, anger.
n.

XjPiST n. ra. Pfliiger, plough-

m.

Ginsterstraucb,

man.

broom-plant.

167*

vb. Pe.,
1

Pt. act.

yafej,

XJfr v. XJD.

Vnjnfe, 2 s. satt sein, Je sated.

p.

iOVfr
Af.,
;

n. m., sf.

s.

m.rnyfr

Pf. 3

s.

m.
s.

c. sf. 1 p. iy_3frx_

Haar, hair. xrnyfr (xmyo) ^ T :JT T :'

:
:

n.

f.,

p.

(T

nyfr >
s.

Impf. 3
tJSJSfr^:

m.

c. sf.

s.

m.

Gerste, barley.

sattigen, satisfy.

XHDfr

n.
:

f.
,

p.

c. sf.

m.
lip,

into v. THD.
ttfr n. T :

Pirn St^

Lippe, Rand,

m. Linke,

left

hand.

edge.

vb. Pe.
act. s.

Inf.
"

m. 3>K>: p. m. r T
s.

'3'tf, IT"
:

f.nan: resorbieren,
vb.^Pa., Pf. 1

absorb.

NX^' Imp. s. m. m. ^Xt^'; Inf. p. Pt. act. p. m. T

1 p.
;

VV

, '

^^
'
I

IT '

tnT^';
s.

pass.

s.

m. Fnypj
|

ubrig lassen,
n.

rtpVm: fragen, entleihen, ask, borrow.

\

s.

f.

/eay<? over.
:

Itpa., Pf. 3
||

Itpe., Pf. 1

s.

-Wnx
3

s.

m. TntSft pass. nt8( m. Rest, remainder.

vb. Pe., Pf. 3
sf:
s.

m.

tofarf;
'inf.
:

Impf.
>!

s.

m.
Pt.

V^n:.;
c.

?i^nx;

m.

^ty'np

die

Auf losung

eines

s.

m. PPatf; Pt.

act.

p.

m.

13BJ':

gefangen neh\

Gelubdes nachsuchen, apply for the dissolution of a vow.

\

men, capture. 3 s. m. 'anate

p.
n.
f.

Itpe., Pf.
f.

Pa., Pf. 3

s.

m.

c. sf.
s.

s. c.

m. Tfyvi
sf.

Impf. 3

m.

i;3nty'X

:'

pass

s.
;

f.

rfr&h -i
s.

'

p.m.
3
1

m. Gefangenschaft, capvb. Pe., Pf. 1

sf.
s.

VWfy
s.

Imp.

m.

c. sf.

tivity.

m!

nW;
s.

Inf.

^i't?' ?;

Pt. act.

m. ^XBto,

p.

m.
er-

s.

m. n

tl^B^o,
gen,

1 s.

x:Wo:
3 sich

fra-

p.'

m.

ask;

sq.

168*
\\

sam
iDflystPN
:

Af., Pf. kunden, inquire. 3 8. f. rtajfiN; Inf. 'VW1K;

beschworen, ads.

jure.
vb. Pe., Pf. 2

Imp.

s.

m.
s.

c. sf. 1 s. "I^BMx

m.

et

f.

Pt. act.

m. hwfo

p.

m.
3
s.

^B>;iO: leihen, loan.

tf n.
f.,

2 p. m. m. c. sf. 3 s. m. H
;

sf.

s.f.
s.
f.

c . sf.

Nnn33fc>: t vT
-T

man-neighbor.
f.
,

Nachbarin, woxni33tf n.
\\

3 p. m. 3 s.f.e.'sf. 1ruj?3B[ 3 s. m. nnp3Bf$ 3 p. m. "hp3ts>, sf. i s. VP. 3 .^j 3 p.

sf.

i s.
:

tntta[;

i p.

m. 1ru*p3Bj Impf. 1 s. c. sf. 3 s. m. flpSB^t, 3 p. m.

;

inmtf
2

Nachbarschaft,

1'PUpat^X
f.

3
;

s.

m.

c. sf.
s.

s.

neighborhood.
33tf.

rI3p3B(7
s.

Imp.
3
s.

m.

N3t^

n.

m.

1
,

p. '38?

]&&>

m.

Span, splinter.
vb.

Pa.,

Pf.

p.

m.

3 p. m. 1n3j?a^ ; s. f. sf. 3 s. m. H^p3ttf p. m. c. 5 sf. 3 s. m. Pt. act.

s.

preisen, praise.

Af.

Inf.

TI13B(X

Pt. act.

HlpqV; m. p3K/, 1 p.
;

rQtP'D : verbessern, improve.

s. F]j?3Q

pass. p.
,

f.

ubriglassen

hinterlassen,
, zulassen, leave behind,

V3tf

n. m., p.

^3B(: Pfad,
n.
f.

fahren
leave

lassen
over,

n.

m.
et

njJDtJ^

let go,

permit.
p.

n.
f.

m.

f.

7.

nn.3Bf
n.

n.

m.

Blindheit,

tj-pipy

blindness.
||

"HD3t^

17.
||

*py3Bf

p.

vb.

Pa.,
:

Pt.

8.

f.

d.

m. 70.

05>ttt]
:

(hebr.) n.

NntJtoBto

fehlerhaft, erro-

m., p. ^31^

Woche, week.

neous.
|

Itpa.

Pf.

3 p.
||

yitf vb. denom. Itpe., Pf.

t^QPl^K: sich irren, err.

xni^3^' n.
f.

Impf. 3 s. m. ynntP'?: schwb'ren, swear.

1 s.

^y.3n#X

Irrtum, error.
" p.
'3{y', -7

r\^ T
:

n.

f.,

a. S3B>'; T - '

Af.', Pf. 1

s. c. sf.

2 p. m.

Sabbat

Woche,

169*
sabbath, rveek.

N3Bte
\

"in,

nn-i^;

3 3

s.
s.

'Ba nn, 'BO

Sonntag, Montag, Dienstag,

rn^,

sf.

m. -ntf; f. m. nrrntf

3 p. m. tma?, inty',' sf. 1 P- 1 J> 3 s.m. niTWf;

1^
3

Mittwoch, Donnerstag,Freitag, Sunday, Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday,

Impf. 1 s.in^'X; 1 p.l^J, sf. 3 s. m. nTTtfJ 3 s. m. ;

1^
int^;
p.

s. f.

'-\WF\
;

Imp.

Friday.
n.

Pt. act.
.
.

s.

m.

Name
PL

eines

Damons,

m. nnty'D, - ;J
nty; n.
,

1 s.

1^0, KmBto: T ._ .
.'

name of a demon.
vb. Af.,

senden, send.
;

s.

m. rWB[X
natsjo

rmf.

m., xnt? n.
f.

f.

6.
||

3 s. f

t nnatfx

Pt. act. ;

iD^n^;
n. p.

sich kiimmern, care,

ffimrf.
s.

nnrntf 16.
m. 60.

||

vb. Pe.,
d.
tf
sf.

Pt. pass.

m.

|j

Nivntf

n. f.|.
s.

XTJtf: heizen, foctf. vb. Pe., Pf. i s. naj,

3
sf.
s.

vb. Pa., Impf. 3

c. sf.

m.

m. nnHtf
s.

s.

m.

c.

m. antf,
;

3 p.

inrrtf, inrrtf

s. f. c. sf.
;

3 p. zuriickinjnt^y: detain. Itpa., Impf. halten, 3 s. m. *r\F\tfh: verweilen,

\

s.

m.

c.

m. nrrnr, nnntr' 3 p. sf. 3s. m. PnTH;

s.

tarry.

vb. Pe., Pt. pass.

p. iW':
billig,

*\tf,

Impf. 3

m.

nt8[J,
s.

sf.

3 p.
sf.
;

wert,

preiswert,
\

imntfV; Imp. 3 s. f. rpn

t
:

m. HB>,
f.

worth, cheap.

Af.,

Inf.
HB;',

xniyto^

Imp.

p.

iWX

sq. vb. billig,

Pt.
p.

act

s.

m.

NHCg',

cheap.

m. nt^,

1 s.
s.

KJHtg,

s.

W
sf.

vb. Pa.,

Pf. 1

s. s.

iyf,

m. HBj, f. nHt^; pass. NHB>, p. f. "jH^: werfen,

cast.

p.

TSjW,
;

3
3

m. m.
m.

nrp-itf,
c. sf.

3 p. in:^'
s.
s.

s.

3
2

m. m.

PPttg

p.

vb. Pa., Pf.

s.

c. sf.
s.

c.

sf.
s.

T)1"it;

Imp.

s.

m. ^iyiTt,

m.

m.

c. sf.

s.

m.

170*
Inf. "itf?, sf. 3 s.

m. n^B
s.

'intif'

n.

m. Bestechimg,
Impf. 3
p.
:

bribe.

set/en,
itP'

machen,
s.

set,

render.

vb. Pe., 3 p.

c. sf.
8.

s.

vb. Pa., Impf. 3

m.

c.

m.

nitDPIt;

m.
3

sf.

m.

PlB'.tfV:

ab-

IDhBjJ;
s.

Imp.
nittnt^

m.

c.

sf.

schatzen, estimate. vb. Pe., Pt. pass. p.

1JJHP'
:

m.

schlachten,

f.

slaughter.
n.

verpichen

glatten,

m.

Last

(eig.

Er-

plaster,

make smooth.

Itpe.,

hitzung), load (prop. heat).

Pf. 3 p. tiytfrm: glatt wer-

vb. Pa.
-:
:

Pt.

act.

p.

m.

den, become smooth.

n.

\\

X^#

^nt^D: fronen r

lassen, im-

m.,

Wiytf T ' r
:

n.

f.

Mortel.

pose forced labor.

vb. Pe., Pt. act.
s.

Spund, cement, sealing clay.

vb. Pe., Pf. 3 p.
s. f.

m.

d.
:

c. sf.

WVtf Narr, T
:

IT

fool.

KnrtSB^ T
rr

PWEH; Imp.
p.

*)ltf;

Pt.

n.

f.
.

act.

m.

1ENti>';
:

pass. p.
sich

Torheit, folly. Itpa., Pf. 1 s. Tltsrw'X :

m. 'DBf,
reiben,

'EPtf

reiben, ab-

ausstrecken

stretch

rw&,
p.
id.
c.

wear
sf.

out.
\

oneself.

Pa.,
ppenzft

s.

f.

vb. Pe., Pf. 2

s.

m.

c. sf.

s.

n.

m. Marktplatz,
Schenkel,

c.

m. HRBtDBj; Impf. 1 p. sf. 3 s. m. nStttTJ: wegs.

market place.
PB;

schwemmen, wash away.

vb. Pe., Impf. 1
Inf.
"IttBto
:

n.

[f.]

It^'N

FuB,

leg.

bestreichen,

vb. Pe.,

Impf. 2

s.

m.

smear

(apply

salve).
;

"W'n;
gen,
n.
;
i

Pt. act.
fea;>.
|

W:

sprins.

n. m., c. "H3#

sf.

Pa., Pt. act.

2
p.

s.

T]^;

p. c. sf.

id.

m.
Pf. 3

Urkunde,
s.

m. Mauer, wall. Hochzeitskame.

document.
vb.,
s.

m.

c. sf.
s.

rad, best man.

v.

m. a:n?.; Impf. 3
1 s.

m.

c. sf.

bra6

Inf. c. sf.

171
3
s.

m.

a3[1]lH0J>: erretten,

deliver.

XX'tf n. m., p.
fin.

Ptf

Flosse,

^nian^x; Pt. p. m. t^nantsto gefunden werden, be found, be met

narrate;
:

inf.

with.
(gr.)
n.

^T^
silk.
XttJ''B>

m.

p.

Seide,

nDtf(b.ebr.) vb. Pe., Pf. 1 p.

jnatf, sf.

3 p. lnj:nat^; Pt.
vergessen,
Pt.
s.
f.

n.

m. Alabaster, ala-

act. 1 p. "jj^nat^:

baster.

forget.

Itp'eT,

vb. Pe., Pf. i p. 33B( t^stf, patf ; 3 s. f. X33tf ; 3 p. m.

t
lasts?
:

pass.

Pt. act.
p.

s.

m.

?3t0 T
:

n. m., '

p. r
\

33tf,
f.

f.

X33 tg,

m.

Becken,
xnVa.Bf

basin.
n.
f.

>3Bto: ::(xn ?3B''D,

l

d.

33tf,

kleines Becken,

13att:

sich legen,

liegen,

small basin.

schlafen, sterben, lie down,

lie,
l

xn^atr' n.

sleep, die.
-

TIP:

die
f.

natf vb. Pe. (Af.)t Pf- 1 8

sf.

f., f p. xn:'a^': TT Gegenwart Gottes, the

,

s.

m.

Divine Presence.

\\

anTDBte,

"jatr'Ovb.

annsate, p. m. inwretfx,

pfanden, pawn.
(3) n.
"jaty'
f.

tmnTiatfx;
innate;'

i p. ti^nsBite,

Pfand,
in-

s.

m. natfxj
s. f. c. sf.

sf.

n.

m. Rauschtrank,

s.

m. HTOBte,
3

imroafx; m. PIFirOBte 3
;

3 p. m. 3 s.

toxicating drink.
vb. Itpe., Pf. 1 p. l^ntBte:

p.

m.
r

vergessen, forget.
aj

niDtrs,

sf.
s.

s.

m.

vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s.f. an^ef;

1

Impf. 2
act.

m. natsjn; Pt.
1
;

nat^o,
PnSB^tD
f.
:'

s.

xjns^'o,
s.

tin ?^'; Impf. 3 s. m. 3 p. Imp. nVt^'V;

3 p.

f.

mVB;
sf.

s.

pass.

m.
:

Pt. pass. 'ri^Bf,

d.
f.

rratf.

xn^, T
:'

s.

nn^tr: ,

xn^tr',
i

's.

finden, find; Pt. pass, sich

1.

senden,

send;

befindend, antreffbar,/*0wnrf, Itpe., Pf. 3 s. m. frequent.

\

Pt. pass. Bote, messenger;

2.

ausziehen,

172*
Pa.,
Pt.
act.

p.

stiften unter,

make peace
'V nny Frie-

ausziehen, strip off. vb. Pe., Impf. 3

s.

m.

among, den schliefien mit,

nna

make

^; Pt. act. B^tf: herrschen, rule.

p.
\\

peace with.

*?

'W an* be-)Vy

Xti4tt>' n.

m.,

grufien, salute.

XO^'

*HS#: Herrscher, Macht-

haber, ruler, potentate. luW'n.m., d.KJB^: HerrT T T T T

1

Friede sei mit dir, /?mce be with you. XW'a adv.

\

'

recht, correct.

II

XJD^' T T
:

n.

schaft, dominion.

rv^D. T
:

'

xn^o T
:

n.

f.

m. Vollkommener, perfect man.

.,

Nachgeburt, after-birth.
vb. Itpalp.,

Pt. pass.

s.

m.

*]^tf,
\\

Impf. 3

s.

m. ^!?nt2^j:
te loosened.
||

lose werden,

draw off. XB^tS(: abziehen, n. m., p. c. 'Bl!?tf: XSi^' T IT "IT

f.

xn^tW

n.

f.

Kette, cftam. tf vb. Pe., Pf. 3 p. "h&^tf; Inf. D?t^t5: vollendet sein,

zieht, ziickt,

der (das Schwert) heraushe who draws

(the sword).

ty'

n. m., sf. 1 s.
s. f.

&>;

s.

&e completed.
1 s.
Inf.

DX
Pt.

Pa.,
s.

Impf.
;

m. ^0^; 3
1.TDB(:

aptf'; 3 p.
|

3
;

m. D^'^

nalVfi?^

Pt. act. 2 p.

Name, nam<?. Dty'D praep. wegen, on account

of.

"jinp^'D: bezahlen, pay.

Itpa'.,

T
|

DteflD

conj. weil, &e-

D^Pty'O; 2 s. nD^RttJO: vergolten werden, bezahlt werden, be requited, receive

s.

XJD^nttto,

oty'

n. p. m.,

c.

'Btf

Him-

mel, heaven, Heaven.

lDt^ n.

m. Verfolgung, perses.

an indemnity.
S.

||

Af.,

Pf.

1
;

cution.

'p^'X

8.

m. FjoVBjX

vb. Pe., Pf. 3

sf.

m.

c.
s.

Inf.c. sf! 3 p. m. in:p[i

s.

ausliefern,
n.

deliver.
\\

m.

c.

m. PIBBt; Impf. 3 sf. 3 s. m. n

3
s.

m.

d.

XD ?^': TT
1 '

Friede,

Inf. c. sf.

m.
"-IS
:

peace.

7 'V "Dy Frieden

Pt. pass. p.

m.

los-

173*

machen
detach.

ablosen

loosen,

Itpe., Pf. 3 s.
1l?ont?'X;

m.

Pf.

Af., werden, be heard. 3 s. m. c. sf. 1 p. p.y.Otr'X

\

c. sf. 1 s.
c.
sf.

s. f.

Impf.
'

1 s.
;

yotfK,
s.

sf.

SB.

f.

s.

intDBntfK; Pt.

ny.D^x
p.ya^'
Inf.
c.
;

m.
p.

c. sf. i p.

s. f.
f.

KDontBto, p. m. ""uonty'p, Xttonato: sich abiosen,

imp.
sf.

f.

lose

werden, entschliipfen, become detached, loosened,

escape.
BtDH/F)
;
||

1 p.
las-

Pt.act.

yDB(0: ertonen

Pt. act. s.

Pa., Impf. 3 s. f. f. XUDt^'O :

sen, verkiinden, bedeuten, cause to be sounded, declare,

:

erlassen, remit.

tell,

signify.
n.
f.,

tP'n.m., p. -oatf: Zwiebel,

onion.
K?

xnny o&>;

p.

halacMsche
fat.
sf.
\\

tlberlieferung

adj. fett,

*#,
tny.QB>,

XiUDtf n. m.,
IrPjUDtf
B>
:

3 p.

irMBttf.',

der nachtannaitischen Zeit, post-tannaitic halakic tradition.

\\

Fett, fat.
s.

JWJJDBf n. m., p. c.

vb. Pe., Pf. i

sf.

s.

m. rpjym?': T
:
*.

Ruf.

^yW;
c.
sf.

1 p. "'"XJyBtP;

3s.m.

reputation.

Wvb.
,

Piyotf,
;

f.'

KJJotf, p.

Pa., Pt. act. BtetfB:

attend.
\

iruy.Dtf
3,s. in.
c. sf.

s.

f.

n^DBj

sf.

nnyotf; Impf. s. m. ?]3SJDtfJ 3

;

1 p.

Impf.
Inf.

bedienen, 3

Itpa.,

s.

m.

t^'on^;
Pt.
1
s.

p.
:

n^lDnBjK^;
sich
:

s.

iyo&$; Imp. yotf; Pt. act. m. yt3B/, d. X^Ot^, sf. 3

s.

NJ^'tDnty'O : T r make use.

ty'Dty'

bedienen,

m. HVOtg,
.

p.
s.
,

''V.O^',

2
:'

n.

f.

s.
f.

Sonne, sun.

nyotf': A pass. |T
.

m. V'Btf,

fcB> T
:
: :

n.
. '

m. Sesam, sesame.
:
i

S^" ^'
1

horen

bedienen,

BB>W, HJfc>Wn.m. Ameise, T T T

ant.

folgern, hear, listen, attend, deduce. Itpe., Pf. 3 s. m.

\

vb.
sf.

Pa^
s.

Pf.

s.

m.

c.

VOntBte; Impf. 3 p. f. $tM3;

Pt. p.
f.

I^DRt^O

gehort

p. c.

m. nnatT; sf. a 8. m.

Impf.

174*
Pt. f pass. 1
s.

XJnBtP'D - T
:

<

in
T
IT

v.

jB'\
f.,

den Bann tun, excommunicate. xn&B/ n. f. Bann, ban.

||

n.

p.

Stunde, hour.
jetzt, now.

||

adv.

vb.

Pe.,

Pt. act.

Vtf:

verschieden
ferent.
|

sein, be difx:tf *0 worin ist

vb. Itpa., Pf. 3

s.

m.

s.

f.

es
is

verschieden ?
it

wherein
\

different?

XJB>;

x^
Pa.,

3 p. m. iynt^X ; Imp. Pt. act. 'VRBto: erzahlen,

relate.
\\

es

ist

nicht

verschieden,
||

XP^'
nny.

n.

f.

Ge-

#
Pf.

is

not different.

sprach, talk.
v.

1 s.

W';
3tf;

1 p.

t^w',
3
s.

}3tf,

sf.

3 p.

Pa., Pf. 3
Inf.

s.

m.

ny.tr'

m.

1 p. c. sf.

Impf. 3 s. m.
Pt. act.
f.

1 s.

nlyt^|
\\

abschatzen,
c.

estimate.
s.
:

xniyti/ n. m.,

Imp.

W';
138^0,

p.m.

l^Bto:

1.

an''

MaB, measure. n. m. Tor, /bo/.

TjstS(
;

dern, wechseln, change; 2. einen Bin wand widerlegen,

diction,
tion.

vb. Pe., Imp.

Pt.

!]Stt:

ausgiefien, joowr out.

remove

contraobjec:

Itpe., Pf.

s.

m.

answer an
.,

pass. vb. Pe., Pf. 1

l!

Af

Imp.
||

W'X
c-

wechn.
f.,

s.

seln,
P.

change.

xrB^

?sX; Imp. Vs^': nach unsehen,

look
c.

t'p.tfj

w;;
3
\

'-l^;

ten

below.
sf.

tx^';
Jahr,

'sf.

s.

m.

n3X

Af., Pf. 3 p.

s. f.

year.

XJ^

nach
?/mr.
sf.

ni^Bt^X:
lower.
/ow.
hill.
||

einem Jahre, a/ter

l

||

niedrig machen, ^BH/ adj. niedrig,

N3tf n.

f.,

p.

^;
f.

||

X^Dt^3 bergab, down

s.

^;
|

s.

m. a'3#: Zahn,
Fels,

X71W
Pf.

n.

m., p.

sf.

/oo^A.

xnat^tD n.

s.

m. nV": Saum,
3
p.

rock.
'

Pe.,

n.

m. Katze,

cat.

stromen, overflow.

175*
vb. Pa., Pf. 3
sf.
s.

m.

c.

sf.

s.

m. n?p^,

f.

3 p.
s.

f.

VUSBtf; Impf.
:

3
s.

s. f.
f.

tn^/nVptr',
3 p.

nVpt? sf. 3

m.

^BtJ/n

ausbessern,

nn^j

c. sf.

3
;

repair.
.

s. f.

n^pt?,' 3 p. iru^ptf
s.

Pe., gefallen, please.\\

d.

TBtf adj.,
N-VBtf, p.
beautiful.
\

NVBtf,

f.

f.

ITS/:

schon,

Impf. ^ptTX; 3 sf. 3 p. 3

s. f.

m.
;

^pt^'j,
c.

InjpWfif;

3 p.

TBtP' adv. recht,

\\

correctly.

vrvsaf n. m., sf.

sf.

s.

n^p^Vj'lmp. Vj?B{, m! nVp^, 3 p.

:

s.

m.

Tjnetf:

Schonheit,
1

^p^'
j

beauty.
vb. Pe., Pt. act.
c. sf.
p-'

g. f. m. ; njpBj ; p. Pt. act. ^p_ty , p. -^pt,

1^K>
s.

2^f.

s.

m.

PPptP': ..I rr
:

ausschenken,

pass.
p.
f.

m.

^pty',

give to drink; Pt. act.

MundPf.

schenk,
1 p.
s.

butler.
\

Af.,

l^p^': nehmen, take. Itpe., Pf. 3 s. m.

Pt. p.
f.

sf.

s.

m.

c. sf.

m. n:PpB>N; 3 s. m. aj?Bte,
c. sf.

l^pnBto, pass
s.
:

vb. Pa., Pf. 3

Inf. 'TiptP;, sq.
Zl

3p.m.
3
c.
c.
s.

in^p B>X; 3 p. r
;

betrugen,

m. n'PpB'K Impf. 1 s. sf. 2 s. m. ^ptfx Imp.

;

deceive.
t^'

||

N"lpty':

Luge,

lie.
\\

n.

m. Liigner,
Pf.

liar.

sf.

1 s.

1!ptfX,' p. c. sf.
sf.

vb. Pe.,

s.
f.

m.

c.

m. n^pBto;' Pt. act. p. m. IptP'Q zu trinken geben,

3's.
:

s.

m. nyitf, p. irui^s SIT

:

'

3
3

s.

f.

give to drink.
vb. Pe.

=
s.

ntf
^pe>.
s.

3 p. m.

c. sf.

s. f.

tXfTP"!^', p.
f.

m.

iHjilty',
s.

3 p.

vb. Pe., Pf. 1

tffcj?B[,
Ptn'ppBJ',

TOW;
1

Impf. 3
Inf.
i"lt
;

m.

7gB{, 3 s. f.

sf.

m.

'"1^7

Imp. nt^;

XltPQ;
pass.
losen,
\

xn^ptf,
1

3
sf.

p.

m.

Pf. act.
s.

na,
f.
:

p.

p.
s.

'c.

3 p.
sf.

m. na'.
'

xnE'': T
:

ty'
;

m. rfetf,
s!

erlauben,
Itpe.,

loosen, permit.
s.

3 p. inJI^ptf; 3

m.

c.

Pf. 3

m.

176*
ErImpf. 2 p. m. nntfp receive erhalten
: ,
\

p. t-jlpitSjR p.

Imp.
5

Tits',

laubnis

m.

intr',
,

intsfx

Inf.

permission.

Af., Pf. 3

s.

X^n^b;
s.

Pt. act.

m. "HtPX:
cawse
n.
f.,

wohnen
dnv//.

lassen,

2
||

rvrjl:
n.

trinken,

to

X^nt^'p

m. Ge-

p. c.sf. 1 s.

trank, drink.
vb. Pe., Pf. 1
s.

Lager, camp; p. Truppen,

froo/w.
||

xnnt
5

n.

f.

sf.

s.

m.

c. sf.

s.

m. BP
s.

s.

m. *)0)nntf
vb.
It.,

Mahlzeit,

meal.
Pf.

3 1 p.'h^fiBf; Impf. Pf. act. p.

W',

^ntg,

1 s.

s.

m.
:

X^nt^:

33"|F,B(X;

Inf.

'riianntfK

pflanzen, plant. m., p. ''Drw' Genosse,

:
II

herabgleiten, slip down.

partner.

xnisnV T
IT

n.

f.

Ge\\

m& n.
lamp.

m., p.

\m; Lampe,
:
:

m., p. 'j?ntf Flecken,

nossenschaft, partnership. vb. denom. Pa., Impf. 3 s. m. *)PB zugesellen,

:

Faden,

spot,

thread.

associate.
\

Itpa., Impf. 1
s.

s.

vb. Pe.,

Impf. 3

s.

m.

?]nn^'X;
Infin.

m.
sq.
-:

*p#j[:
T-)t2>'

schliirfen,
f.

^.
fest,

'Dinn^'x, 7
:

adj. p.

TVItf:

sich beteiligen
participate.

take part,

firm.

ntf v.

xn^'

v.

pntf vb. Pe., Pf. i s. v.ntr, 3 s. m. 7.nts( ; pntsf, pntfx.';

Pe., Pf. 2
s.
s.

W' vb.
sf.

m.
;

3 p/t^nef,
3
s.

m.
s.

arPFlBfX.

m.

act.

pnt^:
||

t^pnt^x; Pt. schweigen, fte

n.
f.
I

c. sf.

m.
2

nw';
s.

Impf.

^7e^.

xnipTitS>' T r
:

1 p. VIBft;

m.

Schweigen,

silence.

X^xn

n. m., s.

f.

rnxn

Krone, xn:xn

n.

f.,

p. ':xn

Feige,

crown.

177*
xnian
x;an
f. Arche, ark. m. Stroh, straw. vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. f. c.

n.

n.

n.

XTin
sf.

n.

m. Knoblauch, m. Ochs, ox.

n. m.,

garlic.

xanin (etym.?)
ninn,
^ninn,
2
s.

p. 1 s.

3 p. m. irunyari auffordern,
:

'a~: Kleid, garment.

ask, accost.

nln
TjniD;

vb. Pe., Pt. act.

sf.

s.

m.

c.

sf.

m.

praep., 3 8. m.

3 p. m.

innan:
:

zer-

IT

an1n,
under.

p.
\\

m. i.Tnin: unter,
adv. unten,

Itpe., Pf. brechen, break. m. ~ianx Impf. 3 s. m. 3 s.

\

nnn^p
'nn
\\

beneath.
d.

xnn
:

adj.,

lanV
xi:n T
:

pass.

||

X-DP

n.

m.

nxnn
||

p.
s

^xnn

unterer,

Ungliick, misfortune.
*

lower.

nnV, 'nnp adv.

\\

v.

NI x
m. Kaufmann,

unten, beneath.

xnn

vb.

XI in TT ~

(ass.) n. v '

merchant. 3in vb. Pe., Pf. 1 p. f XJaP 3 s. m. aP ; Imp. s. f. ain

zuriickkehren, return. 1 p. txjanix , sf. 2
\

denom. Fa., Impf. 3 s. m. s nn? 1 p. 'nnj nach unten

:

bringen, bring down.

v.

Wn.

Af.,

s.

m. Tisch, table. m. X^DH n. m. Kinderlosigkeit,

n.
:

XDP

^janix, 3
p.
1
s.
s.

m. n;anix, 3 childlessness. m. inranix 2 s. m. c. sf. X'PDP n. m., p. ^DP " T

s.
;
i

'

Schmerz,

iP.arrix';

3
;

s.

m.

c. sf.
s.

pain.
n.
f.

m. naTIX
,

Pt. act.
p.

m. xnVan

Purpur(farbe und
wote^
(color

aTio
2
s.

anis
nanitD
:

,'

m. 'avio,

-stoflf),

and

Einwendung

stuff).

erheben, raise an objection. ittaf., Pf. 3 s. m. aninx:

widerlegt werden, be refuted.
I

Xj?P3n, XjPtSSt? (pers.?) n. m., p. i$~: Thronsessel, chair.

^n vb. Pe.,
3
p.
s.
f.

Pf. 1 p.

tp^n
;

xrai'n T
: i :

n.
,

f.,

p. *

xna^n TT
i

m.

c. sf.
;

s.

m. HY?n,
Impf.
s.

Widerlegung
ain
iFi
,

refutation .

VUJJFJ

3 p. I^H
;

adv.

wiederum,

2 p. m. i^flP

Pt. act.
x;"?n
:

m.

^n
Margolis,
Chr. Bab. Talm.

pass.

s. f.

(auf-)

iV

178*
Itpe., hangen, hang (up}. Pf. 3 s. m. >!?nx , p. i^nx
:

ton
achter, eighth.
n.
f.

\\

xnJOfc)

AchtelmaB, measure of an
eighth.

pass.

angeziindet werden, ; be kindled. Af., Pf. 3 s.

\

n
1

n. m., p.

non

Dattel,

f.

^nx; Imp. ^.n(K):

n. m.,
d.

an-

date.
jn.

ziinden, light.

NaVn

(Dnn

n. d. m., sf. i p.

Schnee,

snow.

2 p.

i^nn,
n. a.

3 p.
f.

2.

n
scarlet.

v.

ia^.

no no nn
12.
||

*nin,

adj. d.
rot,

pur purf.
f.

ij:n

adj.,'f.
\\

n.

m.

xn!?n n.

3.
|

zweiter, second.

t'n^y nVn,

ip^n,
'

trfcn

-dritter
,

no n. f., sf. l p. VJVJ.no XJn Misna. p. WVJnO: T TT vb. denom. Pe., Pf. 1 s. ^n
II :
:

m. SO.
l p. ttfJ^n,

^n,
c.

sf. sf.

3 p.

if.

dreifach,

third, threefold.\ RnVFl, n.

2 p.

3
<i

s.

f.

m.

-^5

drittgeboren,

n
Imp.

impf. 3
Inf.

s.

m. :n

third.
"j^n,

Pt. act.

Dnn adv.
vb. Pe.,
:

dort,

yn T
..

: 1

pass. r

s.

f.

X^Jn T :

einen
die

HDH

Pt. pass. p.

f.

Lehrsatz

der Misna,

XiTpn sonderbar, strange.

Af., inf. *nlon x; Pt. nnnt?:
s

Misna vortragen, recite a

paragraph of the Mishna,

the Mishna,
s.
\

sich wundern, be astonished.

Pa., Impf. 3
l3n
:

XTn
fice.

(hebr.)

n.

m. das tag-

m.

yn.3

Inf.

eine

liche Opfer, the daily sacri-

Erlauterung zur Misna vortragen,

utter

an

inter\

n.

m.

xytMJ
'

n.

f.

8.

pretation of the Mishna.

Af., Pf. 3
s.

f.

m.

c. sf.
s.

s.

m.

no yon T
:

18.
II

I I

PTOnN
:

Imp. 3
;

m.

c. sf.
:

n. p.

m. 80.

n.

II

m.

1 s. "lyrtf

Imp. p.

Unx

die

son

179*
sf.
s.

Misna lehren, instruct in the Mishna. Kin n. m.,

\\

s.

m. npri

Impf. 3

m.

Pt. act.

p.

'Xjin:

Tanna
Pf.

(doctor

Misnicus).
vb. Af.,
1'JP.X
:

p.

m.

wagen, weigh; 2. wiegen, aufwiegen, weigh, be equal. KVi?no(j?), sf. 3 s. m. aVjWD,

1.

\\

verabreden, make an

?pno

Gewicht

weight.
s.

agreement.

vb. Itpe.,
?F)K,
f.
:

Pf. 3

m.

mn
XJ^n

v. n.

m:.
m.
(f.)

X^p.nx straucheln,

Seeungeheuer,

stumble.

sea monster.

pn

vb. Pe., Pt. act. p.

,

f.

^pn:

XlUn

n.

m.

p.

nun

Ofen,

gerade
right.
\\

recht

straight,
s.

oven.

Pa., Pf. 3

m. Ipn,
;

X*?yn n. m., p. "^y.n: Fuchs,

fox.
3

p.m.tj3>n,^pn; Inf.rripnj? Pt. pass. s. m. IP.nD, f. d.

xrpjyn

v.

xjy.
Pf. 2 p. c.
sf.

Xnj[?nt3: anordnen, richtig

stellen, order, set in order.\

DDn
3
3

vb. Pe.,
s.
s.
f.

ninDsn,
c. sf.
;

xnjp.n n.
s.

f.,

sf.
,

3 s.m.nn;:

m.

m. m.
m.
f.

Verordnung
3
s.

Besserungs-

(HtPDn)

3 p. m.
;

c. sf.
s.

mittel, ordinance,

means of
m.
\

m. niDDn
3
3
s. s.

Imp. m. 'a&BFl;

c. sf.
c. sf.
:

improvement, remedy.
*]pn

p.
, '

vb. Pe.,
:

Pt. act. p.

m. aiDsn :

aiDsn :

>Bpn

stark sein, be strong.

:

Pt.
1

act.
:

s.

m. DDn,
:
:

p.
:

m.
IT

Itpa., Pt. p. m. lBj?np

sich
\

tpcsn, IT"

't^Dn

IT '

i p. "p^DDn: -

anstrengen, strain oneself. Af.,

Pt. act. ^pn.D:

ergreifen, in Besitz

nehmen,
\

eine

seize, take possession. Itpe.,

starke Frage stellen,

ask

Pt. 2

npjDnq: ergriffen be seized. werden,

vb. Pe., Pf. 2 p.

s.

a strong

question.
:

\\

XBpn

n. m., c. F|pn

Starke, Hef-

F]Bn
1

WBn:
s.

tigkeit, strength,

vehemence.

speien, spit.
^>pn vb. Pe.,

vb. Pe., Impf. 3 p.

Pf. 3

m.

c.

aufweichen, dissolve. 12*

180*
2

xin
vb. Af., Pf. i
n.
f.

Kin

Cypresse,

cy-

verwarnen, forewarn. N31F] n. m. Fett, fat.

press.

(xViJUin) n. m. Hahn, -' T

>
: :

DJih

vb., Pf. 3 p.

m.
.

cock.
||

Kfj?iJJin n.

f.

Henne,

Pt. act. 1 p. irtM-jna

ii

hen.

setzen, erklaren, translate,

interpret.
"Jin vb. Pa., Pf. 3
s.

in

n.

m.

Ttir,

rfoor.
s.

vb. Pa., Pf. 3

m.

c. sf.
;

m.

?jin:

3 p. ln:sin
pass.
s. f.

Pt. act.
:

verstofien, repudiate.

d.

pino XPSinD zuT -rr

:
:

Din vb. denom.

Af., Pf. 2

s.
:

rechtstellen, richtig stellen,

m. noins; 2 p.m. tenpins

sich widersetzen, oppose.

set aright, correct.

n.

||

m.,

n^'n
~t
i

n.

f.

9.
||

Dlin
keit,

n.

m. Widersetzlich-

rebelliousness.

ibtfn, f. trnbf'j; ytz/n, no, nDtr'n (nott'n) 19. '

:'

ii"

Hebraisches Worterverzeichnis.

Hebrew
s
n. n.
f.

Glossary.
IDS
vb., Inf. IOiV-3
is.
:

Fackel,

das will

nn.K
1HN

f.,

tiber-

sagen, that

dachung, covering.
vb. Pi. Pt. pass.
,

conj. obwohl, although.

verspatet
dated.

belated,

post-

^3
Liigner,

n.

m.

p.

liar.

adv. nicht, wo/. Tj^s adv. weiter, further on.

""S

nVinn
spruch

n.

f.

Segen-

am

Sabbatausgang,

conj.
not.

wenn

nicht,

benediction at the outgoing

of the sabbath.

xia
X13.

nan
i3*ia
"J:1"13

181*
n.
f.

n'3
(gr.)
n.

n.

f.

Untergang,
nixVtt:

Feige,

/ty.

setting.

n.

m. Schlemmer,
n.
f.

glutton.

^Q

m.,

p.

Ratsherr, councillor. vb. Ho., Pt. "in3D: auserlesen, choice.

(gr.)

Gleichnis,

likeness.

^ n. m.
s.

p.

"pp/!

Flor im

vb. Ho., Pt. 1

Auge, cataract.

gewiB sein, be a vb. Pi., Pf. 3

unterbrechen
^1133 n.
,

certain.
s. f.

pT

n.

m. Palme, palm-tree.

interrupt.

||

TJNYTI

adv. wie?
(gr.)

m. Unterbrechung, DIDHSH

=
\\

interruption.

vb. Nitp.

=
f.

Hitp.

HI

n.

JTQ: Pina
creation.

n.
II
l.

n>"!3
T
:

Schopfimg, n. f. Ge-

heit, certainty.

m., p. ni>ni: GewiBHi adv.

gewiB, certainly.

schopf, creature.

Tin:

rnna
f.
||

n.

f.

Sonderung,

"O7

adj.,

p.

VK37:
Pt.

wurdig,

separation, selection.

worthy.
vb.

H3

n.

^ip

na Stimme, \n
Ein-

NL,

"|in

gespeist

yofce.

||

nnx HD3 auf

werden, &e
^in vb. Pf. 3

/erf.

mal, atone and the same time.

s.

m. ^H:

fallen,

raj vb. einziehen, TT

'U
f)W
n.

collect.
,

fall.

m. Nichtjude n. m. Korper,
n.
f.

Gentile.

Dl^Sfl

DH Gott behute,
n.
f.,
c.

<?orf

Wesen,

forbid.

body, essence.
T"
:
:

ngrn
:

nj?rn:

Pra-

mtf mta AnaT T T"

logie-Beweis, proof by analogy.

il

sumtion, presumption. verschiedener vb. BTi.

Meinung
m. Vollendung, com-

sein,

&e

o/"

dif-

n.

ferent opinion.

pletion.

en

n.

f.

Sonne, *wn.

182*
"lOPI

Ton
vb.
Pt.

psc

pass.

jl
't^'7

n.

f.

Darlehen,

schwer, heavy, weighty. np.no praep. wegen, on ac-

n.

f.

Bedeutung, meaning.

count

of.

HO.
vb. Hi. werfen, cast.
ti

tS^TlD dasjenige, welches, that which. HD3 nns -^

||

Mantel, mantle. vb. Ni. sich anschliefien,

n.
f.

HID31

um

attach oneself.

much mo. nrvs

HJJ3.

wieviel mehr, the more.

n.
f.

how

"IP praep.,
\

sf.

Tod, death. s. m. UDn.

?W'n

conj. da, since.

||

'n adv. also, hence.

IBI n. p.

1DD

l^jp n. m. Zahl, number. vb. Pt. act. 1 s. s .n_Db.

(gr.) n.
f.,

m. Leiden, *M/-

n^ip

p.

fering.

Perle, pearl.
f.

n^
y'
1

n.

Akademie,

college.
J n.

Pi. stark machen,

m. Bann, excom-

munication.
?t3J

vb. erheben,

nehmen,

ff/V,

3 praep., sf. 1
tt

s.

VjiBS.

take.

1J3

conj. sobald als, nachas, since.

D^nsiy 3^J Oberlippe, upper Up.

DJ n. m.,
p.

dem, as soon
T)3

I'D::

Wunder,

adv. so, thus. adv. hier, here. ID

jetzt ab,

miracle.
\

}3p von
on.

from now

vb. Hi. zu Tische liegen,

recline at table.

DJD vb. Ni. eintreten, enter.

XDSn n 3
s

Abtritt,

jr%.
atonement.

13D vb.

Pt. pass. "1UD mei-

niB3 T T -

n.

f.

Siihne

T"D vb.
about.
1

umschlingen,

nend, of the opinion. wmc? rpp n. m. Eselsfullen, foal of

an
Pa. begleiten,
ac-

ass.

.D n.

m.Ansatz, attachment.
:

m^

vb.

DD

n. m., p. rilpSD

Zweifel,

company.

doubt.

mo
31D
vb. Pi.
sich

183*
vb. sich absondern, sepa

weigern,

refuse.
"IDD vb. widersprechen, contradict.

rate oneself.

B n. S
n.
f.

f.

Taube,

rfoye.

Fruchtbarkeit, fruit

fulness.

*?W vb. Pi. einen Kreis

den, form a
circle.

bil-

(gr.)

Tiy: Di 1 -liyao wahrend des

^riS

n.

f.

Anfang, commen-

Tages, while
"py
:

it is

yet day.

cement.

"pyo

praep.

nach Art
of.

von, after the manner adv. jetzt, now. lt^3y_

]sp

n.

f.

Gebot, commandWohltat, good deed.

ment.
||

27V vb. bedriicken, oppress;

Pt. pass, ungliicklich, elend,

vb. Pilp. polieren, polish. vb. vorangehen, go before.

friiht,
\

miserable.

Ni. pass.

Ho.

Pt.

OTpO

ver-

n?y vb. angerechnet werden,

be
counted.

antedated.
anstatt,

Hi.

nennen,

Dip.

DipB3 praep.
n*")p n.
f.

m
\\

name.
riljy

n.

f.

Bescheidenheit,

Xlp.

Lesen, reading.

Sanftmut, Demut, humility.

DSy. ich selbst, myself.
J"P3~y_

Hipp
verse.

n.

m.

Schrift, Schrift-

vers, Scripture, Scriptural

n.

f.

Abend,

evening.
ass.

n.

m. Wildesel, wild
n.

[ground.

yp")p n. m.
.

Grand und Boden,

n.
f. Beweis, unser Lehrer, our

I'lVS

(lat.)

m. pugio.

njnn
U2"1
:

DiB n. m. Verschlimmerung,
deterioration.

teacher.
.

nns
Bf'

verringern, lessen. S JB13 conj. weil, because.

n^l

n.

f.

Mehrung,

JM/-

tiplication.

HJS vb. Ni. die Notdurft verrichten, ease oneself.

mi.

HTI.B

n.

m. Schaufel,

shovel.

184*
:

Augenblick,

twinkling of an eye.
.

vb. Hitpa. , vergessen werden, be forgotten.

jn

rW)

n.

f.

Erlaubnis,

"pa:

Abend-

permission.

dammerung,
:

twilight.

vb. Pi., dienen,

:

^rw.

nota relationis.
^Bj:

men

vb. Pu., Pt.

lich,

ungewohn-

nota genitivi.

tta praep. wegen, on #

extraordinary. n. f. Misna.

n
n.
"ItDtf

n.
f.
:

m., p
Morgenzeit, dawn.
:

von der Zeit, da, from the time when.

c.net^ T
:

n. m., p. n11t5I^; ' T

vb. denom. Hi.,

Olttt&O:

Schriftstiick,

anfangen, begin.
)

n.

m. Bedingung, condition.
ordier.

Dty

n.

f.

Liegen,

lying

vb. Hi., verordnen,

down.

\J\j\ \J

5301

M37

Margolis, Max Leopold A manual of the Aramaic language

PLEASE

DO NOT REMOVE
FROM
THIS

CARDS OR

SLIPS

POCKET

UNIVERSITY

OF TORONTO

LIBRARY